UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
þ
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIESEXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIESEXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from __________to __________
Commission file number 001-35887
MIMEDX GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Florida26-2792552
Florida26-2792552
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
1775 West Oak Commons Court, NE Marietta, GA
30062
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)No.)

1775 West Oak Commons Court, NE, Marietta, GA
(Address of principal executive offices)

30062
(Zip Code)

(770) 651-9100


(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None.
Title of each classTrading SymbolName of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per shareMDXGThe Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of class)
Indicate by check mark whetherif the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes þ oNo oþ
Indicate by check mark whetherif the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yesþ ☑     No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§229,405223.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YesþNoo
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filerþ
Accelerated filero
Non-accelerated filero
Smaller reporting Company ocompany
Emerging growth company(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered accounting firm that prepared or its audit report ☑
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No þ
The aggregate market value of Common Stockthe registrant’s voting common equity held by non-affiliates onof the registrant as of June 30, 2016,2023 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter) was approximately $760.0 million based upon the last sale price ($6.61) of the shares as reported on the NASDAQThe Nasdaq Stock Market LLC on such date, was approximately $787,686,000.date.
There were 108,840,839146,958,420 shares of Common Stockthe registrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding as of February 15, 2017.22, 2024.
Documents Incorporated byBy Reference
Portions of the proxy statement relating to the 20172024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Report.



1





Table of Contents


ItemDescriptionPage
Part I
Part I
ItemDescriptionPage
Item 1.Business
Item 1A.Risk Factors
Item 2.1B.PropertiesUnresolved Staff Comments
Item 3.1C.Legal ProceedingsCybersecurity
Item 2.Properties
Item 3.Legal Proceedings
Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures
Part II
Part II
Item 5.Market for Registrants'Registrant’s Common Equity, Related ShareholderStockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6.Selected Financial Data[Reserved]
Item 7.Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
F- 471
Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A.Controls and Procedures
Item 9B.Other Information
Item 9C.Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Part III
Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.Executive Compensation
Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related ShareholderStockholder Matters
Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Part IV
Part IV
Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16.Form 10-K Summary
Signatures





PART I
This Form 10-K
Explanatory Note and certain information incorporated herein by reference contain forward-looking statements and information within the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  This information includes assumptions made by, and information currently available to management, including statements regarding future economic performance and financial condition, liquidity and capital resources, acceptance of our products by the market, and management’s plans and objectives. In addition, certain statements included in this and our future filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), in press releases, and in oral and written statements made by us or with our approval, which are not statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements. Words such as “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “expect,” “expectation,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “seeks,” “plan,” “project,” “continue,” “predict,” “will,” “should,” and other words or expressions of similar meaning are intended by us to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.  These forward-looking statements are found at various places throughout this report and in the documents incorporated herein by reference.  These statements are based on our current expectations about future events or results and information that is currently available to us, involve assumptions, risks, and uncertainties, and speak only as of the date on which such statements are made.
Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following:

2



the advantages of our products;
the regulatory pathway for our products;
our belief regarding the growth of our direct sales force resulting in increased revenues;
expectations regarding Government and other third-party reimbursement for our products;
our beliefs regarding our relationships with significant distributors;
expectations regarding future revenue growth;
our ability to procure sufficient supplies of human tissue to manufacture and process our products;
market opportunities for our products and future products;
prospects for obtaining additional patents covering our proprietary technology as well as successfully defending our existing patents and prohibiting infringement thereof by third-parties;
the outcome of pending litigation and investigations; and
our ability to compete effectively. 
Actual results and outcomes may differ materially from those expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements.  Factors that may cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” below.  Except as expressly required by the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update any such factors, or to publicly announce the results of, or changes to any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events, developments, changed circumstances, or for any other reason.Important Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
As used herein, the terms “MiMedx,“MIMEDX,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to MiMedx Group, Inc., a Florida corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries as a combined entity, except where it is clear that the terms mean only MiMedx Group, Inc.
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. Certain statements made in this Annual Report are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements relating to events or results that may occur in the future are forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, statements regarding the following:
our strategic focus and our current business priorities, and our ability to implement these priorities, including as a result of our no longer being able to market our micronized products and certain other products;
the advantages of our products and development of new products;
our expectations regarding the size of potential markets for our products and any growth in such markets;
our expectations regarding ongoing regulatory obligations and oversight and the changing nature thereof impacting our products, research and clinical programs, and business, including those relating to patient privacy;
our expectations regarding our ability to procure sufficient supplies of human tissue to manufacture and process our existing and future products;
our expectations regarding costs relating to compliance with regulatory requirements;
our expectations regarding government and other third-party coverage and reimbursement for our products;
our expectations regarding future revenue growth;
our expectation regarding the outcome of pending litigation and investigations;
our belief in the sufficiency of our intellectual property rights in our technology;
our expectations regarding future income tax liability;
demographic and market trends; and
our ability to compete effectively.
Forward-looking statements generally can be identified by words such as “expect,” “will,” “change,” “intend,” “seek,” “target,” “future,” “plan,” “continue,” “potential,” “possible,” “could,” “estimate,” “may,” “anticipate,” “to be” and similar expressions. These statements are based on numerous assumptions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could significantly affect our operations and may cause our actual actions, results, financial condition, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future actions, results, financial condition, performance or achievements expressed or implied by any such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause such a difference include, without limitation, those discussed in Item 1A, Risk Factors in this Annual Report.
Unless required by law, the Company does not intend, and undertakes no obligation, to update or publicly release any revision to any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of the receipt of new information, the occurrence of subsequent events, a change in circumstances or otherwise. Each forward-looking statement contained in this Annual Report is specifically qualified in its entirety by the aforementioned factors. Readers are advised to carefully read this Annual Report in conjunction with the important disclaimers set forth above prior to reaching any conclusions or making any investment decisions and not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of the filing of this Annual Report with the SEC.
Summary of Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
If we do not successfully execute our priorities, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
4


We are in a highly competitive and evolving field and face competition from well-established tissue processors and medical device manufacturers, as well as new market entrants.
Rapid technological change could cause our products to become obsolete.
Our products depend on the availability of tissue from human donors, and any disruption in supply could adversely affect our business.
We depend on our senior leadership team and may not be able to retain or replace these employees or recruit additional qualified personnel.
Our revenues depend on adequate reimbursement from public and private insurers and health systems and changes to the way in which our products are reimbursed in various sites of service could adversely impact our financial results.
Our revenue, results of operations and cash flows may suffer upon the loss of a Group Purchasing Organization or Integrated Delivery Network.
We contract with independent sales agents and distributors.
Disruption of our processing could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
To be commercially successful, we must convince physicians, where appropriate, how and when our products are proper alternatives to existing treatments and that our products should be used in their procedures.
If we cannot successfully address quality issues that may arise with our products, our brand reputation could suffer, and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely impacted.
The formation of physician-owned distributorships could result in increased pricing pressure on our products or harm our ability to sell our products to physicians who own or are affiliated with those distributorships.
We face the risk of product liability claims and may not be able to obtain or maintain adequate product liability insurance.
The products we manufacture and process are derived from human tissue and therefore have the potential for disease transmission.
We may implement a product recall or voluntary market withdrawal.
A cyberattack or significant disruptions of information technology systems could adversely affect our business.
We may expand or contract our business through acquisitions, divestitures, licenses, investments, and other commercial arrangements.
A portion of our revenues and accounts receivable come from government accounts.
New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks.
Our international expansion and operations outside the U.S. expose us to risks.

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval of Our Products and Other Government Regulations
In the future, certain of our products may no longer qualify for regulation as human cells, tissues and cellular and tissue-based products solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act, which could result in removal of the applicable products from the market, making the introduction of new tissue products more expensive, significantly delay the expansion of our tissue product offerings and subject us to additional post-market regulatory requirements. Additional regulatory requirements may be imposed in the future.
Obtaining and maintaining the necessary regulatory approvals for certain of our products will be expensive and time consuming and may impede our ability to fully exploit our technologies.
Our business is subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other authorities, which is costly.
We may be subject to fines, penalties, injunctions and other sanctions if we are deemed to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved, or off-label, uses.
5


We and our sales representatives must comply with various federal and state anti-kickback, self-referral, false claims and similar laws.
Our results of operations may be adversely affected by current and potential future healthcare reforms.
We may fail to obtain or maintain foreign regulatory approvals to market our products in other countries.
Federal and state laws that protect the privacy and security of personal information may increase our costs and limit our ability to collect and use that information and subject us to liability if we are unable to fully comply with such laws.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology through patents and other means is uncertain and may be inadequate.
We may become subject to claims of infringement of the intellectual property rights of others.
We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees, or our independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets, proprietary or confidential information of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

Risks Related to Our Consolidated Financial Statements, Internal Controls and Related Matters
If we fail to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting in the future, this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Risks Related to the Securities Markets and Ownership of Our Common Stock
Our indebtedness may adversely affect our financial health.
EW Healthcare Partners and its interests may conflict with those of our other shareholders.
The price of our Common Stock has been, and will likely continue to be, volatile.
Securities analysts may elect not to report on our common stock or may issue negative reports that adversely affect the stock price.
Fluctuations in revenue or results of operations could cause additional volatility in our stock price.
We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock.
Certain provisions of Florida law and anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents may discourage or prevent a change of control.

Estimates and Projections
This discussion includes certain estimates, projections and other statistical data. These estimates and projections reflect management’s best estimates based upon currently available information and certain assumptions we believe to be reasonable. These estimates are inherently uncertain, subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are not within our control, have not been reviewed by our independent auditors and may be revised as a result of management’s further review. In addition, these estimates and projections are not a comprehensive statement of our financial results, and our actual results may differ materially from these estimates and projections due to developments that may arise between now and the time the results are final. There can be no assurance that the estimates will be realized, and our results may vary significantly from the estimates, including as a result of unexpected issues in our business and operations. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on such information. Projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk. See Item 1A, Risk Factors for further information.

6


Item 1. Business
Overview
MiMedx®MIMEDX is a pioneer and leader in placental biologics focused on helping humans heal by addressing unmet clinical needs. With more than a decade of helping clinicians manage chronic and other hard-to-heal wounds, MIMEDX is dedicated to providing a leading portfolio of products for applications in the wound care, burn, and surgical sectors of healthcare. The Company’s vision is to be the leading global provider of healing solutions through relentless innovation to restore quality of life.
With deep expertise and real-world data in the field of placental biologics, MIMEDX develops and distributes placental tissue allografts that are manufactured using patent-protected, proprietary processes for multiple sectors of healthcare. Today, our product portfolio is made up entirely of human placental allografts, which are human tissues that are derived from one person (the donor) and used to produce products that treat multiple people (the recipients). MIMEDX has supplied roughly three million allografts, through all shipments, filling direct orders and consignment orders, through December 31, 2023. Our products help clinicians treat patients suffering from chronic and other hard-to-heal wounds. These wounds can be slow to respond or unresponsive to conventional treatments and may benefit from advanced treatments, such as through the use of our products, in order to support the healing process.

The manufacturing of our product offering begins with donated birth tissue, namely the placenta, umbilical cord and placental disc, which we source through a large donor network developed over multiple years with leading hospitals and clinician groups. In partnership with these facilities, we are able to obtain donated birth tissue from consenting mothers, which then are shipped to our manufacturing facilities in Marietta, Georgia, and undergo a series of testing followed by our proprietary tissue manufacturing workflow, which we refer to as the PURION® process. We employ Current Good Tissue Practices (“CGTP”) and terminal sterilization to produce our allografts. MIMEDX provides products primarily for use in the wound care, burn, and surgical sectors of healthcare. All of our products sold in the United States are regulated by the U.S. Food & Drug Administration (“FDA”), and to the extent we sell our products outside the United States, by other regulatory agencies in such international markets.
We devote significant research and development resources and expertise to the therapeutic potential of placental tissue in an integrated developer, processoreffort to grow our product offering, develop innovative products that address a wide range of chronic and marketeracute health conditions affecting large patient populations, and generate best-in-class clinical evidence and data to support the use of patent protectedour products.
Market Overview
Domestic sales currently account for substantially all of our revenue today. In the United States, our primary areas of clinical use include applications in surgical settings as well as for the treatment of wounds and proprietary regenerative biomaterialburns. Additionally we are actively pursuing international expansion, primarily targeting Japan, as discussed below.
Wound
The unmet need for healing solutions is large and growing, with an estimated 2.1% of the total U.S. population, or approximately 7 million people, suffering from chronic, non-healing wounds1. The treatment of chronic wounds is often referred to as Advanced Wound Care (“AWC”). Chronic wounds are defined and characterized as those that do not progress through the normal process of healing and remain open for an extended period of time, which, depending on the wound, can be from several weeks to a few months. There are numerous underlying causes of these wounds, with this patient population typically sharing some combination of comorbidities, including age, obesity, smoking history, diabetes and heart and vascular diseases. Due to the rising incidence of each of these factors, we expect the AWC market will continue to grow.
Patients present with chronic wounds in a variety of care settings and these wounds vary in severity and complexity to treat. Our products can be found in many of these sites of service, including the private physician office (e.g., podiatry clinics), wound care centers, hospital inpatient and outpatient settings, nursing homes and federal facilities, such as those operated by the Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”). The most common types of chronic and hard-to-heal wounds appear in the lower extremities, presenting as diabetic foot ulcers (“DFUs”), venous leg ulcers (“VLUs”), and pressure ulcers, among others. Taken together, nearly 60% of the chronic wounds in the U.S. are categorized as chronic leg ulcers (which include DFUs and VLUs), with 47% treated with Advanced Wound Care dressings such as skin substitutes2. These wounds require intervention and active management by clinicians and are treated in a variety of sites-of-service, with numerous products aimed at achieving healing for the patie
1Chronic Wounds: Economic Impact & Costs to Medicare, https://www.woundcarestakeholders.org/news/studies-and-publications/chronic-wounds-economic-impact-costs-to-medicare
2GlobalData: 2022 Wound Care Management- Tissue Engineered Skin Subs U.S. Updated May 2022
7


nt. The costs associated with treatment and management of patients with acute and chronic wounds is also high, with some estimates of the Medicare spend associated with such wounds approaching $100 billion annually.
The large and increasing number of patients requiring advanced treatment represents a significant cost burden on the healthcare system. The overall cost of treating chronic wounds is rising sharply, and the current annual estimated cost in the United States exceeds $28 billion3.
Complications from non-healing chronic wounds can ultimately result in significant, life-altering adverse outcomes, such as limb amputation4. Ineffective wound management is linked to numerous poor outcomes for patients, up to and including the potential for amputation of the extremity where the wound is present. Amputation is a catastrophic event for patients, with significant impacts to their quality of life, the lives of their caretakers and the expense burden on the healthcare system. Today, up to one-fifth of diabetic patients who develop a DFU will require some form of amputation. Further, patients who undergo a major lower extremity amputation have an increased five-year mortality rate that is comparable to, and in some cases higher than, patients with many forms of cancer5.
Advances in managing chronic and hard-to-heal wounds with solutions such as our EPIFIX® product have been shown to help contribute to improved outcomes for these patients. It is estimated that up to 85% of amputations are avoidable with a holistic, multispecialty team approach that incorporates innovative treatments, such as MIMEDX’s products, and bioimplants processedadherence to treatment parameters. MIMEDX is a leader in the cellular tissue products/skin substitute segment of the AWC category and the amniotic tissue allograft sub-category.
The AWC market is comprised of many product types, such as medical devices, advanced dressings, xenografts, biological products, and Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue - Based Products (“HTC/Ps”), which are used as skin substitutes to treat severe and chronic wounds. Not included in AWC are traditional wound care dressings, such as bandages, gauzes and ointments, which typically are used in the treatment of non-severe or non-chronic wounds.
The prevalence of both acute and chronic wounds has grown not only in the U.S., but also globally. While historically we have focused primarily on the U.S. market, we are in the process of expanding our footprint internationally, most notably with the recent launch of our EPIFIX product in Japan. EPIFIX is the first and currently the only amniotic tissue product approved in Japan for wound treatment across a broad range of conditions. We believe our first-mover advantage, favorable reimbursement rate, and strong distribution partner set us up for long-term success in this large and growing market.
Traditional dressings such as bandages, gauzes and ointments, along with treatment of active infection and debridement, currently represent the “standard of care” for treating chronic wounds such as DFUs and VLUs. If, after four weeks of standard of care therapy, the wound has not responded appropriately or improved, clinical research has shown that advanced therapy such as a skin substitute can be beneficial as part of the patient’s treatment plan. However, oftentimes advanced therapies are not employed due to current treatment guidelines, product access, or medical education around the clinical and economic benefits of AWC products, including skin substitutes. We believe this represents a large opportunity for us to expand the market and drive initiatives resulting in market growth. According to recent data, MIMEDX’s EPIFIX is the current product of choice for physicians choosing to use an amniotic skin substitute product as a barrier or cover. Our EPIFIX, EPICORD® and EPIEFFECT® products can be stored at room temperature for up to five years, in contrast to certain other skin substitutes currently on the market that have performance, storage or handling limitations. In addition, we market multiple sizes of EPIFIX, EPICORD and EPIEFFECT sheets for use as protective barriers, which enables a healthcare provider to select an appropriate size graft based on the size of the wound to reduce product waste. Our EPICORD, EPICORD Expandable and EPIEFFECT product lines also offer an alternative treatment option to address larger, deeper wounds in a cost-effective way at a point earlier in the treatment algorithm.
With broad payor coverage, the largest body of Level 1 clinical evidence among placental allograft products and a dedicated sales team calling on each of the major sites-of-service, we expect to continue to expand our presence in the AWC market, driving future growth of our business6.
Surgical
3Chronic Wounds: Economic Impact & Costs to Medicare, https://www.woundcarestakeholders.org/news/studies-and-publications/chronic-wounds-economic-impact-costs-to-medicare
4Five year mortality and direct costs of care for people with diabetic foot complications are comparable to cancer, https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7092527/#CR1
5Epidemiology and Risk of Amputation in Patients With Diabetes Mellitus and Peripheral Artery Disease, https://www.ahajournals.org/doi/10.1161/ATVBAHA.120.314595
6 Zelen CM, et al. Int Wound J. 2013;10(5):502-507. 2. Zelen CM. J Wound Care. 2013;22(7):347-351. 3. Zelen CM, et al. Wound Medicine. 2014;4:1-4. 4. Zelen CM, et al. Int Wound J. 2014;11(2):122-128. 5. Zelen CM, et al. Int Wound J. 2015;12(6):724-732. 6. Zelen CM, et al. Int Wound J. 2016;13(2):272-282. 7. Tettelbach W,et al. Int Wound J. 2019;16(1):122-130. 8. Serena TE, et al. Wound Repair Regen. 2014;22(6):688-693. 9. Bianchi C, et al. Int Wound J. 2018;15(1):114-122. 10. Bianchi C, et al. Int Wound J. 2019;16(3):761-767
8


In addition to our presence in the AWC settings, our products are also used in a variety of surgical settings, and our strategic goals include building a body of evidence and real-world use data for our products in a wide range of procedures. The applications in Surgical range from those involving the closure of an acute wound (which we refer to as “Surgical Recovery”), to those where our allografts are used inside the body to protect or reinforce tissues and/or regions of interest.
Acute wounds are defined as those that are recent, are acquired from an incision or trauma and have yet to progress through the sequential stages of wound healing. Acute wounds can be caused accidentally or they can arise in the normal course of a wide-range of surgical procedures. When acute wounds present in patients with similar comorbidities to those of chronic wound patients, the risk of a slow or ineffective healing wound increases, and the risk of a surgical site infection or other similar complication increases for the patient.
In other surgical settings, the need to protect sensitive nerves, tissues or other areas may occur during the course of a procedure and presents an opportunity for the use of our products. We believe our placental-based allografts are ideally suited for these applications in a growing number of surgical specialties that we are targeting and expect the utilization of our products to continue to grow over time in this market.
Our strategy is to continue to deliver advanced products that serve patient needs within the Advanced Wound Care and Surgical markets and increase access to our products through clinical data generation and physician education. We estimate that the combined U.S. wound and surgical market for our products is currently $2.0 billion ($1.1 billion in wound; $0.9 billion in surgical) and is largely under-penetrated7. We expect the U.S. wound and surgical market will grow at an annual rate of 7-10% over the next three to five years beginning in 20238.
Our Strategic Priorities
We manage our business by focusing on the following strategic priorities, which we believe are paramount to the success of MIMEDX over the short- and long-term.
Our first priority is to build our leadership position in Wound & Surgical. Achievement of this priority is measured by our ability to grow in all sites-of-service, regain share in the private office setting and expand our presence throughout the Surgical end markets.
Our second priority is to develop opportunities for MIMEDX in adjacent markets. We believe our ability to continue to innovate and develop new products has provided us with a rich product pipeline that will result in numerous product launches in future periods. In addition to these in-house efforts, we are actively evaluating opportunities to expand inorganically through acquisitions, licensing agreements or other arrangements that would afford us the opportunity to augment the Company’s growth profile and expand our offering in existing and new care settings.
In 2023, we made several decisions related to the Company’s strategy and also made structural changes to our organization, including disbanding our Regenerative Medicine business unit given the substantial uncertainties surrounding clinical trial costs and outcomes, as well as regulatory pathways and timing, which had the effect of improving our profitability and cash flow compared to prior periods. Moving forward, we plan to continue to focus on enhancing efficiencies across our organization and setting expense, profitability and cash flow targets as we grow our business.
By incorporating a strategy to advance the scientific and therapeutic potential of placental tissue and rigorously demonstrate the clinical and economic effectiveness of our products, we believe we can differentiate the value of our portfolio and address multiple areas of significant unmet clinical need. We have focused our priorities on initiatives across our organization that position us to realize our commercial ambitions over the long-term while also generating a profitable, cash flow positive business capable of self-funding our future growth objectives.
Our Product Portfolio & Pipeline
We sell our placenta-based allograft products under our own brands. We maintain strict controls on quality at each step of the manufacturing process beginning at the time of procurement. Our Quality Management System is focused on compliance with the American Association of Tissue Banks’ (“AATB”) standards, the FDA’s CGTP regulations, and applicable foreign regulations.
Our primary platform technologies include tissue allografts derived from human placental membrane (EPIFIX®, AMNIOFIX®, EPIEFFECT® and AMNIOEFFECT®), tissue skinallografts derived from human umbilical cord (EPICORD® and bone.  "InnovationsAMNIOCORD®), and a particulate extracellular matrix derived from human placental disc (AXIOFILL®).
7GlobalData Tissue Engineered-Skin Sub Data Model Wound Management Year 2020 – retrieved Sept 2021
8GlobalData Tissue Engineered-Skin Sub Data Model Wound Management Year 2020 – retrieved Sept 2021
9


EPIFIX, EPICORD and EPIEFFECT products are marketed for external use, such as in Regenerative Biomaterials"Advanced Wound Care applications, while our AMNIOFIX, AMNIOCORD and AMNIOEFFECT products are positioned for use in Surgical applications, including lower extremity repair, plastic surgery, vascular surgery and multiple orthopedic repairs and reconstruction, and our AXIOFILL product is positioned for use in the framework behind our missionreplacement or supplementation of damaged or inadequate integumental tissue.
Wound Portfolio
EPIFIX
EPIFIX is a protective barrier allograft comprised of dehydrated human amnion/chorion membrane that may be used in the treatment of chronic wounds, including diabetic foot ulcers (DFUs), venous leg ulcers (VLUs), and pressure ulcers. EPIFIX is available in an assortment of sheet configurations and sizes to accommodate various wounds.
EPICORD
EPICORD is a dehydrated human umbilical cord allograft that may be used to provide a protective environment for the healing process. Compared to EPIFIX, EPICORD is thicker than our amniotic membrane allografts and can be applied in deeper wounds or in areas where suturing the allograft in place may be advantageous. EPICORD is available as a sheet or an expandable form that can expand to twice its size.
EPIEFFECT
EPIEFFECT is a lyophilized, tri-layer placental tissue allograft that contains amnion, intermediate layer, and chorion membranes. This product was launched in October 2023 and represents the latest innovation in our product pipeline to deliver a thick, robust allograft to the market in a wide range of sizes for use as a barrier during chronic wound treatment, including deep or tunneling wound areas.
Surgical Portfolio
AMNIOFIX
AMNIOFIX is a protective barrier allograft comprised of dehydrated human amnion/chorion membrane that may be used in Surgical Recovery applications. AMNIOFIX is available in an assortment of sheet configurations and sizes for internal use, including in the areas of lower extremity repair, spine, orthopedic, sports medicine, gastrointestinal, urologic, and other general surgery applications.
MIMEDX also has a micronized version of this product that it no longer markets or sells in the United States. As further discussed below under the heading “Government Regulation and Compliance - 2017 FDA Guidance and Transition Policy for HCT/Ps,” the FDA clarified in its 2017 guidance that it regards micronized amniotic membrane products as subject to FDA licensure as biological products under Section 351 of the Public Health Service Act (“Section 351”).

AMNIOCORD
AMNIOCORD is a dehydrated human umbilical cord allograft that may be used to provide a protective environment for the healing process. These products are thicker than our amniotic membrane allografts and can be used in surgical settings where an allograft needs to be applied to a deeper area or needs to be sutured in place.
AMNIOEFFECT
AMNIOEFFECT is a tri-layer placental tissue allograft that contains amnion, intermediate layer, and chorion membranes. This product is designed to meet the needs of surgeons performing procedures where a more robust allograft with expansive size offerings is desired.
AXIOFILL
AXIOFILL is an extracellular matrix derived from human placental disc, and is designed to provide a cost-effective human collagen scaffold that is conducive for use in large, complex wounds and those of irregular geometries. Our AXIOFILL product has seen most uptake by clinicians primarily focused on Surgical applications.

We continue to research new opportunities for amniotic and other placental tissue, and we have additional offerings in various stages of conceptualization and development.
Placenta Donation Program
10


In order to obtain the source material for our human birth tissue-based product portfolio, we partner with physicians with innovative products that helpand hospitals to recover donations of these materials at hospitals around the body heal itself.  MiMedx is the leading global supplier of amniotic tissue products, having supplied over 700,000 allografts to date in Wound Care, Burns, Surgery, Orthopedics, Spine, Sports Medicine, Ophthalmology and Dentistry.

United States. Through our donor program, a mother who is scheduled to deliverdelivers a healthy full-term baby via Caesarean section can elect to donate her placentalplacenta and umbilical cord tissue in lieu of having it discarded as medical waste. MiMedx’s procurement network collectsAfter consent for donation is obtained, a blood sample from each donor is tested for communicable diseases, and the donated human placental tissue whichdonor is converted into safe, effective and sterile product at our fully integrated manufacturing facility utilizing our proprietary PURION® Process.

Our biomaterial platform technologies include AmnioFix®, EpiFix®, OrthoFlo, Physio®, and CollaFix™.  AmnioFix and EpiFix are our tissue technologiesscreened for homologous use processed from human amniotic membrane derived from donated placental tissue. OrthoFlo is our amniotic fluid-derived allograft for homologous use.  Physio is a bone grafting material comprised of 100% bone tissue with no added carrier. CollaFix is the next technology platform we plan to commercialize. It is derived from collagen fiber technology designed to mimic the natural composition, structure and mechanical properties of musculoskeletal tissuesrisk factors in order to augment their repair.  CollaFix is the only known biological, biodegradable, biomimetic technology that matches human tendondetermine eligibility in strengthcompliance with federal regulations and stiffness.

Our strategic plan aims to provide a more balanced revenue mix and expands our Surgical, Sports Medicine and Orthopedics offerings to include the treatment of joint, ligament and tendon pain in the physician’s office.




2



Our History
Our current business began on February 8, 2008, when Alynx, Co., our predecessor company, acquired MiMedx, Inc., a Florida-based, privately-held, development-stage medical device company, the assets of which included licenses to two development-stage medical device technology platforms- HydroFix® and CollaFix.  On March 31, 2008, Alynx, Co. merged into MiMedx Group, Inc., a Florida corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary that had been formed on February 28, 2008, for purposes of the merger.  MiMedx Group, Inc. was the surviving corporation in the merger. In 2010, we commercialized the first medical device product using our HydroFix technology. In 2011 and 2012, we launched additional versions of our HydroFix product line.  In January 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Surgical Biologics, LLC (“Surgical Biologics”).  The acquisition of Surgical Biologics expanded our business by adding allografts and other products processed from human amniotic membrane to our existing medical device product lines based on our HydroFix technology.  In 2013, we changed the name of Surgical Biologics to MiMedx Tissue Services, LLC. Due to the relatively small size of the addressable market for our HydroFix product line, we decided to discontinue that product line in the fourth quarter of 2013. Although we have yet to commercialize any products using our CollaFix technology, we continue to believe that technology presents a significant opportunity in the orthopedic and sports medicine markets.
On January 13, 2016, we acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Stability Inc. d/b/a Stability Biologics. The acquisition of Stability was effected by the merger of Stability Inc. into a newly created wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The new subsidiary was the surviving company in the merger and was subsequently renamed Stability Biologics, LLC ("Stability"). We are working to improve Stability’s manufacturing processes and procedures and integrate its product offerings with our existing surgical, spine and orthopedics portfolio.
For financial information concerning our operating performance, please refer to Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Part II, Item 7 of this report and our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this report.
Our Technology and Products
We are the leading supplier of allografts processed from amniotic tissue, having supplied over 700,000 allografts to date for application in Wound Care, Burns, Surgery, Orthopedics, Spine, Sports Medicine, Ophthalmology and Dentistry.  Our amniotic membrane products include our own brands, AmnioFix and EpiFix, as well as products that we supply on a private label or “OEM” basis.  We continue to research new opportunities for amniotic tissue, and currently have several additional offerings in various stages of conceptualization and development.

Amniotic membrane is considered immunoprivileged and does not elicit an immune response.  Natural human amniotic membrane is composed of multiple layers that contain:
Structural proteins; including:
Collagen types I, III, IV, V, and VII
Elastin
Specialized extracellular matrix proteins; including:
Fibrillin
Fibronectin
Laminins

TIMPs 1,2,4, Tissue Inhibitor of Metalloproteinase 1, 2, 4
At least 226 Growth Factors; including but not limited to:
Epidermal Growth Factor (EGF)
Transforming Growth Factor Beta (TGF-B)
Fibroblast Growth Factor (FGF)
Platelet Derived Growth Factors AA & BB (PDGF AA&BB)

Published scientific studies show our proprietary technique for processing allografts from amniotic tissue preserves more of the natural characteristics of the tissue than the processes used by many of our competitors.AATB standards. We operate a licensed tissue bank that is registered as a tissue establishment with the United States FoodFDA, and Drug Administration ("FDA").  Wewe are an accredited member of the American Association of Tissue Banks (“AATB”).  We partner with physicians and hospitals to recover donated placental tissue.  After consent for donation is obtained, donors are screened for eligibility and the donated

3



tissue is tested for safety in compliance with federal regulations and AATB standards on communicable disease transmission.AATB. All donor records and test results are reviewed by our Medical Director and staff prior to the release of the tissue for processing.distribution.
Over several years, weWe have developed a large, geographically diverse, network of hospitals across the United States that participate in our placenta donation program, and we employ a dedicated staff that work with these hospitals. We also utilize third-party providers of placenta donations on an as- needed basis to mitigate business risk. We believe that we will be able to obtain an adequate supply of tissue to meet anticipated demand for the foreseeable future.
Processing (Manufacturing)
The Company has developed and patented a unique and proprietary technique (PURION) for processing allografts from the donated placental tissue. The PURION Process produces an allograft that is easy to use and effective. This unique processing technique specifically focuses on preserving the tissue’s bioactivenatural growth factor content and regulatory proteins and maintaining the structure and collagen matrix of the tissue. Our patented and proprietary processing method employs aseptic processing techniques in addition to terminal sterilization for increased product safety. Despite starting with similar placental tissues, all placental tissue products and processing methods are not the same – we believe that our proprietary process preserves more of the natural beneficial characteristics of the tissue than the processes used by many of our competitors.
The PURION Process also allowsprocess produces an allograft that retains the tissue’s inherent biological properties and regulatory proteins (including cytokines, chemokines, and growth factors) found in the placental tissue and produces an allograft that is safe and easy for healthcare providers to use. Our allografts can be stored at room temperature and have a five-year shelf life. Additionally, eachEach sheet allograft incorporates specialized visual embossmentsmarkings that assist the health care practitioner with proper allograft placement and orientation.
MiMedxTo ensure the safety of human tissue products, the FDA enforces CGTP manufacturing regulations. We believe that MIMEDX has developed robust systems to comply with, and is dedicated to providing easy to use, effective allografts that exceed customer expectations.  To better satisfy the requirements and expectations of our customers, we maintain strict controls on quality at each step of the process beginning at the time of procurement.  We have developed and implemented a Quality Management System in compliance with, boththese regulations. As an important part of the Company’s product safety compliance, MIMEDX products are terminally sterilized to an internationally recognized industry standard in addition to having been processed via the PURION process.
Our facilities are subject to periodic announced and unannounced inspections by regulatory authorities and may undergo compliance inspections conducted by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies. We are registered with the FDA as a tissue establishment and are subject to the FDA’s CGTP quality program regulations, state regulations, and AATB standards.regulations promulgated by various regulatory authorities outside the United States.

EpiFix
Our EpiFix allograft is configured for external use. It is usedThe FDA initiated inspections covering our Marietta, Georgia, and Kennesaw, Georgia, processing facilities from February 22, 2023, through March 2, 2023. During the inspections, the FDA communicated that our product, AXIOFILL, appeared to enhance healing as well asbe regulated under Section 351 of the Public Health Service Act (the “PHS Act”). Based on this position, the FDA inspected the facilities related to modulate inflammation.AXIOFILL production using regulations 21 CFR 210 and 211, relating to finished pharmaceutical products in addition to 21 CFR 1271, relating to HCT/Ps (as defined below). The EpiFix platform has been used to treat chronic wounds, including diabetic foot ulcers, venous stasis ulcers, arterial ulcers and pressure ulcers, burns and surgical wounds. We offer EpiFix inFDA issued a sheet form as well as a micronized powder form. The powder can be packed into wounds and is particularly useful for tunneling wounds. Some physicians also choose to mix the powder with saline to inject it into the wound bed and wound margins.
AmnioFix
Our AmnioFix allografts are configured for internal use.  Currently, our AmnioFix product line consists of three main configurations, AmnioFix, AmnioFix Wrap and AmnioFix Injectable:
AmnioFix is provided in a sheet form.  It is used to modulate inflammation, enhance healing and to minimize scar tissue formation.  It has been used in spine, urology and general surgeries.
AmnioFix Wrap also is supplied in a sheet form and is configured for the same purposes as AmnioFix, but is optimized for use as a “wrap” for nerves, tendons or ligaments.
AmnioFix Injectable is supplied in micronized powder form used to reduce inflammation while enhancing healing.  AmnioFix Injectable has been used to treat conditions such as tendonitis, including plantar fasciitis, lateral epicondylitis, and medial epicondylitis, bursitis, strains and sprains.
EpiCord
EpiCordForm 483, which is a minimally manipulated, dehydrated, non-viable cellular umbilical cord allograft that provideslist of inspectional observations, at the conclusion of each inspection. Specifically, the FDA issued a connective tissue matrixForm 483 consisting of one (1) observation at our Marietta, Georgia, processing facility, and a Form 483 consisting of six (6) observations at our Kennesaw, Georgia, processing facility. All observations were related to replace or supplement damaged or inadequate integumental tissue.our AXIOFILL product and 21 CFR 211. There were no observations relating to noncompliance with 21 CFR 1271.
AmnioCordMIMEDX engaged with the FDA regarding the inspections’ observations and the appropriate classification of AXIOFILL. MIMEDX received a Warning Letter on December 21, 2023, relating to the inspections and classification of AXIOFILL. MIMEDX continues to engage with the FDA on this matter, working through the process outlined by the FDA to obtain a formal determination of AXIOFILL’s classification.
AmnioCord is a minimally manipulated, dehydrated, non-viable cellular umbilical cord allograft for homologous use that provides a protective environment forIn December 2019, the healing process.
AmnioFill
AmnioFill is a minimally manipulated, non-viable cellular tissue matrix allograft that contains multiple extracellular matrix proteins, growth factors, cytokines, and other specialty proteins present in placental tissue to help enhance healing.
OEM Products
Currently, allografts for ophthalmic surgery and dental applications are sold on an OEM basis pursuant to agreements whereby we have granted third parties exclusive licenses to someFDA also conducted inspections at each of our technologyMarietta, Georgia and Kennesaw, Georgia processing facilities. The FDA also issued a Form 483 for useeach facility at the conclusion of the inspection, which consisted of nine observations at our Marietta, Georgia processing facility and 14 observations at our Kennesaw, Georgia processing facility. During the FDA’s audit of our facilities in those fields in specified markets. As further discussed below, we also sell products on a non-exclusive OEM basis to Medtronic for spinal procedures and Zimmer Biomet for spine and orthopedic procedures.2023, it was confirmed that these observations were closed out and/or resolved.


Intellectual Property
4
11




OrthoFlo
OrthoFlo is a human tissue allograft that is derived from amniotic fluid. Amniotic fluid is the liquid contained within the amniotic sac during pregnancy, which protects, cushions, and enhances the mobility of the fetus, and modulates inflammation. Key elements of amniotic fluid include growth factors, carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, electrolytes, and hyaluronic acid. OrthoFlo is provided lyophilized.

CollaFix

Our CollaFix technology combines an innovative means of creating fibers from soluble collagen and a specialized cross-linking process and products from this platform are likely to be classified as medical devices.  Initial laboratory and animal testing shows that the cross-linked collagen fibers produce a very strong, biocompatible, and durable construct that can be transformed into biomechanical constructs intended to treat a number of orthopedic soft-tissue trauma and disease disorders. The technology is licensed from Shriners Hospitals for Children and University of South Florida Research Foundation, Inc. pursuant to an exclusive, world-wide license to practice and use the technology and to manufacture, have manufactured, market, offer for sale and sell products incorporating the technology. The license of the technology is perpetual, except that the license terminates on a country-by-country basis as to any patent or portion thereof included in the licensed technology upon the expiration of such patent or portion thereof in the applicable country. We are currently working to develop and commercialize products using our CollaFixtechnology and continue to evaluate how best to exploit this technology. We may license rights to specific aspects of our collagen technology to third parties for use in applications and indications that we choose not to exploit ourselves.
We are required to pay a royalty of 3% on all commercial sales revenue from the sale of products incorporating the licensed technology.  We also are obligated to pay a $50,000 minimum annual royalty payment over the life of the license.  
Physio
Physio is a bone grafting material comprised of 100% bone tissue with no added carrier.
Intellectual Property
Our intellectual property includes owned and licensed patents, owned and licensed patent applications and patents pending, proprietary manufacturing processes and trade secrets, and trademarks associated with our technology. Furthermore, we require employees, consultants and advisors to sign Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements, as well as Nondisclosure Agreements that assign to us and protect the intellectual property existing and generated from their work or that we may otherwise use or own. We believe that our patents, proprietary manufacturing processes, trade secrets, trademarks, and technology licensing rights provide us with important competitive advantages.
Patents and Patent Applications
Because ofDue to the substantial expertise and investment of time, effort and financial resources required to bring new regenerative biomaterial products and implants to the market, the importance of obtaining and maintaining patent protection for significant new technologies, products and processes cannot be underestimated. As of the date of the filing of this Form 10-K,Annual Report, in addition to international patents and patent applications, we own 3374 U.S. patents related to our amniotic tissue technology and products. Approximately, 80products, and 25 additional patent applications covering aspects of this technology are pending at the United States Patent and Trademark Office and with various international patenting agencies.
Worldwide, our CollaFix and HydroFix technologies are protected with 45 and 14 issued patents, respectively. Additionally, in the U.S. and internationally, there are 30 patent applications pending covering our CollaFix technology.
Office. The vast majority of our domestic patents covering our core amniotic tissue technology and products will not begin to expire until August of 2027.
See discussion below- “Risk Factors” under Globally, the heading “Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.

Market Overview

Domestic sales currently account for most of our revenue,Company has over 200 issued and we are actively pursuing international expansion.  In the United States, Wound Care, Burns, Surgery, Orthopedics, Spine, Sports Medicine, Ophthalmology and Dentistry are our keypending patents.

5



markets. For information on the amount of revenues attributed to our Wound Care products and our SSO products for the past three fiscal years, see the discussion of our results of operations in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.
Wound Care
The wound care market includes traditional dressings such as bandages, gauzes and ointments, which are used to treat non-severe wounds and advanced wound care products such as mechanical devices, advanced dressings and biologics, which are used to treat severe wounds or chronic wounds that have not appropriately closed after 45 weeks of treatment with traditional dressings.
In the United States in 2015, there were 6.5 million1 reported cases of patients suffering from a hard to heal wound with 3.0 million1 of these patients being a candidate for treatment with an advanced wound care product. Of these 3.0 million patients, MiMedx estimates that 1.4 million suffered from either a diabetic foot ulcer or a venous leg ulcer. The overall cost of treating chronic wounds is rising sharply and in the United States, the current annual estimated cost exceeds $25 billion1 dollars.
United States Wound Care Market 2015
Source: BioMedGPS LLC
Wound Biologics, which includes Skin and Dermal Substitutes, Topical Delivery/Drugs and Collagen/Active Dressings, is the largest segment of the Advanced Wound Care Market. In the United States in 2015, Wound Biologics sales reached $957 million1 with Skin and Dermal Substitute Products1 achieving sales of $587 million1. Skin and Dermal Substitute Products represent the largest segment of the Advanced Wound Care Market. In 2015, in the United States, there were 589,0001 applications of a Skin and Dermal Substitute Product accounting for treatment of approximately 200,0001 of the 3.0 million chronic non-healing wounds. Also in 2015, Amniotic Tissue replaced Xenograft1 as the largest product category in the Skin and Dermal Substitute Market.
In the United States, Skin and Dermal Substitute Market growth is expected to primarily be driven by (a) the aging population (b) the rising incidence of obesity, diabetes and other diseases that compromise blood flow and (c) acceleration in the shift away from using traditional wound care products to using advanced wound care products. We believe physician education and increased understanding of the benefits of new wound care technologies, supported by a growing library of Level 1 Scientific Evidence and the emergence of updated clinical practice guidelines that improve patient care and outcomes, will be the main drivers of this shift. MiMedx estimates that in 2020 the Domestic Skin and Dermal Substitute Market will reach sales of $1.1 billion with Amniotic Tissue capturing 49% market share up from 29%1 in 2014.
Traditional dressings such as bandages, gauzes and ointments currently represent the “standard of care” for treating chronic wounds such as diabetic foot ulcers, venous leg ulcers, pressure ulcers and arterial ulcers. If after four weeks of use,

6



the wound has not responded appropriately to “standard of care” therapy, clinical research has shown that Advanced Therapy such as a Skin and Dermal Substitute should be introduced into the patient’s treatment plan. According to market data provided by BioMedGPS, MiMedx’s EpiFix is the current product of choice for physicians choosing to use a Skin and Dermal Substitute Product. EpiFix contains essential wound healing factors, extracellular matrix proteins and inflammatory mediators to help modulate inflammation, enhance healing, and reduce scar tissue formation and, unlike some competing technologies, is not limited to a specific wound type. EpiFix stores at ambient temperature for up to five years compared to certain cultured skin substitutes currently on the market that require cryogenic freezer storage and expire within days to months from time of processing. In addition, we market multiple sizes of EpiFix (from 1.5cm2 to 49cm2) which minimizes product waste and reduces the overall cost to closure when compared to former market leading products.
Surgical, Sports Medicine and Orthopedics
Our AmnioFix tissue allografts have been used to enhance healing in patients undergoing surgical procedures to help to reduce scar tissue formation in a variety of applications including, but not limited to, plastic surgery, general surgery, gynecological, urology, orthopedics, spine, and sports medicine.
AmnioFix can be used as a barrier membrane in procedures where scar tissue formation may be problematic. AmnioFix Wrap is applied by wrapping target tissues (ligaments, tendons, and or nerves) to create a barrier, which performs two functions: it acts as a neo-sheath to protect the target tissue and provides extracellular matrix proteins, cytokines and chemokines to enhance the wound healing process. AmnioFix provides additional benefits, including anti-inflammatory agents and growth factors that may assist with healing.  
Spine/Orthopedics
There are approximately 1.47 million spinal surgeries per year2 and most of them potentially could use AmnioFix to reduce scarring and modulate inflammation during the primary procedure, which may reduce time during revisions or follow-up surgeries. A reduction of scar tissue is beneficial if the patient needs to have an additional surgical procedure in the future, as it may facilitate the re-access to the surgical site, as well as help with minimizing scar attachment to the spinal dura in spine surgery.  In addition to spinal surgeries, the AmnioFix offerings have been used in Arthoplasty (total joint replacement) of the knee, hip, shoulder, ankle, hand and elbow.
Sports Medicine
There are an estimated 90,0003 peripheral nerve injuries which require repair each year and an estimated 8.44 million patients who have tendinopathy associated with inflammation who potentially could benefit from our AmnioFix products. AmnioFix Wrap is a surgical implant that has multiple features desired by surgeons to support the repair and replacement of ligaments, tendons and repaired nerves. AmnioFix Injectable and AmnioFix Sports Med address the chronic sports/work soft tissue injury market, including but not limited to tennis elbow, golfers elbow, plantar fasciitis, tendonitis, bursitis and sprains.  Soft tissue injuries are often caused by either trauma or overuse of the affected area.  Micro-tears in the tissue form and become inflamed. Scar tissue may form and impede a full recovery.  Steroids are often used as a first line to help the patient cope with the pain and assist with recovery.  There are a number of patients who do not get relief with steroids or do not want to use steroids, and over-use of steroids can cause long-term damage to the tissue.  AmnioFix Injectable and AmnioFix Sports Med may be used to modulate inflammation and reduce scar tissue formation, while enhancing healing.

Physician Office Pain Management

OrthoFlo, AmnioFix Injectable and AmnioFix Sports Med address chronic pain caused by osteoarthritis or inflammation of and/or damage to a ligament or tendon. After oral non-habit forming pain medication fails to relieve a patient's pain, injecting medicine into the affected joint, ligament or tendon is the next most common treatment option to help a patient cope with their pain. In the United States in 2015, 14.9 million1 injections were performed to treat pain in the shoulder, spine, foot, ankle, knee, and elbow The majority of these injections were into the knee (7.8 million1) and elbow (3.2 million1) with steroid (85%1) being the most commonly injected product.  

7



Source: BioMedGPS LLC

Because a number of patients do not get relief from steroid injections or do not want to use steroids given their potential to damage human tissue, the pain market is searching for new products that are as effective as steroid in treating these patients but safer. MiMedx OrthoFlo, AmnioFix Injectable and AmnioFix Sports Med lubricate, modulate inflammation and reduce scar tissue formation, while enhancing healing, and are being investigated as potential product candidates for this market.


Market overview numbers derived from the following sources:
1.BioMedGPS SmartTRAK Business Intelligence
2.iData 2012, U.S. Market for Spinal Implants
3.Stabenfeldt, SE, Garcia, AJ, LaPlaca, MC.  Thermoreversible laminin-functionalized hydrogel for neural tissue engineering. J of Bio Materials Research. Part A, 2006. 77: p. 718-725
4.Millenium 2013, clinical articles and management internal estimates
5.Sheehan P., Jones P., Caselli A., Giurini JM., Veves A. Percent change in wound area of diabetic foot ulcers over a 4-week period is a robust predictor of complete healing in a 12-week prospective trial. Diabetes Care 2003;26:1879-1882 [PubMed]
Marketing and Sales
As of February 2017, ourOur direct sales team includes field sales force is comprised of approximately 320representatives and field sales professionalsmanagement, who call on hospitals, wound care clinics, physician offices, and federal health care facilities such as the Department of Veterans Affairs (the “VA”) and Department of Defense Hospitals.(“DoD”) hospitals. Our direct sales force primarily focuses on the Wound Care market and the SSO (Surgical, Sports Medicine and Orthopedics) market, though, on the SSO side, we have continued toSurgical categories through multiple sites of service. We also maintain a network of independent sales agents that focus on Surgical applications leveraging the complementary products in their portfolios, and distributorsprovide access to sell sports medicine and orthopedic spine specialties lines.certain customers, as well as sales coverage for areas where we do not have a full-time sales representative.
We continue to pursue private label or “OEM” relationship, to date the most notable of which are Medtronic and Zimmer Biomet. In September 2013, we entered into a non-exclusive distribution agreement with Medtronic, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, SpinalGraft Technologies, LLC (SGT). Under the agreement, MiMedx provides our PURION Processed grafts to Medtronic to be marketed by SGT under the RDX2® brand name for spinal applications throughout the United States.
    In September 2014, we entered into a non-exclusive distribution agreement with Zimmer Biomet to distribute AmnioFix under its private label brand, AmnioRepair®. Under the agreement, Zimmer markets AmnioRepair for reconstructive, sports medicine, trauma, extremities and spine applications in the U.S. These partnerships allow us to leverage

8



the sales and distribution resources of significant industry companies. In the ophthalmic and dental markets,also sell our products are still marketed exclusively through licensee companiesdistributors. Distributors purchase products from us at wholesale prices and resell products to providers and end users. For example, in each such field.Japan, our distribution partner, Gunze Medical, purchases products from us and is responsible for sales to the end users for the approved indications of use and at the prevailing reimbursement rate for the product.
Coverage and Reimbursement
A significant portion of our products are purchased for U.S. Government accounts, which do not depend on reimbursement from third parties.  With the exception of Governmentgovernment accounts, most userspurchasers of our products areinclude physicians, hospitals, or ambulatory surgery centers (“ASCs”) that rely on reimbursement by third-party payers. Accordingly, our growth substantially depends on adequate levels of third-party reimbursement for our products from these payers. Third-party payers are sensitive to the cost of products and services and are increasingly seeking to implement cost containment measures to control, restrict access to, or influence the purchase of health care products and services. In the U.S., such payers include U.S. Governmentalfederal healthcare programs (e.g., Medicare and Medicaid), private insurance plans, managed care programs, and workers’ compensation plans. Governmental paymentFederal healthcare programs have prescribed coverage criteria and reimbursement rates for medical products, services, and procedures. Similarly, private, third-party payers have their own coverage criteria and negotiate payment levelsreimbursement amounts for medical products, services, and procedures.procedures with providers. In addition, in the U.S., an increasing percentage of insured individuals are receiving their medical care through managed care programs (including managed federal healthcare programs) which monitor and may require pre-approval of the products and services that a member receives. Ultimately, however, each third-party payer determines whether and on what conditions they will provide coverage for our products, and such decisions often include each payer’s assessment of the science and efficacy of the applicable product.
EpiFix Sheet ProductsA portion of our products is purchased by U.S. government accounts (e.g., the VA and EpiCordthe Public Health Service, including the Indian Health Service), which do not depend on reimbursement from third-party payers. In order for us to be eligible to have our products purchased by such federal agencies and paid for by the Medicaid program, federal law requires us to participate in the VA Federal Supply Schedule (“FSS”) pricing program.
Medicare Coverage
By far, theThe largest third partythird-party payer in the United States is the Medicare program, which is a federally-funded program that provides healthcare coverage for senior citizens and the disabled.certain disabled individuals. The Medicare program is administered by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS)(“CMS”), an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”). The CMS has appointed eight Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs), which(“MACs”) are private insurance companies that serve as agents of the CMS in the administration of the Medicare program includingand are responsible for making coverage decisions and paying claims for the designated Medicare jurisdiction. There are seven Part A/B MACs in the U.S., which cover 12 unique geographical jurisdictions. Each MAC also has its own standards and process for determining coverage and reimbursement for a procedure or product. Private payers often follow the lead of Governmentalgovernmental payers in making coverage and reimbursement determinations. Therefore, achieving favorable Medicare coverage and reimbursement is usually a significant gating factor for successful coverage and reimbursement foradoption of a new product or clinical application by the private payer.payers.
12


The coverage and reimbursement framework for products under Medicare is determined in accordance with the Social Security Act and pursuant to regulations promulgated by the CMS, as well as the agency’s regulatory coverage and reimbursement determinations. Ultimately, however,guidance. In some cases, CMS does not specify coverage, leaving each of the MACs to determine whether and on what conditions they will provide coverage for the product. Such decisions are based on theireach MAC’s assessments of the science and efficacy of the applicable product. As noted below under the heading “Research and Development,” we have devoted significant resources to clinical studies to provide data to the MACs, as well as other payers, in order to demonstrate the clinical efficacy and clinicaleconomic effectiveness of our EpiFix sheet products.tissue technologies. As of the date of this report, our EpiFix sheet productsboth EPIFIX and EPICORD allografts are eligible for coverage by all eight of the Medicare Contractors.MACs. In January 2019, EPIFIX and EPICORD received separate CMS HCPCS Codes, Q4186 and Q4187, distinguishing each product in coverage and reimbursement policies. On July 1, 2023, EPIEFFECT received a CMS Code Q4278, also.
For Medicare reimbursement purposes, our EpiFix sheet productsEPIFIX and EPICORD allografts are classified as “skin substitutes.” Current reimbursement methodology varies between the hospital outpatient department (HOPD)(“HOPD”) and ambulatory surgery center (ASC)ASC setting versus the physician office. Our EpiFix sheet allografts come in many sizes to appropriately fit the size of the patient’s wound. Some competitive products come in one size only with the product size significantly larger than the wounds they are used to treat. The provider has to cut these products to fit the wound size, with the rest of the product discarded, and, therefore, wasted. Formerly, reimbursement for these products was based on the size of the graft and the Medicare payment for these grafts was costly. In 2014, CMS implemented a new reimbursement methodology inCurrently, within the HOPD and ASC in part to combat this wastage. Currently,places of service, skin substitutes are reimbursed under a “packaged” or “bundled” methodology along with the related application procedure under a two-tier payment system. Thus, in the HOPD setting, providers receivethat provides a single payment that reimburses for both the application of the product as well as the product itself. CMS also classifies skin substitutes into low cost or high cost groups, based on a weightedgeometric mean unit cost and per day cost. For 2022, the geometric mean unit cost threshold applicable to both our EPIFIX and EPICORD allograft products was $48 per square centimeter, average. In 2016,and the weighted averageper day cost threshold was $949. For 2023, the geometric mean unit cost threshold applicable to determineboth our EPIFIX and EPICORD allograft products was $47 per square centimeter, and the highper day cost threshold was $949. For 2024, the geometric mean unit cost threshold applicable to our EPIFIX, EPICORD and lowEPIEFFECT allograft products is $47 per square centimeter, and the per day cost groupthreshold was $25 per sq. cm.$807. The national HOPD average packaged (“bundled”) rate for our EPIFIX and EPICORD allograft products was $1,371$1,549 in 2014, $1,4072019, $1,623 in 2015, $1,4112020, $1,715 in 2016,2021, $1,749.26 in 2022, and $1,427$1,725 in 2017. All skin substitute2023. The national HOPD average packaged (“bundled”) rate for our EPIFIX, EPICORD and EPIEFFECT products administeredin 2024 is $1,738. CMS assigns lower national rates to the ASC to reflect a less resource-intensive place of service. Revenue in the HOPDASC setting are bundled exceptconstitutes less than 1% of the Company’s annual net sales. Medicare payments for those thatmost items and services, including EPIFIX and EPICORD sheet products, have been approved by CMS for pass-through status. This "bundled" payment structure applies onlysubject to the HOPD and ASC settings.sequestration reductions of approximately 2% periodically from 2013.





9




Currently, providers that administer EpiFixEPIFIX, EPICORD or EPIEFFECT allografts and other skin substitutes in the physician office setting are reimbursed based on the size of the graft, computed on a per square centimeter basis. The payment rate is calculated using the manufacturer’s reported average sales price (ASP)(“ASP”) submitted quarterly to CMS. This payment methodology applies only to physician offices.offices, as well as places of service such as patient home, assisted living and nursing home. The Medicare payment rates are updated quarterly based on this ASP information.information for many skin substitute products but not all. EPIFIX, EPICORD and EPIEFFECT are included on the Medicare national ASP Drug Pricing File. The published skin substitute Medicare payment rate established by statute is ASP plus 6%. Reimbursement for products not included on the Medicare national ASP Drug Pricing File are at the discretion of each MAC, which typically is invoice cost or wholesale acquisition cost (“WAC”) plus 6%.
We believeIn 2022, CMS announced plans to potentially change the current payment methodologyreimbursement mechanism for skin substitutes in the physician office setting atbut did not propose or enact any national changes to the rules for these products. In March 2023, the Office of Inspector General published a report entitled, “Some Skin Substitute Manufacturers Did Not Comply with New ASP plus 6%, coupled with our success in gaining payer coverage with Medicaid and commercial payers will provide us with opportunities to increase our market share in 2017.
Beginning April 1, 2013 Medicare payments for all items and services, including EpiFix sheet products, have been reduced by 2% under the sequestration required by the Budget Control Act of 2011, Pub. L. No. 112-25, as amended by the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, Pub. L. 112-240. This sequestration is subject to changeReporting Requirements,” which detailed extensive problematic expenditure issues associated with the new administration, and is currently under review.
In January 2017, EpiCord was includedcurrent Medicare reimbursement landscape in the CMS Q Code, Q4131,private physician office setting for some skin substitute products. In alignment with many industry stakeholders, including MIMEDX, the report recommended that all skin substitute products transition to ASP-based payments as soon as possible in an effort to substantially reduce Medicare expenditures for these products. Over the last several quarters, there has been a notable increase in the number of skin substitute products listed on the Medicare ASP list, but non-ASP or WAC-based products still remain available in the marketplace.
In August 2023, three MACs published changes to their Local Coverage Determinations (“LCDs”) that were intended to go into effect on October 1, 2023, before ultimately being abandoned. These LCDs included language that would have lowered the number of allowed applications of a product below what is commonly used in standard practice by physicians today (supported by clinical evidence) and reflected by LCDs currently in force with the MACs. Additionally, the LCDs outlined those skin substitute products which is alsowould explicitly be eligible for coverage and those which would not. While these LCDs ultimately were not implemented, the Q code specifiedMACs have indicated plans to bring forth a new proposed LCD for EpiFix.skin substitutes in the future, which could include elements that could be unfavorable to our business.
Private Payers
We continue to devotehave devoted considerable resources to clinical trials to support coverage and reimbursement of our products and have confirmed anproducts. An increasing number of private payers that reimburse for EpiFixEPIFIX and EPICORD in the physician office, the HOPD and the ASC settings.settings, and we have complete national commercial coverage for the use of EPIFIX in the treatment of DFUs. Coverage and reimbursement varies
13


vary according to the patient’s health plan and related benefits. More than 800The majority of health plans currently provide coverage for EpiFixEPIFIX and EPICORD for the treatment of Diabetic Foot Ulcers (DFUs). Venous Leg Ulcers (VLUs) areDFUs, and many include treatment of VLUs. MIMEDX has secured payer coverage for over 300 million covered lives, allowing a significant number of patients access to our products. Information contributing to the coverage determination included a third-party technical brief (by the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (“AHRQ”)) that evaluated a number of skin substitutes for treating chronic wounds, in which EPIFIX was noted to have the most Randomized Controlled Trials, a low risk of overall study bias, and statistically significant findings.
Our newest product, EPIEFFECT, has also covered by a series of payers.  At the close of 2016, we reported coverage of over 298 million lives, including allstarted to receive private reimbursement in certain regions of the Medicare MACs,U.S. and over 36 State Medicaid plans. we are focused on continuing to increase the number of covered lives eligible for this product in the future.
We have established and continue to grow a reimbursement support group to educate and assist providers and patients with regard to accurate coverage and reimbursement information regarding our products, and plan to continue investing in clinical data supportive of coverage for our products.products in additional clinical areas of use.
Hospital Use
EpiFix productsProducts administered in the hospital inpatient setting are bundled when submitted as part of the hospital’s claim under a diagnosis-related group (DRG)(“DRG”). In these cases, we continue to educate the hospital that our products are cost-effective, and have the product is both efficacious, resulting in positive healingpotential to improve patient outcomes and a reduced length-of-stay, as well as cost-effective.
AmnioFix Sheet Products
Our AmnioFix surgical productsreduce the length of stay. We are also bundled under a DRG as part of a hospital’s claim relatedworking to the length-of-stay.develop additional health economic data to support this effort. As noted above, with respect to EpiFix, the ability to sell products in thea hospital market is dependent upon demonstrating to the hospital that the product’s efficacy and cost effectiveness.
Seasonality
Revenues during our fourth quarter tend to be stronger than other quarters because many hospitals increase their purchases of our products during the fourth quarter to coincide with the end of their budget cycles in the United States. Satisfaction of patient deductibles through the course of the year also results in positive healing outcomes, providesincreased revenues later in the potential for a reduced length-of-stay,year. In general, our first quarter usually has lower revenues than the preceding fourth quarter, the second and is cost-effective.
EpiFixthird quarters have higher revenues than the first quarter, and AmnioFix Micronized Products
Currently, our micronized productsthe fourth quarter revenues are available for coverage by only a limited number of commercial and state Medicaid plans.
Other Products
There is currently no specific third-party reimbursement available for OrthoFlo, AmnioCord, AmnioFill or Physio, except to the extent such products are bundled as part of a hospital’s claim under a DRG. 
See discussion below- “Risk Factors” underhighest in the heading Our revenues depend on adequate reimbursement from public and private insurers and health systems.”year.
Customer Concentration
We have significantFor the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, our top ten customers accounted for 20%, 19% and 19%, respectively, of our net sales, and net sales to Government accounts. Someall U.S. government accounts comprised approximately 2%, 2% and 3%, respectively, of the Company’s salesour net sales.
Competition
Due to Government accounts, including the Department of Veterans Affairs, are made through a distributor relationship with AvKARE, Inc. ("AvKARE") which is a veteran-owned General Services Administration Federal Supply Schedule (FSS) contractor. The Company's agreement with AvKARE expires, subjectlower barriers to certain for-cause termination rights, on June 30, 2017. The Company may also elect to terminate

10



the agreement without cause and pay a termination fee to AvKARE as specifiedentry in the agreement. Upon termination of the agreement, the parties may mutually agree to extend the agreement or the Company has an obligation to repurchase AvKARE’s remaining inventory, if any, within ninety (90) days in accordance with the terms of the agreement. At the end of the term, the parties expect AvKARE’s inventory to be minimal, based upon AvKARE's obligation to use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve target sales levels over the remaining term of the agreement.

See discussion below- “Risk Factors” under the heading A significant portion of our revenues and accounts receivable come from Government accounts”.

Competition
CompetitionSection 361 HCT/P regulated market, competition in the regenerative medicineplacenta-based and allograft tissue field is intense and subject to rapid technological change.new entrants and evolving market dynamics. Companies within the industry compete on the basis of product efficacy, pricing, andprice, ease of handling/logistics. However, the mosthandling, logistics and efficacy. Another important factor is third-party reimbursement, which is difficult to obtain as it is a time-consuming and expensive process. We believe our success in obtaining third-party reimbursement, our strong position with group purchasing organizations, and the established clinical evidence for our products isare competitive advantages.
In February 2020, the AHRQ published a significant competitive advantage.
We competetechnology assessment analyzing Skin Substitutes for Treating Chronic Wounds. AHRQ conducted a literature search yielding 164 studies and 81 Supplemental Evidence and Data for Systematic Reviews (“SEADs”) submissions. Only 22 randomized, controlled trials (“RCTs”) met the inclusion criteria to be reviewed in multiple areasthe AHRQ analysis, and out of the 22 RCTs MIMEDX had six RCTs included in the final brief. Of the 22 studies reviewed, only 12 were assessed as low risk of bias, of which five were MIMEDX RCTs. This important government assessment highlights our commitment to providing unbiased level 1 clinical treatment where regenerative biomaterials may be employed to modulate inflammation, enhance healing and reduce scar tissue formation:evidence in advanced wound treatment. This dedication to elevating the standard of care treatment, spine, orthopedic, surgery and sports medicine. The EpiFix product line is promoted primarily for external use such as advanced wound healing, whilefurther underscored by the AmnioFix products are positioned for healingfact that the AHRQ points out in its assessment that MIMEDX was the only entity to provide two studies out of surgicalthe 22 evaluated that performed a subgroup analysis of patients with DFUs that received adequate debridement. Both studies reported an increase in wounds and have been used in spine, orthopedics, surgical and sports medicine applications.healed with adequate debridement.
Advanced wound careAWC therapies employ technologies to aid in wound healing in cases where the wound is chronic and healing progress has stalled or stopped. The primary competitive products in this spacethe skin substitutes category include, other amniotic membraneamong others, placental-tissue allografts, tissue-engineered living skin equivalents, porcine-, bovine- and porcine- or bovine-derived collagen matrix products, among others. In 2016, our main competitor was Organogenesis, Inc., the manufacturer of Dermagraft®, Apligraf®fish skin-derived xenografts and PuraPly®. These products are tissue-engineered living skin equivalents that require special shipping and/or storage in freezers. The Organogenesis products also come in only one large size each, which is significantly larger than the median wound size for the wounds they are used to treat, resulting in a high cost product, much of which is wasted. We have competed effectively against Dermagraft and Apligraf based on clinical efficacy, cost effectiveness, ease of use and storage of our products. Other smaller competitors include the Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. product Grafix® and other single-layer amnion products.

Smith & Nephew’s Oasis® is the primary competitive product among the porcine- or bovine- derived collagen matrix products. As a collagen it can helpXenografts, or tissue transplants from non-human species, serve mainly as an extracellular matrix and have to undergo aggressive processing to remove immunogenic animal products from the tissue. In addition, challenges with providing a matrixxenografts include limited clinical published data, and some products may require suturing or stapling to the wound bed, making handling
14


more difficult. Furthermore, other skin substitutes currently on the market require cryogenic freezer storage and have limited shelf life.
Our main competitors in the wound; however, it offers limited growth factors to enhance healingskin substitute market include Integra LifeSciences Holdings Corporation, Organogenesis, Inc., and due toSmith & Nephew plc, which sell a variety of AWC products, including skin substitutes and placental tissue allografts. In addition, the porcine origin may cause an immune responseoverall market is competitive, with a large number of other, smaller and oftentimes privately-held competitors that compete regionally and nationally.
Government Regulation and Compliance
The products we sell are regulated by the FDA in the patient.
The primary competitive products in the SSO market are other amniotic membrane allografts and injectable solutions.
See discussion below- “Risk Factors” under the heading We are in a highly competitive and evolving field and face competition from well-established tissue processors and medical device manufacturers, as well as new market entrants.”
Government Regulation
FDA Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements
Tissue Products
United States. The products currently manufactured and processed by the Company are derived from human tissue. As discussed below, some tissue-basedGenerally, our products currently sold in the United States are regulated as Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue - Based Products (“HCT/Ps”), and are subject solely underto Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act as human cells, tissues(“Section 361”) and cellular and tissue-based products, or HCT/Ps,related regulations, which do not require premarketpre-market clearance or approval by the FDA. Other tissueWe do not currently sell in the United States those cellular and tissue-based products considered to be drugs, devices, and/or biological products (“Section 351 HCT/Ps”) subject to licensure under Section 351 of the Public Health Service Act (“Section 351”) and related regulations. Section 351 HCT/Ps are regulated as biologicsbiological products, and, in order to be lawfully marketed in the United States, require an FDA-approved biologics application (BLA).FDA pre-market approval.
Tissue Products Regulated as
In 1997, the FDA proposed a regulatory framework for cells and tissues. This framework was intended to provide adequate protection of public health while enabling the development of new therapies and products with limited regulatory burden. A key innovation in the system was that covered HCT/Ps would be regulated solely under Section 361 and would not be subject to pre-market clearance. The registration and listing rules were finalized in January 2001 in 21 CFR Part 1271. Additional rules regarding donor eligibility and good tissue practices were soon adopted. Together, these rules form a comprehensive system intended to encourage significant innovation.
The FDA has specific regulations governing human cells, tissuesrequires each HCT/P establishment to register and cellular and tissue-based products, or HCT/Ps. An HCT/P is aestablish that its product containing or consisting of human cells or tissue intended for transplantation into a human patient. HCT/Ps that meetmeets the criteriarequirements to qualify for regulation solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act (so-called “361 HCT/Ps”) are not subject to any premarket clearance or approval requirements but are subject to post-market regulatory requirements.

11



361. To be a Section 361 HCT/P, a cellular or tissue-based product generally must meet all four of the following criteria:criteria (fully set forth in 21 CFR Part 1271):
Itit must be minimally manipulated;
Itit must be intended for homologous use;
Itsits manufacture must not involve combination with another article, except for water, crystalloids or a sterilizing, preserving or storage agent; and
Itit must not have a systemic effect and must not be dependent upon the metabolic activity of living cells for its primary function.
If anCertain amniotic and other birth tissues are considered cellular and tissue-based articles and are therefore eligible for regulation solely as a Section 361 HCT/P meets alldepending on whether the abovespecific product at issue and the claims made for it are consistent with the criteria noset forth above. HCT/Ps that do not meet these criteria are subject to more extensive regulation as drugs, medical devices, biological products, or combination products.
Products Regulated Solely as Section 361 HCT/Ps
The FDA review for safety and effectiveness under a drug, device, or biological product marketing application is required. We believe that our amniotic tissue allografts arehas specific regulations governing HCT/Ps, including some regulations specific to Section 361 HCT/Ps, which are set forth in 21 CFR Part 1271. All establishments that manufacture Section 361 HCT/Ps must register and list their HCT/Ps with the FDA’s Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research within five days after commencing operations. In addition, establishments are required to update their registration annually in December or within 30 days of certain changes and submit changes in HCT/P listing at the time of or within six months of such change.
The regulations in 21 CFR Part 1271 also require establishments to comply with donor screening, eligibility and testing requirements, and CGTP to prevent the introduction, transmission and spread of communicable diseases. The CGTP govern, as may be applicable, the facilities, controls, and methods used in the manufacture of all HCT/Ps, including the micronized versionsprocessing, storage, recovery, labeling, packaging, and distribution of EpiFixSection 361 HCT/Ps. CGTP require us, among other things, to maintain a quality program, train personnel, control, and AmnioFix.monitor environmental conditions as appropriate, control and validate processes, properly store, handle and test our products and raw materials, maintain our facilities and equipment, keep records and comply with standards regarding recovery, pre-distribution, distribution, tracking and labeling of our products, and complaint handling. 21 CFR Part 1271 also mandates compliance with adverse reaction and CGTP deviation reporting and labeling requirements.
However, on August 28, 2013,The FDA conducts periodic inspections of HCT/P manufacturing facilities, and contract manufacturers’ facilities, to assess compliance with CGTP. Such inspections can occur at any time, with or without written notice, at such frequency as determined
15


by the FDA issuedin its sole discretion. To determine compliance with the applicable provisions, the inspection may include, but is not limited to, an Untitled Letter allegingassessment of the establishment’s facilities, equipment, finished and unfinished materials, containers, processes, HCT/Ps, procedures, labeling, records, files, papers and controls required to be maintained under 21 CFR Part 1271. If the FDA were to find serious non-compliant manufacturing or processing practices during such an inspection, it could take regulatory actions that could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
2017 FDA Guidance and Transition Policy for HCT/Ps
In November 2017, the FDA released four guidance documents that, collectively, the agency described as a “comprehensive policy framework” for applying existing laws and regulations governing regenerative medicine products, including HCT/Ps. One guidance document in particular, “Regulatory Considerations for Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue – Based Products: Minimal Manipulation and Homologous Use – Guidance for Industry and Food and Drug Administration Staff,” offered important clarity.
The guidance documents confirmed that sheet forms of amniotic membrane generally are appropriately regulated as solely Section 361 HCT/Ps when intended for use as a barrier or covering. We continually evaluate our marketing materials for each of our products to align with FDA guidance.
Second, the guidance documents confirmed the FDA’s stance that all micronized amniotic tissue allograftsmembrane products are more than minimally manipulated, and therefore do not qualify as Section 361 HCT/Ps. However, the guidance documents also stated that the FDA intended to exercise enforcement discretion under limited conditions with respect to the IND application and pre-market approval requirements for certain HCT/Ps through November 2020, which was later extended through May 2021. This period of enforcement discretion was intended to give sponsors time to evaluate their products, have a dialogue with the agency and, if necessary, begin clinical trials and file the appropriate pre-market applications. The FDA’s approach was risk-based, and the guidance documents clarified that high-risk products and uses could be subject to immediate enforcement action.
This enforcement discretion applied across our industry, and during the period, the Company continued to market its products under this policy of enforcement discretion. After May 31, 2021, the Company ceased marketing or selling in the United States its products that were impacted by enforcement discretion, including its micronized dehydrated human amnion chorion membrane (“mDHACM”) products.
The Company is engaged with the FDA regarding the classification of AXIOFILL and certain of its other products. If the FDA makes a final determination that these products do not meet the criteriarequirements for regulation solely under Section 361 then, in order to continue to market the products, the Company would be required to obtain the appropriate FDA clearance or approval.
The FDA has broad regulatory compliance and enforcement powers. If the FDA determines that the Company has failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it can take a variety of the Public Health Service Act and that,compliance or enforcement actions, such as issuing an FDA Form 483 notice of inspectional observations; sending a result, MiMedx would need a biologics license to lawfully market those micronized products. Since thewarning letter or untitled letter; issuing an order of retention, destruction, or cessation of marketing; imposing civil money penalties; suspending or delaying issuance of approvals; requiring product recalls; imposing a total or partial shutdown of production; withdrawing approvals or clearances already granted; pursuing product seizures, consent decrees or other injunctive relief; and criminal prosecution through the Untitled Letter, we have been in discussions with the Department of Justice (“DOJ”).
FDA to communicate its disagreement with the FDA's assertion that our allografts are more than minimally manipulated. To date, the FDA has not changed its position that our micronized products are not eligible for marketingPost–Market Regulation
Tissue processors regulated solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act. We continue to market the micronized products but are also pursuing the Biologics License Application (“BLA”) process for certain of our micronized products.

On December 22, 2014, the FDA issued for comment “Draft Guidance for Industry and FDA Staff: Minimal Manipulation of Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products.” Essentially the Minimal Manipulation draft guidance takes the same position with respect to micronized amniotic tissue that it took in the Untitled Letter to MiMedx 16 months earlier. We submitted comments asserting that the Minimal Manipulation draft guidance represents agency action that goes far beyond the FDA’s statutory authority, is inconsistent with existing HCT/ P regulations and the FDA’s prior positions, and is internally inconsistent and scientifically unsound.

On October 28, 2015, the FDA issued for comment, "Draft Guidance for Industry and FDA Staff: Homologous Use of Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products." We submitted comments on this Homologous Use draft guidance as well. On September 12 and 13, 2016, the FDA held a public hearing to obtain input on the Homologous Use draft guidance and the previously released Minimal Manipulation draft guidance, as well as other recently issued guidance documents on HCT/Ps. The Company awaits further decision from FDA on the draft guidances, but anticipates this will be a lengthy process.

See discussion below- “Risk Factors” under the heading To the extent our products do not qualify for regulation as human cells, tissues and cellular and tissue-based products under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act, this could result in removal of the applicable products from the market, would make the introduction of new tissue products more expensive and significantly delay the expansion of our tissue product offerings and subject us to additional post-market regulatory requirements.”
Products Regulated as Biologics- The Biologics License Application (BLA) Pathway
The typical steps for obtaining FDA approval of a BLA to market a biologic product in the U.S. include:
Completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulations studies under the FDA’s good laboratory practices regulations;
Submission to the FDA of an Investigational New Drug Application (IND) for human clinical testing, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin and which must include independent Institutional Review Board (IRB) approval at each clinical site before the trials may be initiated;
Performance of adequate and well-controlled clinical trials in accordance with Good Clinical Practices to establish the safety and efficacy of the product for each indication;
Submission to the FDA of a BLA for marketing the product, which includes, among other things, reports of the outcomes and full data sets of the clinical trials, and proposed labeling and packaging for the product;

12



Satisfactory review of the contents of the BLA by the FDA, including the satisfactory resolution of any questions raised during the review;
Satisfactory completion of an FDA Advisory Committee review, if applicable;
Satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with Current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMP) regulations, to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to ensure the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity; and
FDA approval of the BLA, including agreement on post-marketing commitments, if applicable.
Generally, clinical trials are conducted in three phases, though the phases may overlap or be combined. Phase I trials typically involve a small number of healthy volunteers and are designed to provide information about the product safety and to evaluate the pattern of drug distribution and metabolism within the body. Phase II trials are conducted in a larger but limited group of patients afflicted with a particular disease or condition in order to determine preliminary efficacy, dosage tolerance and optimal dosing and to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks. Dosage studies are designated as Phase IIA and efficacy studies are designated as Phase IIB. Phase III clinical trials are generally large-scale, multi-center, comparative trials conducted with patients who have a particular disease or condition in order to provide statistically valid proof of efficacy, as well as safety and potency. In some cases, the FDA will require Phase IV, or post-marketing trials, to collect additional data after a product is on the market. All phases of clinical trials are subject to extensive record keeping, monitoring, auditing, and reporting requirements. As indicated above, the Company is pursuing the Biologics License Application (“BLA”) process for certain of its micronized products.  On July 22, 2014, we filed our first IND application with the FDA. In response to the IND application, the FDA agreed we had sufficient data to begin a Phase IIB clinical trial of our micronized product for a specified indication of use in anticipation of a BLA, which we expect to submit at a future date.  The clinical trial was initially powered to enroll approximately 150 patients in 10 - 20 clinical sites in the U.S. We initiated the trial in March of 2015, and have now nearly completed the study, with 13 sites currently enrolling out of a total of 20 engaged.  We submitted an Annual Report and Interim Analysis Report to FDA on October 22, 2016.  If the endpoint change is accepted by FDA, no additional subjects would be required to complete the enrollment phase of study. Enrollment is otherwise scheduled to be completed within the second quarter of 2017. Preliminary safety information, including laboratory testing in a cohort of participants, continues to demonstrate safety of the product in standard use. The Company anticipates moving ahead with a Phase III filing within the second quarter of 2017.
The process of obtaining an approved BLA requires the expenditure of substantial time, effort and financial resources and may take years to complete. The fee for filing a BLA and the annual user fees payable with respect to any establishment that manufactures biologics and with respect to each approved product are substantial.
See discussion below- “Risk Factors” under the heading Obtaining and maintaining the necessary regulatory approvals for certain products will be expensive and time-consuming and may impede our ability to fully exploit our technologies.”
Medical Devices
Products from our CollaFix product platform are likely to be classified by the FDA as medical devices.  Medical Devices are classified as I, II and III in the U.S., with Class II and III requiring either a 510(k) clearance or Premarket Approval (“PMA”) from the FDA prior to marketing. Devices deemed substantially equivalent to legally marketed devices are deemed to pose relatively less risk and are deemed Class I and II. Manufacturers are required to submit a premarket notification requesting clearance for commercial distribution.  This is known as 510(k) clearance, which indicates that the device is substantially equivalent to devices already legally on the market.  Most Class I devices are considered very low risk and are exempted from this requirement.  Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously 510(k) cleared device or a pre-amendment Class III device for which PMA applications have not been required, are placed in Class III, requiring PMA. Although we may be able to obtain approval for some products through the 510(k) clearance process, in order to fully exploit the CollaFix technology, one or more PMA applications would likely be required.
Like the process of obtaining an approved BLA, the process of obtaining a PMA requires the expenditure of substantial time, effort and financial resources and may take years to complete.
FDA Post Market Regulation

13



Tissue processors arestill required to register as ana tissue establishment with the FDA. As a registered tissue establishment, we are required to comply with regulations regarding labeling, record keeping, donor eligibility, and screening, and testing,testing. We are also required to process the tissue in accordance with established Good Tissue Practices, andCGTP, as well as report any deviations from core CGTP requirements or adverse reactions caused by a possible transmission of an infectious disease attributed to our tissue. Our facilities are also subject to periodic inspections to assess our compliance with the regulations.
Products covered by a BLA, 510(k) clearance, or a PMA are subject to numerous additional regulatory requirements, which include, among others, compliance with cGMP, which imposes certain procedural, substantive and record keeping requirements, labeling regulations, the FDA’s general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or “off-label” uses, and additional adverse event reporting.
Other Regulation Specific to Tissue Products
We are accredited by the American Association of Tissue Banks (AATB), which has issued operating standards for tissue banking. Compliance with these standards is a requirement in order to become a licensed tissue bank.  In addition, some states have their own tissue banking regulations.National Organ Transplant Act
In addition, procurementProcurement of certain human organs and tissue for transplantation is subject to the restrictions of the National Organ Transplant Act (“NOTA”NOTA), which prohibits the transfer of certain human organs, including skin and related tissue, for valuable consideration, but permits the reimbursement of reasonable paymentexpenses associated with the removal, transportation, implantation, processing, preservation, quality control, and storage of human tissue and skin. Our wholly-owned subsidiary, MiMedx Tissue Services, LLC, is registered with the FDA as an establishment that manufactures human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue- based products and is involved with the recovery and storage of donated human placental tissues. We reimburse tissue banks, hospitals, and physicians for their services associated with the recovery storage and transportationstorage of donated human tissue.
See discussion below- “Risk Factors” under
16


Tissue Bank Laws, Regulations, and Related Accreditation
As discussed above, we are required to register with the heading "Our businessFDA as an establishment that manufactures human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue-based products. We are licensed, registered, or permitted as a tissue bank in California, New York, Delaware, Illinois, Oregon, and Maryland. Additionally, we received and actively maintain AATB accreditation. The AATB has issued operating standards for tissue banking. Compliance with these standards is required in order to become an AATB-accredited tissue establishment. AATB standards include specific requirements for recovery, screening, testing, labeling, processing, and storing of birth tissue. We maintain compliance with AATB standards and our state licensure requirements.
To the extent we sell our products outside of the United States, we also are subject to continuing regulatory compliancelaws and regulations of foreign countries.
Other Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements
In the United States, our activities are potentially subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including CMS, other divisions of the HHS (e.g., the Office of Inspector General), the DOJ and other authorities,individual United States Attorney offices within the DOJ, and state and local governments. These regulations include those described below.
The federal Anti-Kickback Statute (“AKS”), which is costly and our failure to comply could result in negative effects on our business".
Fraud, Abuse and False Claims
We are directly and indirectly subject to various federal and state laws governing relationships with healthcare providers and pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback laws.  In particular, the federal healthcare program Anti-Kickback Statutea criminal law that prohibits, personsamong other things, any person from knowingly and willfully offering, soliciting, offering, receiving or providing any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in exchange forcash or in kind, to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing,reward referrals, purchases or orders, or arranging for or recommending a goodthe purchase, order or referral of any item or service for which payment may be made in whole or in part underby a federal healthcare programs,program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. PenaltiesThe term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act amended the intent requirement of the federal AKS, so that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. A conviction for violations includeviolation of the AKS results in criminal penaltiesfines and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment and possiblerequires mandatory exclusion from Medicare, Medicaidparticipation in federal health care programs. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and other federal healthcare programs.  The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry.  In implementing the statute, the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“OIG”) has issued a series of regulations, known as the “safe harbors.”  Theseregulatory safe harbors set forth provisionsto the federal AKS that if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providersprotect certain common industry practices from prosecution, the exceptions and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Statute.  The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegalare drawn narrowly, and arrangements may be subject to scrutiny or that prosecution will be pursued.  However, conduct and business arrangements thatpenalty if they do not fully satisfy each applicable elementall elements of an available exception or safe harbor.
The federal False Claims Act (“FCA”) imposes significant civil liability on any person or entity that knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a claim for payment to the U.S. government, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, that is false or fraudulent. The FCA also allows a private individual or entity as a whistleblower to sue on behalf of the government to recover civil penalties and treble damages. FCA liability is potentially significant in the healthcare industry because the statute provides for significant damages (treble) and mandatory penalties per false claim or statement. As a result of a safe harbor may result in increased scrutinymodification made by Government enforcement authorities, such as the OIG.  Many states have laws similarFraud Enforcement and Recovery Act of 2009, a claim includes “any request or demand” for money or property presented to the U.S. government.
The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) fraud and abuse provisions prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a health care offense, or making false statements or concealing a material fact relating to payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.
While manufacturers of human cell and tissue products regulated solely under Section 361 are not subject to the federal law.
AdvaMed is one of the primary voluntary U.S. trade associations for medical device manufacturers.  This association has established guidelinesPhysician Payments Sunshine Act and protocols for medical device manufacturers in their relationships with healthcare professionals on matters including research and development, product training and education, grants and charitable contributions, support of third-party educational conferences, and consulting arrangements.  Adoption of the AdvaMed Code by a medical device manufacturer is voluntary, and while the OIG and other federal and state healthcare regulatory agencies encourage its adoption and may look to the AdvaMed Code, they do not view adoption of the AdvaMed Code as proof of compliance with applicable laws.  As part of a Company-wide compliance plan, we have incorporated the principles of the AdvaMed Code in our standard operating procedures, sales force training programs, and relationships with health care professionals. Key to the underlying principles of the AdvaMed Code is the need to focus the relationships between manufacturers and healthcare professionals on matters of training, education and scientific research, and limit payments between manufacturers and healthcare professionals to fair market value for legitimate services provided and payment of modest meal, travel and other expenses for a healthcare professional under limited circumstances.  We have incorporated these principles into our relationships with healthcare professionals under our consulting agreements, and our policies regarding payment of travel and lodging expenses, research and educational grant procedures and sponsorship of third-party conferences. 

14



    See discussion below- “Risk Factors” under the heading We and our sales representatives, whether employees or independent contractors, must complywith various federal and state anti-kickback, self-referral, false claims andsimilar laws, any breach of which could cause a material adverse effect on ourbusiness, financial condition and results of operations.”
Manufacturing (Processing)
In early 2014, we expanded our production capacity from one location in Kennesaw, Georgia, by adding a second and significantly larger, manufacturing facility within our headquarters building in Marietta, Georgia. Effective January 2014, our main processing operations were relocated to the Marietta, Georgia facility. The Kennesaw facility serves as a secondary processing site.  We also perform research and early stage product and process development activities in our Marietta and Kennesaw, Georgia, locations. Stability maintains a facility in San Antonio, Texas for tissue processing.
We are registeredimplementing regulations (together with the FDA asAct, the “Sunshine Act”), in the future, if we expand our product portfolio beyond those regulated solely under Section 361, this law will require us (with certain exceptions) to report information to CMS related to certain payments or other transfers of value we make to U.S.-licensed physicians and teaching hospitals, and for reports submitted on or after January 1, 2022, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists and certified nurse-midwives. Such information will subsequently be made publicly available by CMS on the Open Payments website. There is a risk that CMS or another government agency may take the position that our products are not human cell and tissue establishmentproducts regulated solely under Section 361, and thereby assert that we are currently subject to the FDA’s quality system regulations,Sunshine Act, which could subject us to civil penalties and the administrative burden of having to comply with the law.
Federal conflicts of interest laws, the Standards of Ethical Conduct for Employees of the Executive Branch, and local site policies for each federal institution we call upon govern our interactions with federal employees at our various government accounts (e.g., DoD, VA, etc.) and impose a number of limitations on such interactions.
There are state regulations,law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and regulations promulgatedfalse claims laws, which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial insurers, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by federal laws, thus complicating compliance efforts.
17


In addition, we may be subject to data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. HIPAA, as amended by the European Union.   Our facilities are subjectHealth Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”) and its implementing regulations, imposes certain requirements relating to periodic unannounced inspections by regulatory authorities,the privacy, security and transmission of protected health information. Among other things, HITECH made HIPAA’s privacy and security standards directly applicable to “business associates,” independent contractors or agents of covered entities that receive or obtain protected health information in connection with providing a service on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also created four new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates and possibly other persons and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may undergonot have the same effect, thus complicating compliance inspections conductedefforts.
International Regulation (Japan)
In 2021, MIMEDX received regulatory approval from the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare (JMHLW) to market EPIFIX in Japan. Under JMHLW guidelines, EPIFIX is classified as a Class IV Medical Device and “Specified Biological Product” and is approved for the treatment of refractory ulcers, such as DFUs and VLUs that do not respond to conventional therapy. As a condition of the final approval, MIMEDX will conduct post-market surveillance, consisting of a limited study of over 75 participants. The JMHLW has the ultimate responsibility of granting final approval on all Class III and IV Medical Devices and “Specified Biological Products.” All approved products in Japan, including EPIFIX, are regulated by the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency (“PMDA”), which acts as the technical arm of the JMHLW. The PMDA serves in a similar function as the FDA in the United States, and corresponding stateis responsible for ensuring the safety, efficacy, and foreign agencies.quality of pharmaceuticals and medical devices in Japan. The PMDA provides review and approval of medical devices, QMS/GLP/GCP inspections, and collection and analysis of adverse event reports.
Placental Donation Program
We have a comprehensive networkMIMEDX also secured reimbursement approval from JMHLW in September 2022 with an awarded rate of hospitals that participate35,100 Yen/cm2, and subsequently entered into an exclusive distribution agreement with Gunze Medical for sales of EPIFIX in our placenta donation program.  We have a dedicated staff that works at these hospitals, collecting donated placentas from mothers who undergo Cesarean section birthsJapan. Insurance coverage for EPIFIX will provide doctors and consent to donation.  We believe that we will be able to procure an adequate supply of tissue to meet anticipated demand. However, see discussion below- “Risk Factors” under the heading Our products are dependent on the availability of sufficient quantities of tissue from human donors,patients in Japan with new treatment options and any disruption in supply could adversely affect our business."optimal wound care.
Research and Development
Our research and development group has extensive experience in developing products related tofor our field of interest,target markets, and works to design products that are intended to improve patient outcomes, simplify techniques, shorten procedures, reduce hospitalization and rehabilitation times and, as a result, reduce costs. Our research and development group also works to establish scientific evidence in support of the use of our products. Clinical trials that demonstrate the safety, efficacy and cost effectiveness of our products are key to obtaining broader third-party reimbursement for our products. In addition to our internal staff, we contract with outside labslaboratories and physicians who aid us in our research and development process. See Part II, Item 7, below, for information regarding expenditures for research and development in each of the last three fiscal years.
Environmental, Social & Governance Matters (“ESG”)
At MIMEDX, we are committed to improving people’s health and lives through innovation that makes healing possible. Our product offering is derived from donated human placental and umbilical cord tissue, which are processed into products used by health professionals to treat patients suffering from both acute and chronic hard-to-heal wounds. We are continuously looking to expand the breadth of our product offering, further leveraging birth tissue that would otherwise become medical waste, and have a product pipeline that includes innovations for wound and surgical end markets. Our Core Values define how we lead the field with rigorous science, help clinicians elevate the standard of care, provide a safe and healthy environment for our employees, and work and grow as a company.
In additionan effort to deliver long-term value to all of our stakeholders, we incorporate environmental, social, and governance (ESG) objectives that are relevant to our business. These ESG objectives are informed by a combination of feedback from our stakeholders as well as leading ESG frameworks, such as the numerous published scientific studies,Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) Medical Equipment & Supplies standards, under the oversight of our allograft is the first and only dHACM product to meet the requirementsBoard of the USP (United States Pharmacopeia) Monograph for amniotic membrane allografts. This monograph includes both EpiFix and AmnioFix sheet products, and is the culmination of several years of work to define specifications, review, and test those specifications to ensure they accurately define the dHACM product with high manufacturing standards.

Directors.
Environmental Matters
Stewardship is a Core Value at MIMEDX. We are stewards of a precious, life-protecting and life-giving resource – human birth tissue – which currently represent the biological source material for all of our products. Without our placental donation and recovery program, this material would most likely be discarded as medical waste at the hospital. We do not produce a significant amount of emissions from our operations.
Environmental Management
18


We recently worked with a third-party to conduct an environmental, health, and safety gap assessment in order to accurately benchmark our environmental impact. The review looked at several areas including:
Air Pollution Control Management
Battery Handling and Disposal
Community Right-to-Know (Hazardous Material Reporting)
Hazardous Waste Management
SARA Title III (Release Reporting)
Solid Waste Management
Spill, Prevention, Control and Countermeasure
State Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (SPDES)
Storm Water Management
Universal Waste Management
Waste Oil Management
We are evaluating the results of this exercise in order to consider implementation of measures in support of our Environmental Management program.
Waste Management
We work with waste removal providers to responsibly dispose of medical waste and biohazardous waste and have a program in place for the management of all medical and biohazardous waste processed in our facilities. In addition, we follow applicable packaging requirements for regulated medical waste, and conduct regular required training for all employees responsible for packaging medical waste for shipment. Our tissue preservation activities generate some chemicalwaste management initiatives also include the shredding and biomedical wastes, consisting primarilyrecycling of diluted alcoholspaper waste from our facilities, our transition to digital systems where possible to reduce print waste, and acids,the distribution of electronic tablets to our sales teams to minimize printing needs, shipping costs, and humanprinted materials.
Our facilities management team collects recyclable and animal pathologicalreusable material when possible, including for cardboard, plastics, batteries, fluorescent lamps, and biological wastes, including humanballasts. We have significantly reduced the use of plastic and animal tissuealuminum materials with the installation of filtered water and body fluids removed during laboratory procedures.soda machines within our facilities. The chemicalpackaging of our product cartons is recyclable and, biomedical wastes generatedsince 2015, has been reduced in size by our tissue processing operations are placed in appropriately constructed and labeled containers and are segregated from other wastes.  We contract with third parties for transport, treatment, and disposal of waste.  We strive to remain compliant with applicable laws and regulations promulgated by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and similar state agencies.50%.
EmployeesHuman Capital
As of December 31, 2016,2023, we had approximately 690895 full time employees. WeGenerally, we consider our relationships with our employees to be satisfactory.  Nonegood, and none of our employees isare covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We conduct regular surveys of employees to monitor engagement levels and act on feedback received through this process.
Our Diversity and Inclusion
MIMEDX values the diversity of perspective, experience, and background within our Company. We have stated goals to promote diversity, inclusion, and equal opportunity regardless of race, gender, nationality, ethnic origin, religion, age, or sexual orientation. Intimidation or harassment of any kind are not acceptable in our workplace.
Our business requires a workforce with a wide range backgrounds, experiences, skills, and knowledge and a culture that blends this diversity into an effective team. In order for our employees to do their best work, and for us to achieve our mission, everyone at MIMEDX must feel respected, valued, and included. Comprised of employees across the Company, our Inclusion and Diversity Council reviews programs created to support best practices for our work environment challenges, champion diversity, and provide an intentional link for each employee to the company values and goals.
The table below provides an overview of MIMEDX’s diversity as of December 31, 2023:
Board of DirectorsWomen and minorities hold one-third of the seats on our Board, including the Chair of the Board.
Employee Gender DiversityWomen represented 56% of our workforce.
Women represented 55% of our new hires in 2023.
Employee Ethnic/Racial DiversityBlack or African American: 25%
Hispanic or Latino: 9%
Other Non-White (including American Indian, Alaskan Native, Asian, Native Hawaiian, or Other Pacific Islander): 9%
Recruiting, Retaining, and Engaging Talent
19


Talent is our greatest asset and we are dependent on being able to recruit, develop, and retain talent that share our Core Values. We use tools, such as an interview guide and a process reviewed by our Inclusion and Diversity Council, designed to prevent us from bias in our hiring decisions. We are currently in compliance with affirmative action reporting. As part of our Affirmative Action Plan, we leverage targeted outreach in our hiring process to ensure our postings reach underrepresented groups.
We are focused on retaining our talented professionals who we believe are key to the Company’s success. Our human resource group continuously monitors and benchmarks employee turnover and other trends in our industry and on a regional level to ensure MIMEDX is competitive and responsive to changes in the broader marketplace. Combining this data with feedback from exit interviews in any instances of voluntary employee turnover, we are able to use these actionable insights to improve employee engagement, provide opportunities for career development, evolve our total rewards offering and evaluate implementation of additional resources to enhance the employee experience at MIMEDX.
Compensation and Benefits
We offer all full-time employees a comprehensive benefits package, including:
Health coverage, including Medical, Dental, Vision insurance, a wellness incentive program and virtual and text-based healthcare
Paid Parental and Caregiver leave
Employee Assistance Program
Paid company holidays
401(k) plan, including Employer match
Employee Stock Purchase Plan opportunity.
Our History
Our current business began on February 8, 2008 when Alynx, Co., our predecessor company, acquired MiMedx, Inc., a development-stage medical device company, the assets of which included licenses to two development-stage medical device technology platforms which we do not currently market. On March 31, 2008, Alynx, Co. merged into MiMedx Group, Inc., a Florida corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary that had been formed for purposes of the merger, with MiMedx Group, Inc. as the surviving corporation in the merger. In January 2011, we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Surgical Biologics, LLC (n/k/a MiMedx Tissue Services, LLC).
Available Information
Our website address is www.mimedx.com. We make available on this website under “Investors - SEC Filings,” free of charge, ourare required to file proxy statements, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials towith the SEC. In addition, we post filingsThe SEC maintains an internet site, www.sec.gov, where these reports are available free of Forms 3, 4, and 5 filed by our directors, executive officers and ten percent or more

15



shareholders.charge. We also make these reports available free of charge on thisour website, www.mimedx.com, under the heading “Investors - Corporate Governance”Investors–SEC Filings.” In addition, our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Ethics and Compliance Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charters as well as our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.
Ethics, are on our website under the heading “Investors–Corporate Governance.” The reference to our website does not constitute incorporation by reference of any information contained aton that site.

16
20





Item 1A. Risk Factors
An investment in our Common Stock involves a substantial risk of loss. Set forth below is a summary of the risks and uncertainties affecting our business that we currently believe to be material. We caution you to read the following risk factors, which have affected, and/or in the future could affect, our business, prospects, operating results, and financial condition. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our business, prospects, operating results, and financial condition. Additional risks and uncertainties are described under other captions in this report and should also be considered by our stockholders. If any of these risks materialize, our business, financial condition or operating results could suffer. In this case, the trading price of our Common Stock could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
OurIf we do not successfully execute our priorities, our business, operating results may fluctuate significantly as a resultand financial condition could be adversely affected.
Our priorities in our Wound & Surgical business are to address large, underpenetrated market opportunities, domestically and internationally, including by launching new organic or inorganic products. We intend to implement and maintain rigorous quality standards throughout our entire supply chain and continue to advance the scientific body of a varietyevidence substantiating clinical efficacy, economic viability and the underlying mechanism offactors, many of which are outside of our control.
We are subject to the following factors, among others, that may negatively affect our operating results:
The announcement or introduction of new products by our competitors;
Failure of Government and private health plans to adequately and timely reimburse the users of our products;
Removal of our products from the Federal Supply Schedule or change in the prices that Government accounts will pay action for our products;
Our ability to upgradePURION processed placental tissue platform through additional peer-reviewed publications, rigorous scientific research and develop our systems and infrastructure to accommodate growth;
Our ability to attract and retain key personnel in a timely and cost effective manner;
The amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures relating to the expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;
Regulation by federal, state or local Governments; and
General economic conditions as well as economic conditions specific to the healthcare industry.clinical studies.
We have basedsought and may continue to seek capital to implement our currentpriorities. In developing our priorities, we evaluated many factors including, without limitation, those related to developments in our industry, customer demand, competition, regulatory developments, and future expense levels largely on our investment plans and estimates of future events, although certain of our expense levels are, to a large extent, fixed. Wegeneral economic conditions. Actual conditions may be unabledifferent from our assumptions, and we may not be able to adjust spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall. Accordingly, any significant shortfall in revenue relative tosuccessfully execute our planned expenditures would have an immediate adverse effect onpriorities. If we do not successfully execute our priorities, or if actual results vary significantly from our assumptions, our business, operating results of operations and financial condition.  Further, as a strategic response to changes in the competitive environment, we may from time to time make certain pricing, service or marketing decisions thatcondition could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.  Due to the foregoing factors, our revenue and operating results are and will remain difficult to forecast.be adversely impacted.
We are in a highly competitive and evolving field and face competition from well-established tissue processors and medical device manufacturers, as well as new market entrants.
Our business is in a very competitive and evolving field. Competition from other tissue processors, medical device companies, and biotherapeutic companies, and from research and academic institutions, is intense, expected to increase and subject to rapid change, and could be significantly affected by new product introductions.introductions as well as changes in reimbursement that could favor certain products and competitors over others. Established competitors and newer market entrants are investing in additional clinical research that may allow them to gain further clinician usage, adoption and payer coverage of their products. In addition, consolidation and cost containment measures in the healthcare industry continuesmay cause hospitals to leadconsolidate their purchases with suppliers that have a broad portfolio of products. This would continue to give rise to demands for price concessions, or to the exclusion of some suppliers from certain of our markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations orand financial condition. Further, competitors may introduce placental-based membrane products in the future at lower prices, adding new features or gaining additional reimbursement coverage, or utilize sales and marketing practices that negatively impact the industry. Further, they may copy our products outside the United States. The presence of this competition in our market may lead to pricing pressure, which would make it more difficult to sell our products at a price that will make us profitable or prevent us from selling our products at all. Our failure to compete effectively wouldcould have a material andan adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Rapid technological change could cause our products to become obsolete and, if we do not enhance our product offerings through our research and development efforts or business development and inorganic activities, we may be unable to effectively compete.compete effectively.

The technologies underlying our products are subject to rapid and profound technological change. Competition intensifies as technical advances in each field are made and become more widely known. We can give no assurance that others will notOthers may develop services, products or processes with significant advantages over the products, services and processes that we offer or are seeking to develop. Any such occurrence could have a material andan adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We plan to enhance and broaden our product offerings in responseas part of a strategy that involves responding to changing customer demands and competitive pressure and technologies.technologies, among other factors. The success of any new product offering or enhancement to an existing product will depend on numerous factors, including our ability to:
properly identify and anticipate physician and patient needs;

acquire, through licensing, co-development or outright purchase, new technology developed outside of MIMEDX;
17



develop and introduce new products or product enhancements in a timely manner;
adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties;
demonstrate the safety and efficacy of new products; and
obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for new products or product enhancements.
21


If we do not develop and, when necessary, obtain regulatory clearance or approval for new products or product enhancements in time to meet market demand, or if there is insufficient demand for these products or enhancements, our results of operations and financial condition will suffer. Our research and development efforts may require a substantial investment of time and resources, including additional capital, before we are adequately able to determine the commercial viability of a new product, technology, material or other innovation. In addition, even if we are able to successfully develop enhancements or new generations of our products, these enhancements or new generations of products may not produce sales in excess of the costs of development, or they may never receive required regulatory approval and they may be quickly rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying new technologies or features.
OurMany of our products are dependentdepend on the availability of tissue from human donors, and any disruption in supply could adversely affect our business.
The success of our human tissue products depends upon, among other factors, the availability of tissue from human donors. Any failure to obtain tissue from our sources will interfere with our ability to effectively meet demand for our products incorporating human tissue. The processing of human tissue into our products is very labor-intensive and it is therefore difficult to maintain a steady supply stream. The availability of donated tissue could also be adversely impacted by regulatory changes, public opinion of the donor process as well asand our own reputation in the industry. The challenges weWe may facenot be successful in obtainingour ability to scale tissue recovery efforts to meet the potential future demand of our pipeline. Obtaining adequate supplies of human tissue involveinvolves several risks, including limited control over availability (due to for example, access to hospital accounts and the number of consenting mothers), quality, delivery schedules, and delivery schedules.eligibility requirements. In addition, any interruption in the supply of any human tissue component could materially harm our ability to manufacture our products until a new source of supply, if any, could be found. We also utilize third-party providers of placental donations on an as-needed basis to mitigate risks but there can be no assurance that these third parties will be able to provide donated tissues at all times. We may be unable to find a sufficient alternative supply channel in a reasonable time period or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which would have a materialan adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The products we manufacture and process are derived from human tissue and therefore have the potential for disease transmission.
The utilization of human tissue creates the potential for transmission of communicable disease, including, but not limited to, human immunodeficiency virus (“HIV”), viral hepatitis, syphilis and other viral, fungal or bacterial pathogens.  We are required to comply with federal and state regulations intended to prevent communicable disease transmission.
Although we maintain strict quality controls over the procurement and processing of our tissue, there is no assurance that these quality controls will be adequate.  In addition, negative publicity concerning disease transmission from other companies' improperly processed donated tissue could have a negative impact on the demand for our products.
We depend on key personnel.our senior leadership team and may not be able to retain or replace these employees or recruit additional qualified personnel, which would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our business and success are materially dependent on attracting and retaining members of our senior leadership team to formulate and execute the Company’s business plans. Since June 2018, we have made significant changes to our senior leadership team, and hired several new senior leaders, including our CEO and CFO in 2023.
Leadership changes can be inherently difficult to manage and may cause material disruption to our business or management team. Changes in senior management could also lead to an environment that presents additional challenges in recruiting and retaining employees, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our future success will also depend, in part, upon our ability to attract and retain skilled personnel, including sales, managerial and technical personnel. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to find and attract additional qualified employees to support our expected growth or retain any such personnel.
Our inabilityrevenues depend on adequate reimbursement from public and private insurers and health systems and changes to hire and retain qualified personnel or the lossways in which our products are reimbursed in various sites of servicesservice could adversely impact our financial results.
Our success depends on the extent to which our customers receive adequate reimbursement for the costs of our key personnelproducts and related treatments from third-party payers, including government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, as well as private insurers and health systems. Government and other third-party payers attempt to contain healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of medical products, particularly new products. Therefore, significant uncertainty may exist as to the reimbursement status of new healthcare products by third-party payers. Although EPIFIX and EPICORD have coverage with the majority of large payers, a materialsignificant number of public and private insurers currently do not cover or reimburse our other products.
The reimbursement landscape for our products varies depending upon the site in which the products are administered. If we are not successful in obtaining adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products from these third-party payers in one or more of the sites of service where our products are used, it could have an adverse effect on market acceptance of our products. Inadequate reimbursement levels would likely also create downward price pressure on our products. Even if we do succeed in obtaining widespread coverage and reimbursement rates or policies for our products, future changes in coverage or reimbursement rates or policies could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A significant portion of our revenues and accounts receivable come from Government accounts.
WeFurther, we have significant salesexperienced some reluctance by payers to the Government (whether we are sellingcover our products directlyunder certain circumstances, including for applications other than those for which we have published clinical efficacy data. Since 2022, several wide-ranging proposals have been published for public comment, including relating to Government Accounts orpayment methodology within the physician office, with potential to change how CMS reimburses for skin substitute products at a national level. At a regional level, three Medicare
22


Administrative Contractors (MACs) signaled their intent to change coverage guidance by moving Local Coverage Determinations (LCDs) through our current or another distributor ). Any disruptionthe process. While these were ultimately withdrawn, the same MACs signaled their intent to revisit the issue. If the national reimbursement proposals were to be adopted, it would significantly change Medicare policies governing the reimbursement of ourskin substitute products on the FSS or a changeprincipally when used for wound treatment in the wayprivate physician office setting. If MACs proceed to change coverage policies, this could significantly change guidance within the Government purchases products like ours oraffected regions.

Changes in the price it is willing to pay forcoverage and reimbursement environment as described above could result in declines in our products, could materially andrevenue that would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.
Our revenue, results of operations and financial condition.cash flows may suffer upon the loss of a Group Purchasing Organization or Integrated Delivery Network.
In orderAs with many manufacturers in the healthcare space, the Company contracts with Group Purchasing Organizations (GPOs) and Integrated Delivery Networks (IDNs) to grow revenues from certainestablish contracted pricing and terms and conditions for the members of GPOs and IDNs. Approximately 79% of our sales in the year ended December 31, 2023 came from customers that are members of our primary GPOs or IDNs.
Our agreements with GPOs and IDNs allow us to sell our products we must expandefficiently to large groups of customers. Our agreements with GPOs and IDNs typically provide their members with favorable ordering terms and conditions and access to favorable product pricing. These customers purchase our relationshipsproduct through GPO and IDN arrangements in part because of the favorable pricing and terms and conditions. If our agreement with distributorsany GPO or IDN is terminated or expires without being extended, renewed or renegotiated, this could adversely affect our revenue, results of operations and cash flows.
We contract with and are dependent upon independent sales representatives, whom we do not control.agents and distributors.
We derive significant revenuesIn 2023, approximately 24% of our sales were through our relationships with independent agents, and we also use a small number of distributors, primarily outside the United States, and may use more in the future.Sales agents act directly on behalf of MIMEDX to arrange sales, while distributors take title to product and may set their own prices.
If our relationships with our independent sales representatives, though, other than our distributor for Government accounts, no one distributor comprised over 5% of our revenues.  If such

18



relationshipsagents were terminated for any reason, it could materially and adversely affect our ability to generate revenues and profits. Because the independent distributoragent often controls the customer relationships within its territory, there is a risk that if our relationship with the distributoragent ends, our relationship with the customer will be lost. Also, because we do
Because our agents and distributors are not control a distributor's field sales agents,employees, there is a risk we will be unable to ensure that our sales processes, compliance safeguards, and other prioritiesrelated policies will be consistently communicatedadhered to despite our communication and executed by the distributor. Iftraining of agents and distributors regarding these requirements. Furthermore, if we fail to maintain relationships with our key distributors,independent agents, or fail to ensure that our distributorsindependent agents adhere to our sales processes, compliance safeguards and other priorities, thisrelated policies, there could havebe an adverse effect on our operations.business, results of operations, and financial condition.
We intend tomay obtain the assistance of additional distributors and independent sales representatives to continue oursell products in certain sales growth with respect to certain of our products.channels, particularly in territories and fields where agents are commonly used. Our success is partially dependent upon our ability to train, retain and motivate our distributors, independent sales agencies, distributors, and their representatives to appropriately and compliantly sell our products in certain territories.territories or fields. They may not be successful in implementing our marketing plans.plans or compliance safeguards. Some of our distributors and independent sales agencies and distributors do not sell our products exclusively and may offer similar products from other companies. Our distributors and independent sales agencies and distributors may terminate their contracts with us, may devote insufficient sales efforts to our products or may focus their sales efforts on other products that produce greater commissions for them, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and operating results.financial condition. We also may not be able to find additional distributors and independent sales representativesagencies and distributors who will agree to appropriately and compliantly market and/or distribute thoseour products on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to establish new distribution and independent sales representative and distribution relationships or renew current distributionsales agency and sales agencydistribution agreements on commercially acceptable terms, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
We continue to invest significant capital in expanding our internal sales force, and there can be no assurance that these efforts will continue to result in significant increases in sales.
We are engaged in a major initiative to build and further expand our internal sales and marketing capabilities which has contributed to our increased sales.  As a result, we continue to invest in a direct sales force for certain of our products to allow us to reach new customers.  These expenses impact our operating results, and there can be no assurance that we will continue to be successful in significantly expanding the sales of our products.
Our revenues depend on adequate reimbursement from public and private insurers and health systems.
Our success depends on the extent to which reimbursement for the costs of our products and related treatments will be available from third party payers, such as public and private insurers and health systems.  Government and other third-party payers attempt to contain healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of new products.  Therefore, significant uncertainty usually exists as to the reimbursement status of new healthcare products.  A significant number of public and private insurers and health systems currently do not provide reimbursement for our products.  If we are not successful in obtaining adequate reimbursement for our products from these third party payers, the market's acceptance of our products could be adversely affected.  Inadequate reimbursement levels also likely would create downward price pressure on our products.  Even if we do succeed in obtaining widespread reimbursement for our products, future changes in reimbursement policies could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Disruption of our processing facilities could adversely affect our business, financialcondition and results of operations.
Our results of operations are dependentbusiness depends upon the continued operation of our processing facilities.facilities in Marietta, Georgia and Kennesaw, Georgia. Risks that could impact our ability to use these facilities include the occurrence of natural and other disasters, the outbreak of pandemics, and the need to comply with the requirements of directives from Governmentgovernment agencies, including the FDA. We haveEither of our two processing facilities can serve as a secondaryredundant processing facility for most of our products in Kennesaw, Georgia that also serves asthe event the other facility experiences a disaster recovery center.event. However, the unavailability ofif our manufacturing and processing facilities were to become unavailable, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations during the period of such unavailability.
23



To be commercially successful, we must convinceeducate physicians, thatwhere appropriate, how and when our products aresafe and effectiveproper alternatives to existing treatments and that ourproducts should be used in their procedures.

We believe physicians will only adoptuse our products if they determine, based on their independent medical judgment and experience, clinical data, and published peer reviewed journal articles, that the use of our products in a particular procedure is a favorable alternative to conventional methods.other treatments. Physicians may be slowhesitant to change their existing medical treatment practices for the following reasons, among others:
·Their lack of experience with prior procedures in the field using our products;
·Lack of evidence supporting additional patient benefits and our products over conventional methods;

19




their lack of experience with advanced therapeutics, such as our placenta-based allografts;
·Perceived
lack of evidence supporting additional patient benefits of advanced therapeutics, such as our placenta-based allografts, over conventional methods in certain therapeutic applications;
perceived liability risks generally associated with the use of new products and procedures;
limited availability of reimbursement from third-party payers;
more favorable reimbursement for other market-available products; and
the time that must be dedicated to physician training in the use of new products and procedures;
·Limited availability of reimbursement from third party payers; and
·The time that must be dedicated to training.
In addition, we believe recommendations for and support of our products by influential physicians are essential for market acceptance and adoption.  products.

If we do not receive this support or if we are unable to demonstrate favorable long-term clinical data, physicians and hospitalscannot successfully address quality issues that may not usearise with our products, which would significantly reduce our ability to achieve expected revenuebrand reputation could suffer, and would prevent us from sustaining profitability.our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

In the course of conducting our business, we must adequately address quality issues that may arise with our products, as well as defects in third-party components included in our products, as any quality issues or defects may negatively impact physician use of our products. Although we have established internal procedures to minimize risks that may arise from quality issues, we may not be able to eliminate or mitigate occurrences of these issues and associated liabilities. If the quality of our products does not meet the expectations of physicians or patients, then our brand and reputation could suffer and our business could be adversely impacted. We must also ensure any promotional claims made for our products comport with government regulations.

The formation of PODsphysician-owned distributorships (“PODs”) could result in increased pricing pressure on our products or harm our ability to sell our products to physicians who own or are affiliated with those distributorships.
Physician-Owned Distributorships ("PODs")
PODs are medical product distributors that are owned, directly or indirectly, by physicians. These physicians derive a proportion of their revenue from selling or arranging for the sale of medical products for use in procedures they perform on their own patients at hospitals that agree to purchase from or through the POD, or that otherwise furnish ordering physicians with income that is based directly or indirectly on those orders of medical products. The Office of Inspector General (OIG)(“OIG”) of the Department of Health & Human Services has issued a Special Fraud Alert on PODs, indicating that they are inherently suspect under the anti-kickback statute.federal Anti-Kickback Statute.
We
Our commercial strategy emphasizes selling directly to healthcare providers and, to a limited extent, through distributors. To our knowledge, we do not directly sell to or distribute any of our products through PODs. The number and strength of PODs in the industry may continue to grow as economic pressures increase throughout the industry asand hospitals, insurers and physicians search for ways to reduce costs, and, in the case of the physicians, search for waysidentify additional sources to increase their incomes. These companies and the physicians who own, or partially own, themPODs may have significant market knowledge, and access to and influence on the physicians who use our products and the hospitals that purchase our products, and growth in this areawe may reduce our abilitynot be able to compete effectively for business from physicians who own such distributorships.PODs.
We will need to expand our organization, and managing growth may be more difficult than expected.
Managing our growth may be more difficult than we expect.  We anticipate that a period of significant expansion will be required to penetrate and service the market for our existing and anticipated future products and to continue to develop new products.  This expansion will place a significant strain on management, operational and financial resources.  To manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, we must both modify our existing operational and financial systems, procedures and controls and implement new systems, procedures and controls.  We must also expand our finance, administrative, and operations staff.  Management may be unable to hire, train, retain, motivate and manage necessary personnel or to identify, manage and exploit existing and potential strategic relationships and market opportunities.
We face the risk of product liability claims and may not be able toobtain or maintain adequate product liability insurance.
Our
While we have had a low product complaint and adverse event rate historically, our business exposes us to the risk of product liability claims that are inherent in the manufacturing, processing and marketing of medical devices and human tissue products. We may be subject to such claims if our products cause, or appear to have caused, an injury. Claims may be made by patients, healthcare providers or others selling our products. Defending a lawsuit, regardlessProduct liability claims can be expensive to defend (regardless of merit, could be costly,merit), divert managementour management’s attention, and result in substantial damage awards against us, harm our reputation, and generate adverse publicity, which could result in the withdrawal of, or reduced acceptance of, our products in the market.

Although we have product liability insurance that we believe is adequate, this insurance is subject to deductibles and coverage limitations, and we may not be able to maintain this insurance at an acceptable cost or on acceptable terms or be able to secure increased coverage (if needed), nor can we be sure that existing or future claims against us will be covered by our product liability insurance. Also, it is possible that claims could exceedMoreover, the limitsexisting coverage of our coverage.insurance or any rights of indemnification and contribution that we
24


may have may not be sufficient to offset existing or future claims. If we are unable to maintain product liability insurance at an acceptable cost or on acceptable terms with adequate coverage or otherwise protect ourselves against potential product liability claims or we underestimate the amount of insurance we need, we could be exposed to significant liabilities, which may harm our business. A product liability claim or other claim with respect to uninsured liabilities or for amounts in excess of insured liabilities could result in significant costs and significant harm to our business. Even if a claim is not successful, defending such claim would be time-consuming and expensive, may damage our reputation in the marketplace, and would likely divert our management’s attention.

The products we process are derived from human tissue and therefore have the potential for disease transmission.
The utilization of human tissue creates the potential for transmission of communicable disease, including, without limitation, human immunodeficiency virus, viral hepatitis, syphilis and other viral, fungal or bacterial pathogens. We are required to comply with federal and state regulations intended to prevent communicable disease transmission.
We maintain strict quality controls designed in accordance with CGTP to ensure the safe procurement and processing of our tissue, including terminal sterilization of our products. These controls are intended to prevent the transmission of communicable disease. However, risks exist with any human tissue implantation. Also, negative publicity concerning disease transmission from other companies’ improperly processed donated tissue could have a negative impact on the demand for our products and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may implement a product recall or voluntary market withdrawal, which could significantly increase our costs, damage

20



our reputation, and disrupt our business.business and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The manufacturing,processing and marketing and processing of our tissue products involves an inherent risk that our tissue products or processes domay not meet applicable quality standards and requirements. In the event that event,one or more of our products experiences a failure to meet such standards and requirements, we may voluntarily implement a recall or market withdrawal or may be required to do so by a regulatory authority.
A recall or market withdrawal of one of our products wouldcould be costly and wouldmay divert management resources. A recall or withdrawal of one of our products, or a similar product processed by another entity, also could impair sales of our products as a result of confusion concerning the scope of the recall or withdrawal, or as a result of the damage to our reputation for quality and safety.
SignificantA cyberattack or significant disruptions of our information technology systems or breaches of information security could adversely affect our business.business, results of operation and financial condition.

A cyberattack, a disruption in availability, or the unauthorized alteration of systems or data could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. We rely on technology for day-to-day operations as well as positioning to a large extent upon sophisticated information technology systemsenhance our stance in the market. We generate intellectual property that is central to operate our business. In the ordinary coursefuture success of the business we collect, store and transmit large amounts of confidential information. Additionally, we collect, store and transmit confidential information (including, but not limited to, personal informationof customers, patients, employees and intellectual property).third parties. We also have outsourced significant elements of our operations to third parties, including significant elements of our information technology infrastructure, and, as a result, we are managing many independent vendor relationships with third parties who may or could have access to our confidential information. The size and complexitycontinually changing threat landscape of cybersecurity today makes our information technology and information security systems, and those of our third-party vendors with whom we contract (and the large amounts of confidential information that is present on them), make such systems potentially vulnerable to service interruptions or to security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees, orpartners, and vendors, orand from malicous attacks by malicious third parties.parties, including supply chain attacks originating at our third-party partners. Such attacks are of ever-increasing levels of sophistication andsophistication. Attacks are made by individuals or groups that have varying levels of expertise, some of which are technologically advanced and well-funded including, without limitation, nation states, organized criminal groups and individuals withhacktivists organizations.
To ensure protection of our information, we have invested in cybersecurity and have implemented processes and procedural controls to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of such information. We measure these controls and their success through a wide range of motives (including, but not limited to, industrial espionage and market manipulation) and expertise.cybersecurity framework that is based on industry standards. While we have invested significantly in the protection of our data and information technology, there can be no assuranceguarantees that our efforts will prevent all service interruptions or security breaches. Although we have cyber-insurance coverage that may cover certain events described above, this insurance is subject to deductibles and coverage limitations and we may not be able to maintain this insurance. Also, it is possible that claims could exceed the limits of our coverage.  Any such interruption or breach inof our systems could adversely affect our business operations and/orand result in the loss of critical or sensitive confidential information or intellectual property, and could result in financial, legal business and reputational harm to us or allow third parties to gain material, insideour business, including legal claims and proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, that they use to trade in our securities.

government enforcement actions and regulatory penalties, as well as remediation costs. We also maintain cyber liability insurance. However, this insurance may not be successful in commercializingsufficient to cover the financial, legal or reputational losses that may result from an interruption or breach of our CollaFix Technology.systems.
We have invested substantial time and resources in developing various additional products using our CollaFix technology.  Further commercialization of this technology will require additional development, clinical evaluation, regulatory clearance or approval, significant marketing efforts and substantial additional investment before they can provide us with any revenue.  Despite our efforts, any such products may not become commercially successful products for a number of reasons, including:
25
·We may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for such products, or the approved indication may be narrower than we seek;
·Such products may not prove to be safe and effective in preclinical or clinical trials;
·Physicians or hospitals may not receive any reimbursement from third party payers, or the level of reimbursement may be insufficient to support widespread adoption of such products;
·We may experience delays in our development programs;
·Any products that are approved may not be accepted in the marketplace by physicians or patients;
·We may not be able to manufacture any such products in commercial quantities or at an acceptable cost; and
·Rapid technological change may make such products obsolete.


We may expand or contract our business through acquisitions, divestitures, licenses, investments, and other commercial arrangements inwith other companies or technologies, which contain significant risks.may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We periodically evaluate strategic opportunities to acquire companies or divest divisions, technologies, products, and rights through licenses, distribution agreements, investments, and outright acquisitions to grow our business. In connection with one or more of those transactions, we may:may, subject to the requirements and limitations set forth in our Citizens Credit Agreement (as defined below in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”), Liquidity and Capital Resources):


21


divest or license existing products or technology;

Issue additional equity securities that would dilute our stockholders’ value;
Useuse cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;
Incurincur debt that could have terms unfavorable to us or that we might be unable to repay;
Structurestructure the transaction in a manner that has unfavorable tax consequences, such as a stock purchase that does not permit a step-up in the tax basis for the assets acquired;
Bebe unable to realize the anticipated benefits, such as increased revenues, cost savings, or synergies from additional sales; and
Bebe unable to secure the services of key employees related to the acquisition; and
Be unable to succeed in the marketplace with the acquisition.transaction(s).
Any of these items could materially, and adversely affect our revenues, results of operations and financial condition, and profitability.condition. Business acquisitions also involve the risk of unknown liabilities associated with the acquired business, which could be material. Incurring unknown liabilities or the failure to realize the anticipated benefits of an acquisitionany transaction could materially, and adversely affect our business if we are unable to recover our initial investment, which could include the cost of acquiring licenses or distribution rights, acquiring products, purchasing initial inventory, or investments in early stage companies.investment. Inability to recover our investment, or any write off of such investment, associated goodwill or assets could have a material andan adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our international expansionA portion of our revenues and operations in foreign markets expose usaccounts receivable come from government accounts.

Some of our revenues are derived from sales, both direct and through a distributor, to risks associated with international sales and operations.
We are actively seeking to expand into foreign markets. Managing a global organization is difficult, time consuming, and expensive. Conducting international operations subjects us to risks that could be different than those faced by us in the United States. The sale and shipmentgovernment. Any disruption of our products across international borders, as well ason the purchase of components andFSS or any change in the way the government purchases products from international sources, subject uslike ours or the price it is willing to extensive U.S. and foreign govermental trade, import and export and customs regulations and laws, including but not limited to, the Export Administration Regulations and trade sanctions against embargoed countries, which are administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control within the Department of the Treasury, as well as the laws and regulations administered by the Department of Commerce. These regulations limitpay for our ability to market, sell, distribute or otherwise transfer our products or technology to prohibited countries or persons.

Compliance with these regulations and law is costly, and failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could adversely affect us in a varietyour business, results of ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments and restrictions on certain business activities. Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could result in the disruption of our distribution and sales activities.

Other risks inherent in operating in foreign jurisdictions include:

lack of familiarity with and unexpected changes in foreign regulatory requirements;

lack of stringent protection of intellectual property;

obstacles to obtaining domestic and foreign export, import and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses and compliance with foreign laws;

potentially adverse tax consequences and the complexities of foreign value-added tax systems;

adverse changes in tariffs and trade restrictions;

differing multiple payer reimbursement regimes, government payers or patient self-pay system;

longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

difficulties in managing and staffing international operations;

22




fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and legal standards;

availability of government subsidies or other incentives that benefit competitors in their local markets that are not available to us;

increased financial reporting burdens and complexities; and

political, social, and economic instability abroad.

These risks may limit or disrupt our expansion, restrict the movement of funds or result in the deprivation of contractual rights or the taking of property by nationalization or expropriation without fair compensation. Operating in international markets also requires significant management attentionoperations and financial resources.

condition.
New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks.
From time to time, we may implement or may acquire new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed or are evolving. In developing and marketing new lines of business and new products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. External factors, such as regulatory compliance obligations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a materialan adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our international expansion and operations outside the U.S. expose us to risks associated with international sales and operations.
We are pursuing further expansion outside the U.S., including in Japan. Managing a global organization is difficult, time consuming and expensive. Our future capital needs are uncertainability to conduct international operations is affected by many of the same risks we face in our U.S. operations, as well as unique costs and difficulties of managing international operations, including the relationships and operations of distributors we elect to work with in these markets. Adoption of our products in new geographic regions could take longer and cost more than we anticipate. Risks inherent in international operations also include, among others, potential adverse tax consequences, greater difficulty in enforcing intellectual property rights, risks associated with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and local anti-bribery law compliance, and other international regulations. These regulations may limit our ability to market, sell, distribute or otherwise transfer our products to prohibited countries or persons. International regulations may also limit what promotional claims we may needmake for our products.
Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly, and failure to raisecomply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could adversely affect us in a variety of ways that include, without limitation, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments and restrictions on certain business activities. Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could result in the disruption of our distribution and sales activities.
26


These risks may limit or disrupt our expansion, restrict the movement of funds or result in the deprivation of contractual rights or the taking of property by nationalization or expropriation without fair compensation. Operating outside of the U.S. also requires significant management attention and financial resources.
Risks Related to Regulatory Approval of Our Products and Other GovernmentRegulations
The FDA has in the past determined, and may in the future determine, that certain of our products that are, or are derived from, human cells or tissues, do not qualify for regulation solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act (“Section 361”), and may require that we revise our labeling and marketing claims for these products or that we suspend sales of such products until FDA pre-market clearance or approval is obtained, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

The products we manufacture and process are derived from human tissue. Amniotic and other birth tissue have in the past generally been regulated as HCT/P and were therefore eligible to be subject to regulation solely under Section 361 (“Section 361 HCT/P”) depending on whether the specific product at issue and the claims made for it were consistent with the applicable criteria. HCT/Ps that do not meet these criteria are subject to more extensive regulation as drugs, medical devices, biological products, or combination products. These HCT/Ps must comply with both the FDA’s requirements for HCT/Ps and the requirements applicable to biologics, devices or drugs, including pre-market clearance or approval from the FDA. Obtaining FDA pre-market clearance or approval involves significant time and investment by the Company.

In accordance with the FDA Guidance, as discussed above in “Business – Government Regulation,” after May 31, 2021, the Company no longer markets or sells its products that were impacted by enforcement discretion in the United States, has requested the return of unused consignment inventory as of that date, and does not intend to sell such products in the United States until the FDA grants pre-market approval. Our sales of such products for all uses was $0.5 million, $2.4 million, and $17.6 million, respectively, in 2023, 2022, and 2021. Prior to May 31, 2021, these sales were primarily in the United States. The loss of our ability to market and sell our micronized products previously had an adverse impact on our revenues, business, financial condition and results of operations.
Also, we are engaged with the FDA regarding the classification of AXIOFILL and certain of our other products. If the FDA makes a final determination that any of these products do not meet the requirements for regulation solely under Section 361, in order to continue to market the products, we would be required to obtain the appropriate FDA approval or clearance. The loss of our ability to market and sell these products would have an adverse impact on our revenues, business, financial condition and results of operations.
Any future regulatory changes could also have adverse consequences for us and make it more difficult or expensive for us to conduct our business by requiring pre-market clearance or approval and compliance with additional post-market regulatory requirements with respect to those products. For example, the FDA may in the future impose conditions, such as labeling restrictions, and the requirement that a product be manufactured in compliance with CGMP, which would require significant additional time and cost investments by the Company. Moreover, increased regulatory scrutiny within the industry in which we operate could lead to increased regulation of HCT/Ps, including Section 361 HCT/Ps, which could ultimately increase our costs and adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Obtaining and maintaining the necessary regulatory approvals, including conducting clinical trials, for certain of our products or potential products could be expensive and time consuming.
The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a biological product or medical device from the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the U.S. may be costly and time consuming, and such fundsclearances or approvals may not be availablegranted on acceptable termsa timely basis, or at all.

Continued expansion The FDA may take the position that some of our business will be expensive andthe products that we may seek funds from public and private stock offerings, borrowings under our existing orcurrently market require a BLA. Some of the future credit facilities or other sources. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

the revenues generated by sales of our products;

the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing efforts;

the expenses we incur in manufacturing and selling our products;

the costs of developing and commercializing new products or technologies;

the cost of obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval or clearance of certain products and enhancements to our current products in development;

that we expect to develop or may acquire and market may require marketing clearance or approval from the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions;

the costs associated with our planned international expansion;

the costs associated with capital expenditures; and

unanticipated general and administrative expenses.

As as result of these factors, we may seek to raise capital, and such capitalFDA. However, clearance or approval may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. Furthermore, if we issue equity or debt securitiesgranted with respect to raise capital, our existing shareholders may experience dilution, and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to thoseany of our existing stockholders. In addition, if we raise capital through collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our products, potential products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on termsenhancements and further FDA review may add delays that are not favorable to use. If we cannot raise capital on acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop to enhance our products, execute our business plan, take advantage of future opportunities, or respond to competitive pressure, changes in our supplier relationships,

23



or unanticipated customer requirements. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve ourmarket such products or enhancements.

The process of obtaining an approved BLA, including clinical trial development and commercializationexecution as well as manufacturing processes, requires the expenditure of substantial time, effort and financial resources and may take years to complete, including costs incurred on top of those fees incurred as part of conducting various clinical studies. The fee for filing a BLA and program fees payable with respect to any establishment that manufactures biologics are substantial. The FDA may not grant approval on a timely basis, or at all, or we may decide not to pursue a BLA for certain products or indications, or need to conduct additional trials for a given indication. Additionally, the FDA may limit the indications for use or place other conditions on any approvals that could restrict the commercial application of the products. If we do receive approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or doses, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval. Our revenues could be adversely
27


affected if we fail to obtain BLA approvals on a timely basis or at all, or if the FDA limited the indications for use or required other conditions that restrict the commercial application of our products.
Additionally, there are significant costs associated with clinical trials that can be difficult to accurately estimate until a BLA is approved. Clinical trials may not be successful or may return results that do not support approval. Moreover, the results of early clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results, and any product we advance into clinical trials may not have favorable results in later clinical trials. Our interpretation of data and results from our clinical trials does not ensure that we will achieve similar results in future clinical trials. In addition, clinical data are often susceptible to various interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their products performed satisfactorily in earlier clinical trials or retrospective studies have nonetheless failed to replicate results in later clinical trials.

Our business is subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other authorities, which is costly, and our failure to comply could result in negative effects on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
As discussed above, the FDA has specific regulations governing our tissue-based products, or HCT/Ps. The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory and enforcement powers, even for Section 361 HCT/Ps. The FDA’s regulation of HCT/Ps includes requirements for registration and listing of products, donor screening and testing, processing and distribution, labeling, record keeping and adverse-reaction reporting, and inspection and enforcement.
HCT/Ps that are regulated as drugs, biological products or medical devices are subject to even more stringent regulation by the FDA. Even if pre-market clearance or approval is obtained, the approval or clearance may place substantial restrictions on the indications for which the product may be marketed or to whom it may be marketed, may require warnings to accompany the product or impose additional restrictions on the sale or use of the product. In addition, regulatory approval is subject to continuing compliance with regulatory standards, including the FDA’s quality system regulations.
If we fail to comply with the FDA regulations regarding our tissue products, the FDA could take enforcement action, including, without limitation, any of the following sanctions and the manufacture of our products or processing of our tissue could be delayed or terminated:
untitled letters, warning letters, cease and desist orders, fines, injunctions, and civil penalties;
recall or seizure of our products;
operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
refusing our requests for clearance or approval of new products;
withdrawing or suspending current applications for approval or approvals already granted;
refusal to grant export approval for our products; and
criminal prosecution.
The FDA’s regulation of HCT/Ps may continue to evolve. Complying with any such new regulatory requirements may entail significant time delays and expense, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The AATB has issued operating standards for tissue banking. Compliance with these standards is a requirement in order to become an accredited tissue bank. In addition, some states have their own tissue banking regulations.
In addition, procurement of certain human organs and tissue for transplantation is subject to the restrictions of the NOTA, which prohibits the transfer of certain human organs, including skin and related tissue for valuable consideration, but permits the reasonable payment associated with the removal, transportation, implantation, processing, preservation, quality control and storage of human tissue and skin. We reimburse tissue banks, hospitals and physicians for their services associated with the recovery and storage of donated human tissue. Although we have independent third-party appraisals that confirm the reasonableness of the service fees we pay, if we were to be found to have violated NOTA’s prohibition on the sale or transfer of human tissue for valuable consideration, we could potentially be subject to criminal enforcement sanctions, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
Finally, we and other manufacturers of skin substitutes are required to provide averageASP information to CMS on a quarterly basis. The Medicare payment rates are updated quarterly based on this ASP information. If a manufacturer is found to have made a misrepresentation in the reporting of ASP, such manufacturer is subject to civil monetary penalties of up to $10,000 for each misrepresentation for each day in which the misrepresentation was applied, and potential False Claims Act liability. See “We and our sales representatives, whether employees or independent contractors, must comply with various federal and state anti-kickback, self-referral, false claims and similar laws, any breach of which could cause an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.”
28


We may be subject to fines, penalties, injunctions and other sanctions if we are deemed to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved, or off-label, uses.
As a general rule, FDA regulations require that the marketing of 361 HCT/Ps only be for appropriate homologous uses, and that the promotion of pre-approved biological products or devices only be for FDA-approved indications. Generally, unless the products are approved by the FDA for alternative uses, the FDA contends that we may not make claims about the safety or effectiveness of our products, or promote them as safe or effective for uses other than those specifically approved by the FDA. Such limitations present a risk that the FDA or other federal or state law enforcement authorities could determine that the nature and scope of our sales, marketing and support activities, though designed to comply with all FDA requirements, constitute the promotion of our products for an unapproved use in violation of the federal FD&C Act. We also face the risk that the FDA or other governmental authorities might pursue enforcement based on past activities that we have discontinued or changed, including sales activities, prior marketing materials, arrangements with institutions and doctors, educational and training programs and other activities.
Investigations concerning the promotion of unapproved product uses and related issues are typically expensive, disruptive and burdensome and generate negative publicity. If our promotional activities are found to be in violation of the law, we may face significant legal action, fines, penalties, and even criminal liability and may be required to substantially change our sales, promotion, grant and educational activities. There is also a possibility that we could be enjoined from selling some or all of our products for any unapproved use. In addition, as a result of an enforcement action against us or any of our executive officers, we could be excluded from participation in government healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid.
However, under the Guidance, as discussed above in “Business – Government Regulation,” after May 31, 2021, the Company no longer markets or sells its products that were impacted by enforcement discretion in the United States, and does not intend to sell such products in the United States until the FDA grants pre-market approval. We will ultimately only be able to market such products for indications that have been cleared or approved by the FDA.
Nevertheless, while we believe we are fully in compliance with the FDA's Guidance on HCT/Ps, there can be no assurance that we have correctly interpreted the FDA Guidance, or that we will not need to discontinue marketing a product and/or may be subject to fines, penalties, injunctions, and other sanctions if we are deemed to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved uses. Such regulatory penalties by the FDA could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We and our sales representatives, whether employees or independent contractors, must comply with various federal and state anti-kickback, self-referral, false claims and similar laws, any breach of which could cause an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our relationships with physicians, hospitals and other healthcare providers are subject to various federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws. Healthcare fraud and abuse laws are complex and, in some instances, even minor or inadvertent violations can give rise to liability. Possible sanctions for violation of the healthcare fraud and abuse laws include, without limitation, monetary fines, civil and criminal penalties, exclusion from participating in the federal and state healthcare programs, including, without limitation, Medicare, Medicaid, the VA health programs and TRICARE (the healthcare program administered by or on behalf of the U.S. Department of Defense for uniformed service members, including both those in active duty and retirees, as well as their dependents), and forfeiture of amounts collected in violation of such prohibitions. Many states have similar fraud and abuse laws, imposing substantial penalties for violations. A finding of a violation of one or more of these laws, or even a government investigation or inquiry into the same, would likely result in a material adverse effect on the market price of our Common Stock, as well as on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
The federal Anti-Kickback Statute (“AKS”) is a criminal law that prohibits, among other things, any person from knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward referrals, purchases or orders or arranging for or recommending the purchase, order or referral of any item or service for which payment may be made in whole or in part by a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “PPACA”) amended the federal AKS to clarify the intent that is required to prove a violation. Under the federal AKS as amended, a person or entity need not have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. The PPACA also amended the federal AKS to provide that any claims for items or services resulting from a violation of the federal AKS are considered false or fraudulent for purposes of the federal FCA. A conviction for violation of the AKS results in criminal fines and requires mandatory exclusion from participation in federal health care programs. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors to the federal AKS that protect certain common industry practices from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and arrangements may be subject to scrutiny or penalty if they do not fully satisfy all elements of an available exception or safe harbor. We have entered into consulting agreements, speaker agreements, research agreements and product development agreements with physicians, including some who may order or recommend our products or make decisions to use them. In addition, some of these physicians own our stock, which
29


they purchased in arm’s-length transactions on terms identical to those offered to non-physicians, or received stock awards from us in the past as consideration for services performed by them. While we believe these transactions generally meet the requirements of applicable laws, including the federal AKS and analogous state laws, it is possible that our arrangements with physicians and other providers may be questioned by regulatory or enforcement authorities under such laws, which could lead us to redesign the arrangements and subject us to significant civil or criminal penalties. We have designed our policies and procedures to comply with the federal AKS, FCA, and industry best practices. In addition, we have conducted training sessions on these principles. If, however, regulatory or enforcement authorities were to view these arrangements as non-compliant with applicable laws, there would be risk of government investigations/inquiries or penalties. There is also risk that one or more of our employees or agents will disregard the rules we have established. Because our strategy relies on the involvement of physicians who consult with us on the design of our products, perform clinical research on our behalf or educate other health care professionals about the efficacy and uses of our products, we could be materially impacted if regulatory or enforcement agencies or courts interpret our financial relationships with physicians who refer or order our products to be in violation of applicable laws. This could harm our reputation and the reputations of the physicians we engage to provide services on our behalf. In addition, the cost of noncompliance with these laws could be substantial since we could be subject to monetary fines and civil or criminal penalties, and we could also be excluded from federally-funded healthcare programs, including Medicare, Medicaid, VA and TRICARE.
The FCA imposes civil liability on any person or entity that knowingly submits, or causes the submission of, a false or fraudulent claim to the U.S. government. Damages under the FCA can be significant and consist of the imposition of fines and penalties. The FCA also allows a private individual or entity to sue on behalf of the government to recover civil penalties and treble damages as a whistleblower. FCA liability is potentially significant in the healthcare industry because the statute provides for treble damages and mandatory penalties of between $11,181 and $22,363 per false claim or statement for penalties assessed after January 29, 2018, with respect to violations occurring after November 2, 2015.
Manufacturers can be held liable under the FCA even when they do not submit claims directly to government payers if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. The PPACA provides that claims tainted by a violation of the federal AKS are false for purposes of the FCA. The DOJ on behalf of the government has previously alleged that the marketing and promotional practices of pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers, including the off-label promotion of products or the payment of prohibited kickbacks to doctors, violated the FCA, resulting in the submission of improper claims to federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. In certain cases, manufacturers have entered into criminal and civil settlements with the federal government under which they entered into plea agreements, paid substantial monetary amounts and entered into onerous corporate integrity agreements with the government that require, among other things, substantial reporting and remedial actions, as well as oversight and review by an outside entity, an Independent Review Organization (“IRO”), at substantial expense to the Company.
Under the HIPAA criminal federal healthcare fraud statute, it is a crime to knowingly and willfully execute, or attempt to execute, a scheme or artifice to defraud any health care benefit program or to obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any health care benefit program, in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services.
There are federal and state laws requiring detailed reporting of manufacturer interactions with and payments to healthcare providers, such as the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act (“Sunshine Act”). The Sunshine Act requires, among others, “applicable manufacturers” of drugs, devices, biological products, and medical supplies reimbursed under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to annually report to CMS information related to payments and other transfers of value provided to “covered recipients.” The term covered recipients includes U.S.-licensed physicians and teaching hospitals, and, for reports submitted on or after January 1, 2022, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse-midwives. There is the risk that CMS or another government agency may take the position that our products are not human cell and tissue products regulated solely under Section 361, and thereby assert that we are currently subject to the Sunshine Act, which could subject us to civil penalties and the administrative burden of having to comply with the law.
There are state law equivalents to the AKS and FCA. There are also so-called state “all-payer” anti-kickback laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial insurers, as well as when no insurer is involved (i.e. cash-pay patients).
The enforcement of all of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change. Federal or state regulatory or enforcement authorities may investigate or challenge our current or future activities under these laws. Any investigation or challenge could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any state or federal regulatory or enforcement review of us, regardless of the outcome, would be costly and time consuming. Additionally, we cannot predict the impact of any changes in these laws, whether these changes are retroactive or will have effect on a going-forward basis only.
30


Our results of operations may be adversely affected by current and potential future healthcare reforms.
In response to perceived increases in healthcare costs in recent years, there have been and continue to be proposals by the U.S. federal government, state governments, regulators and third-party payers to control these costs and, more generally, to reform the U.S. healthcare system. In the U.S., the PPACA was enacted in 2010 with a goal of reducing the cost of healthcare and substantially changing the way healthcare is financed by both government and private insurers.
In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the U.S. since the PPACA was enacted. The Budget Control Act of 2011 created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This included aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several provider types, including hospitals.
In addition to the ACA, the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (“MACRA”) repealed the Sustainable Growth Rate formula used to calculate Medicare payment updates for physicians providing services to Medicare beneficiaries. In its place, MACRA introduced the Quality Payment Program (“QPP”), which is a value-based program that focuses on quality and outcomes as a metric for physician reimbursement. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services released its final rules for the QPP in October 2016. The QPP, which impacts more than 600,000 physicians and other practice-based clinicians, represents a fundamental change in physician reimbursement, transitioning from a system that solely rewards volume of care to one that also rewards quality and value of care. The rule may have an impact on our revenue in the future. The program’s increased emphasis on quality and cost of care may encourage physicians to merge practices or seek direct employment with hospitals. In addition, the ACA encourages hospitals and physicians to work collaboratively through shared savings programs as well as other bundled payment initiatives. These shifts could lead to a consolidation of hospital providers into larger delivery networks with increased price negotiation strength resulting in downward pressure on our selling prices. Although we believe that we are well positioned to minimize any such impact on our business, our inability to address the consolidation trend could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
There is uncertainty with respect to the impact the U.S. Administration, the executive order, and the attempted legislation may have, if any, and any changes will likely take time to unfold and could have an impact on coverage and reimbursement for healthcare items and services, including our products. We believe that substantial uncertainty remains regarding the net effect of the PPACA, or its repeal and potential replacement, on our business, including uncertainty over how benefit plans purchased on exchanges will cover our products, how the expansion or contraction of the Medicaid program will affect access to our products, the effect of risk-sharing payment models such as Accountable Care Organizations and other value-based purchasing programs on coverage for our product, and the effect of the general increase or decrease in federal oversight of healthcare payers. The taxes imposed and the expansion in government’s role in the U.S. healthcare industry under the PPACA, if unchanged, may result in decreased revenues, lower reimbursements by payers for our products and reduced medical procedure volumes, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may fail to obtain or maintain foreign regulatory approvals to market our products in other countries.
We have identifiedcurrently market our products in a material weaknesssmall number of foreign countries, including in Japan. Foreign jurisdictions require separate regulatory approvals and compliance with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedures vary among countries and may involve requirements for additional testing. Certain of our internal control over financial reporting which, ifproducts require clearance or approval by the FDA. However, such clearance or approval does not remediated, could adversely affect our reputation, businessensure approval or stock price.

In reviewingcertification by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval or certification by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the Company's tax accounting in preparation for filing this Form 10-K, our management identified a deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting. Our management has concluded that this deficiency constitutes a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to our accounting for income taxes. As described under “Item 9A - Controls and Procedures,” as a result, our management has concluded that internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2016.  This was identified during the auditFDA. The foreign regulatory approval or certification process prior to preparationmay include all of the Company'srisks associated with obtaining FDA clearance or approval. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals or certifications and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any foreign jurisdiction. Furthermore, many foreign jurisdictions operate under socialized medical care, and obtaining reimbursement for our products under that construct may also prove difficult. If we fail to receive necessary approvals, certifications, or reimbursements necessary to commercialize our products in foreign jurisdictions on a timely basis, or at all, our business, results of operations and financial statementscondition could be adversely affected. Further, governmental authorities outside the U.S. have become increasingly stringent in their regulation of medical devices, andtherefore did not result in a material misstatement of the Company’s annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 or any of our previously issued annual or interim consolidated financial statements.

Although we have developed and are implementing a planproducts may become subject to remediate this material weakness, we cannot assure you that this will occur within the contemplated timeframe. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we will not identify additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reportingmore rigorous regulation by non-U.S. governmental authorities in the future. IfU.S. or non-U.S. government regulations may be imposed in the future that may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.
31


Federal and state laws that protect the privacy and security of personal information may increase our costs and limit our ability to collect and use that information and subject us to liability if we are unable to remediatefully comply with such laws.
Numerous federal and state laws, rules and regulations govern the material weakness,collection, dissemination, use, security and confidentiality of personal information, including protected health information and individually identifiable health information. These laws include:
provisions of HIPAA that limit how covered entities and business associates may use and disclose protected health information, provide certain rights to individuals with respect to that information and impose certain security requirements
HITECH, which strengthened and expanded the HIPAA Privacy Rule and Security Rules, imposed data breach notification obligations, created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in U.S. federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions;
other federal and state laws restricting the use and protecting the privacy and security of personal information, including health information, many of which are not preempted by HIPAA;
federal and state consumer protection laws; and
federal and state laws regulating the conduct of research with human subjects.
The California Consumer Protection Act (“CCPA”), which became effective on January 1, 2020, is a privacy law that requires certain companies doing business in California to disclose information regarding the collection and use of a consumer’s personal data and to delete a consumer’s data upon request. The Act also permits the imposition of civil penalties and expands existing state security laws by providing a private right of action for consumers in certain circumstances where consumer data is subject to a breach. We are still evaluating whether and how this rule will impact our U.S. operations and/or limit the ways in which we can provide services or use personal data collected while providing services.
As part of our business operations, including our medical record keeping, third-party billing and reimbursement and research and development activities, we collect and maintain protected health information in paper and electronic format. Standards related to collecting and maintaining health information, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, HITECH, state laws, federal or state action or otherwise, could have a significant effect on the manner in which we handle personal information, including healthcare-related data, and communicate with payers, providers, patients, donors and others, and compliance with these standards could impose significant costs on us or limit our ability to record, processoffer services, thereby negatively impacting the business opportunities available to us.
If we are alleged to have not complied with existing or new laws, rules and report financialregulations related to personal information, accurately,we could be subject to litigation and to prepare financial statements within the time periods specified by the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, could be adversely affected. The occurrence ofsanctions that include monetary fines, civil or failure to remediate the material weakness may adversely affect our reputation and business and the market price of our common stock and any other securities we may issue.

administrative penalties, civil damage awards or criminal penalties.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technologythrough patents and other means is uncertain and may be inadequate, which couldhave a material andan adverse effect on us.our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our proprietary rights to the technologies used in our products. We rely on patent protection, as well as a combination of copyright, trade secret and trademark laws and nondisclosure, confidentiality and other contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technology, including our licensed technology. These legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. In addition, our pending patent applications include claims to material aspects of our products and procedures that aremay not currentlybe protected by issued patents. The patent application process can be time consuming and expensive. We cannot ensure that any of ourOur pending patent applications willmight not result in issued patents.patents, and issued patents may later be determined to be invalid or unenforceable as a result of district court litigation or related administrative proceedings. Competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes that are comparable or even superior to ours. Although we have taken steps to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, including entering into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with some of our officers, employees, consultants and advisors, such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements.

The failure to obtain and maintain patents and/or protect our intellectual property rights could have a material andan adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Whether a patent claim is valid is a complex matter of science, facts and law, and therefore we cannot be certain that, if challenged in a court of law, or through an administrative proceeding, our patents
32


patent claims would be upheld. If one or moreany of those patentspatent claims are invalidated that could reduce or eliminate anydetermined to be unenforceable, our competitive advantage we might otherwise have had.may be reduced or eliminated.

In the event a competitor infringes upon our licensed orpatents, issued patents, pending patent applications or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those rights may be costly, uncertain, difficult and time consuming. Even if successful, litigation to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights could be expensive and time consuming and could divert our management'smanagement’s attention. Further, bringing litigation to enforce our patents subjects us to the potential for counterclaims. Other companies or entities also have commenced, and may again commence, actions seeking to establish the invalidity of our patents. For example,patents and certain related claims. In the defendants in certainevent that any of our ongoing patent infringement suits have filed petitions for inter-partes review of certain of our patents withclaims are challenged, a court, the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO). We intend to defend these actions vigorously, but there is no guarantee(“USPTO”), or the Patent Trial and Appeal Board (“PTAB”) of success, and such effort takes financial and time resources from the Company. In the event that one or more of our patents are challenged, a court or the USPTO may invalidate the patent(s)one or more challenged patent claims or determine that the patent(s)patent is not enforceable,unenforceable, which could harm our competitive position. If the USPTO or the PTAB ultimately cancels or narrows the claim inscope of any of our patents through these proceedings, it could prevent or hinder us from being able to enforce them against competitors. Such adverse decisions could negatively impact our future, expected revenue. See Item 3, Legal Proceedings for information regarding our ongoing patent

24



infringement lawsuitsbusiness, results of operations, and related inter-partes review proceedings.financial condition.
In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protectingenforcing and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. This could make it difficult for us to stop infringement of our foreign patents, if obtained, or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, some foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, some countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. Patent protection must ultimately be sought on a country-by-country basis, which is an expensive and time-consuming process with uncertain outcomes. Accordingly, we may choose not to seek patent protection in certain countries, and we will not have the benefit of patent protection in such countries. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in suchsome countries may be inadequate.
The prosecution and enforcement of patents licensed to us by third parties arenot within our control, and without these technologies, our products may not besuccessful and our business would be harmed if the patents were infringed ormisappropriated.
We have obtained licenses from third parties for patents and patent application rights related to our CollaFix technologies, allowing us to use intellectual property rights owned by or licensed to these third parties.  We do not control the maintenance, prosecution, enforcement or strategy for many of these patents or patent application rights and as such are dependent in part on the owners of the intellectual property rights to maintain their viability.  Their failure to do so could significantly impair our ability to exploit those technologies.
We may become subject to claims of infringement of theintellectual property rights of others, which could prohibit us from developingour products, require us to obtain licenses from third parties or to developnon-infringing alternatives, and subject us to substantial monetary damages.
Third parties could assert that our products infringe one or more claims of their issued patents or other intellectual property rights. Whether a product infringes a patent claim or other intellectual property right involves a complex combination of legal and factual issues, the determination of which is often uncertain. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we have not infringed the intellectual property rights of others. Because patent applications are not immediately published, and may take years to issue, there also may be applications now pending of which we are unaware that may later result in issued patentspatent claims that our products or processes may infringe. There also may be existing patents or pending patent applications of which we are unaware that our products or processes may inadvertently infringe.

Any infringement claim could cause us to incur significant costs, place significant strain on our financial resources, divert management'smanagement’s attention from our business and harm our reputation. If the relevant patentspatent claims at issue in such claima dispute were upheld as valid and enforceable and we were found to infringe, we could be prohibited from selling any product that is found to infringe those claims through an injunction unless we could obtain licenses to use the technology covered by the asserted patent claims or other intellectual property, or are able to design around the patent claim or claims at issue or other intellectual property. We may be unable to obtain such a license on terms acceptable to us, if at all, and we may not be able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. A court could also order us to pay compensatory damages for such infringement, plus prejudgment interest and could, in addition, treble the compensatory damages and award attorney fees. These damages could be substantial and could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results. A court also could enter orders that temporarily, preliminarily or permanently enjoin us and our customers from making, using, or selling products, and could enter an order mandating that we undertake certain remedial activities.measures. Depending on the nature of the relief ordered by the court, we could become liable for additional damages to third parties. Further, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our trade secrets or other confidential information could be compromised by inadvertent or court-ordered disclosure during this type of litigation.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees, orour independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged tradesecrets, proprietary or confidential information of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.
Some of our employees were previously employed at other medical device, pharmaceutical or tissue companies. We may also hire additional employees who are currently employed at other medical device, pharmaceutical or tissue companies, including our competitors. Additionally, consultants or other independent agents with which we may contract may be or have been in a
33


contractual arrangement with one or more of our competitors. Although no claims are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that we, our employees, or our independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of these former employers or competitors. In addition, we have been and may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these

25



claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. If we fail to defend such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. There can be no assurance that this type of litigation will not continue, and anyAny future litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire additional direct sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to market existing or new products, which could severely harm our business.business, financial condition and operating results.
Our License Agreement for our CollaFix technology could be terminated.
Under our license agreement with Shriners' Hospitals for Children and University of South Florida Research Foundation dated January 29, 2007, it is possible for the licensor to terminate the agreement if we breach the license agreement and all of our cure rights are exhausted.  If our license agreement were to be terminated, our investment in the CollaFix technology would be lost.
Risks Related to Regulatory Approval of Our ProductsConsolidated Financial Statements, Internal Controls and Other GovernmentRegulationsRelated Matters
ToIf we fail to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting in the extentfuture, this could adversely affect our products do not qualify for regulation as human cells, tissuesbusiness, financial condition and cellularoperating results.

We have in the past reported material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting which we have since remediated. If material weaknesses or deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting are discovered or occur in the future, our consolidated financial statements might contain material misstatements and tissue-based products under Section 361we could be required to restate our financial results. Moreover, because of the Public Health Service Act, this could result in removalinherent limitations of the applicable products from the market, would make the introduction of new tissue products more expensive and significantly delay the expansion of our tissue product offerings and subject usany control system, material misstatements due to additional post-market regulatory requirements.
The products we manufacture and process are derived from human tissue.  The FDA has specific regulations governing human cells, tissues and cellular and tissue-based products,error or HCT/Ps. An HCT/P is a product containingfraud may not be prevented or consisting of human cells or tissue intended for transplantation into a human patient.  HCT/Ps that meet the criteria for regulation solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act (so-called “361 HCT/Ps”) are not subject to any premarket clearance or approval requirements and are subject to less stringent post-market regulatory requirements.
If a product is deemed not to be a 361 HCT/P, FDA regulations will require premarket clearance or approval requirements that will involve significant time and cost investments by the Company. Further, there can be no assurance that the FDA will not, at some future point, change its position on current or future products' 361 HCT/P status, and any regulatory reclassification could have adverse consequences for us and make it more difficult or expensive for us to conduct our business by requiring premarket clearance or approval and compliance with additional post-market regulatory requirements with respect to those products. Moreover, increased regulatory scrutiny within the industry in which we operate could lead to increased regulation of HCT/Ps, including 361 HCT/Ps.  We also cannot assure you that the FDA will not impose more stringent definitions with respect to products that qualify as 361 HCT/Ps.

See "Government Regulation" in Item 1 for a discussion of 361 HCT/Ps and the FDA's position on our products. If the FDA does allow the Company to continue to market a micronized form of its sheet allografts without a biologics license either prior to or after finalization of the draft guidance documents, it may impose conditions, such as labeling restrictions and compliance with cGMP. Although the Company is preparing for these requirements in connection with its pursuit of a BLA for certain of its micronized products, earlier compliance with these conditions would require significant additional time and cost investments by the Company. It is also possible that the FDA will not allow the Company to market any form of a micronized product without a biologics license even prior to finalization of the draft guidance documents and could even require the Company to recall its micronized products. Revenues from micronized products comprised approximately 10% of the Company's revenues in 2016.

Obtaining and maintaining the necessary regulatory approvals for certain of our products will be expensive and time-consuming and may impede our ability to fully exploit our technologies.
The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a biologic or medical device from the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States is costly and time consuming, and there can be no assurance that such clearances or approvals will be granteddetected on a timely basis, or at all. As discussed above,If we intendare unable to pursue approval of a Biologics License Application (BLA) for certainprovide reliable and timely financial reports in the future, our business and reputation may be further harmed. Failures in internal controls may also cause us to fail to meet reporting obligations, negatively affect investor confidence in our management and the accuracy of our micronized products. Additionally, the FDA may take the position that some of the other products that we currently market require a BLA as well. Some of the future productsfinancial statements and enhancements to our current products that we expect to developdisclosures, or result in adverse publicity and market may require marketing clearance or approvalconcerns from the FDA. There can be no assurance, however, that clearance or approval will be granted with respect toinvestors, any of our products or enhancements or that FDA review will not involve delays that would adversely affect our ability to market such products or enhancements.
The process of obtaining an approved BLA requires the expenditure of substantial time, effort and financial resources and may take years to complete. The fee for filing a BLA and the annual user fees payable with respect to any establishment that manufactures biologics and with respect to each approved product are substantial. Additionally, there are significant costs

26



associated with clinical trials that cannot be estimated until the IND is approved. Moreover, data obtained from clinical activities are not always conclusive and may be susceptible to varying interpretations, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. The FDA may not grant approval on a timely basis, or at all. Additionally, the FDA may limit the indications for use or place other conditions on any approvals that could restrict the commercial application of the products. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.
Like the process of obtaining an approved BLA, the process of obtaining a PMA requires the expenditure of substantial time, effort and financial resources and may take years to complete. The FDA may not grant approval on a timely basis, or at all. Additionally, the FDA may limit the indications for use or place other conditions on any approvals that could restrict the commercial application of the products. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.
Our business is subject to continuing regulatory compliance by the FDA and other authorities, which is costly and our failure to comply could result in negative effects on our business.
As discussed above, the FDA has specific regulations governing our tissue-based products, or HCT/Ps. The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory and enforcement powers.  The FDA's regulation of HCT/Ps includes requirements for registration and listing of products, donor screening and testing, processing and distribution (“Current Good Tissue Practices”), labeling, record keeping and adverse-reaction reporting, and inspection and enforcement.
Biologics and medical devices are subject to even more stringent regulation by the FDA. Even if pre-market clearance or approval is obtained, the approval or clearance may place substantial restrictions on the indications for which the product may be marketed or to whom it may be marketed, may require warnings to accompany the product or impose additional restrictions on the sale and/or use of the product.  In addition, regulatory approval is subject to continuing compliance with regulatory standards, including the FDA's quality system regulations.
If we fail to comply with the FDA regulations regarding our tissue products or medical devices, the FDA could take enforcement action, including, without limitation, any of the following sanctions and the manufacture of our products or processing of our tissue could be delayed or terminated:
Untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, and civil penalties;
Recall or seizure of our products;
Operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
Refusing our requests for clearance or approval of new products;
Withdrawing or suspending current applications for approval or approvals already granted;
Refusal to grant export approval for our products; and
Criminal prosecution.
It is likely that the FDA's regulation of HCT/Ps will continue to evolve in the future.  Complying with any such new regulatory requirements may entail significant time delays and expense, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
The American Association of Tissue Banks (“AATB”) has issued operating standards for tissue banking.  Compliance with these standards is a requirement in order to become an accredited tissue bank. In addition, some states have their own tissue banking regulations.
In addition, procurement of certain human organs and tissue for transplantation is subject to the restrictions of the National Organ Transplant Act (“NOTA”), which prohibits the transfer of certain human organs, including skin and related tissue for valuable consideration, but permits the reasonable payment associated with the removal, transportation, implantation, processing, preservation, quality control and storage of human tissue and skin.  We reimburse tissue banks, hospitals and physicians for their services associated with the recovery, storage and transportation of donated human tissue.  Although we have independent third party appraisals that confirm that reasonableness of the service fees we pay, if we were to be found to have violated NOTA's prohibition on the sale or transfer of human tissue for valuable consideration, we would potentially be

27



subject to criminal enforcement sanctions, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
Finally, as discussed above, we and other manufacturers of skin substitutes are required to provide ASP information to CMS on a quarterly basis. The Medicare payment rates are updated quarterly based on this ASP information. If a manufacturer is found to have made a misrepresentation in the reporting of ASP, such manufacturer is subject to civil monetary penalties of up to $10,000 for each misrepresentation for each day in which the misrepresentation was applied.
We and our sales representatives, whether employees or independent contractors, must comply with various federal and state anti-kickback, self-referral, false claims and similar laws, any breach of which could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our relationships with physicians, hospitals and other healthcare providers are subject to scrutiny under various federal anti-kickback, self-referral, false claims and similar laws, often referred to collectively as healthcare fraud and abuse laws.  Healthcare fraud and abuse laws are complex, and even minor, inadvertent violations can give rise to claims that the relevant law has been violated.  Possible sanctions for violation of these fraud and abuse laws include monetary fines, civil and criminal penalties, exclusion from federal and state healthcare programs, including Medicare, Medicaid, Veterans Administration health programs, workers' compensation programs and TRICARE (the healthcare system administered by or on behalf of the U.S. Department of Defense for uniformed services beneficiaries, including active duty and their dependents, retirees and their dependents), and forfeiture of amounts collected in violation of such prohibitions.  Certain states have similar fraud and abuse laws, imposing substantial penalties for violations.  Any Government investigation or a finding of a violation of these laws would likely result in a material adversenegative effect on the market price of our common stock, as well as our business, financial conditionCommon Stock, subject us to regulatory investigations and results of operations.
Anti-kickback lawspenalties or shareholder litigation, and regulations prohibit any knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for the referral of an individual or the ordering or recommending of the use of a product or service for which payment may be made by Medicare, Medicaid or other Government-sponsored healthcare programs.  We have entered into consulting agreements, speaker agreements, research agreements and product development agreements with physicians, including some who may order our products or make decisions to use them.  In addition, some of these physicians own our stock, which they purchased in arm's length transactions on terms identical to those offered to non-physicians, or received stock awards from us as consideration for services performed by them.  While these transactions were structured with the intention of complying with all applicable laws, including state anti-referral laws and other applicable anti-kickback laws, it is possible that regulatory or enforcement agencies or courts may in the future view these transactions as prohibited arrangements that must be restructured or for which we would be subject to other significant civil or criminal penalties.  As discussed above, we have incorporated the AdvaMed code principles into our relationships with healthcare professionals under our consulting agreements, and our policies regarding payment of travel and lodging expenses, research and educational grant procedures and sponsorship of third-party conferences.  In addition, we have conducted training sessions on these principles. However, there can be no assurance that regulatory or enforcement authorities will view these arrangements as being in compliance with applicable laws or that one or more of our employees or agents will not disregard the rules we have established. Because our strategy relies on the involvement of physicians who consult with us on the design of our products, perform clinical research on our behalf or educate the market about the efficacy and uses of our products, we could be materially impacted if regulatory or enforcement agencies or courts interpret our financial relationships with physicians who refer or order our products to be in violation of applicable laws and determine that we would be unable to achieve compliance with such applicable laws.  This could harm our reputation and the reputations of the physicians we engage to provide services on our behalf.  In addition, the cost of noncompliance with these laws could be substantial since we could be subject to monetary fines and civil or criminal penalties, and we could also be excluded from federally-funded healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, for non-compliance.
The Federal False Claims Act (“FCA”) imposes civil liability on any person or entity that submits, or causes the submission of, a false or fraudulent claim to the U.S. Government. Damages under the FCA can be significant and consist of the imposition of fines and penalties.  The FCA also allows a private individual or entity with knowledge of past or present fraud against the Federal Government to sue on behalf of the Government to recover the civil penalties and treble damages.  The U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) on behalf of the Government has previously alleged that the marketing and promotional practices of pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers, including the off-label promotion of products or the payment of prohibited kickbacks to doctors, violated the FCA, resulting in the submission of improper claims to federal and state healthcare entitlement programs such as Medicaid.  In certain cases, manufacturers have entered into criminal and civil settlements with the federal government under which they entered into plea agreements, paid substantial monetary amounts and entered into corporate integrity agreements that require, among other things, substantial reporting and remedial actions going forward.

28



In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians for marketing. Some states, such as California, Massachusetts and Vermont, mandate implementation of commercial compliance programs, along with the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to physicians. The shifting commercial compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with different compliance and/or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company may run afoul of one or more of the requirements.
The scope and enforcement of all of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations.  There can be no assurance that federal or state regulatory or enforcement authorities will not investigate or challenge our current or future activities under these laws.  Any investigation or challenge could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  Any state or federal regulatory or enforcement review of us, regardless of the outcome, would be costly and time consuming.  Additionally, we cannot predict theadversely impact of any changes in these laws, whether these changes are retroactive or will have effect on a going-forward basis only.
We face significant uncertainty in the industry due to Government healthcarereform.
There have been and continue to be proposals by the Federal Government, State Governments, regulators and third party payers to control healthcare costs, and generally, to reform the healthcare system in the United States.  There are many programs and requirements for which the details have not yet been fully established or the consequences are not fully understood.  These proposals may affect aspects of our business.  We also cannot predict what further reform proposals, if any, will be adopted, when they will be adopted, or what impact they may have on us.
We may fail to obtain or maintain foreign regulatory approvals to market our products in other countries.
We currently market our products internationally and intend to expand our international marketing. International jurisdictions require separate regulatory approvals and compliance with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedures vary among countries and may involve requirements for additional testing. Certain of our products require clearance or approval by the FDA. However, such clearance or approval does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval or certification by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. The foreign regulatory approval or certification process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance or approval. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals or certifications and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market. If we fail to receive necessary approvals or certifications to commercialize our products in foreign jurisdictions on a timely basis, or at all, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.condition.
Risks Related to the Securities Markets and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our indebtedness may adversely affect our financial health.

As of January 2024, the Company had aggregate borrowings outstanding of $30.0 million under its Revolving Credit Facility and $20.0 million under its Term Loan Facility, all pursuant to its Citizens Credit Agreement (as defined below in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations). Our outstanding debt may limit our ability to borrow additional funds or may adversely affect the terms on which such additional funds may be available. Additionally, a default under certain other indebtedness constitutes an event of default under the Citizens Credit Agreement. Consequently, the effects of a default under other debt may be amplified by the lenders exercising the remedies available to it in the Citizens Credit Agreement for events of default, including foreclosure on the collateral securing our obligations and the declaration that all amounts outstanding under the Citizens Credit Agreement are immediately due and payable.

The restrictive covenants in the Citizens Credit Agreement, and the Company’s obligation to make payments under the Citizens Credit Agreement, limit our operating and financial flexibility and may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Citizens Credit Agreement imposes operating and financial restrictions and covenants. The Company must comply with certain financial covenants, including, a maximum total net leverage ratio and a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio. Additionally, the Citizens Credit Agreement includes certain customary restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to, limitations on indebtedness, liens, fundamental changes, dispositions, investments, loans, advances, guarantees, acquisitions, dividends and other restricted payments, transactions with affiliates, swap transactions, sale and leaseback transactions, prepayments on subordinated debt, and amendments to organizational and other material agreements.

The Citizens Credit Agreement also contains certain customary events of default, including, without limitation, (i) failure to pay interest or principal when due, (i) failure to provide notice of certain material events and (iii) failure to perform or observe certain covenants under the Citizens Credit Agreement or any related loan documents (subject to a 30-day grace period in certain circumstances). If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the agent under the agreement may, and at the direction of the lenders, take one or more of the following actions: (i) terminate the commitments, (ii) declare any amounts outstanding immediately due and payable, and (iii) exercise any other right it has under the Citizens Credit Agreement or at law. Compliance with such covenants may restrict our operating flexibility, and in the event that we were unable to comply with such covenants, leading to default and acceleration, this could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

34


EW Healthcare Partners and its interests may conflict with those of our other shareholders.
As of December 31, 2023, EW Healthcare Partners and their affiliates owned approximately 19.3% of our Common Stock (calculated on the basis described in Item 12, “Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners And Management” below). Also, for as long as EW Healthcare Partners and its affiliates collectively hold at least (i) 10% of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock, EW Healthcare Partners has the right to select two individuals that the Company must include among its nominees to serve on our Board and (ii) 5% (but less than 10%) of the outstanding shares of our outstanding Common Stock, EW Healthcare Partners has the right to select one individual that the Company must include among its nominees to serve on our Board. EW Healthcare Partners designated Martin P. Sutter and William A. Hawkins, III, who continue to serve on our board as directors. The interests of EW Healthcare Partners may conflict with those of our other shareholders, and EW Healthcare Partners may seek to influence, and may be able to influence, us through its director nomination rights and its share ownership.

The price of our common stockCommon Stock has been, and will likely continue to be,volatile.
The market price of our common stock,Common Stock, like that of the securities of many other healthcare companies that are engaged in or are just emerging from, theresearch, development, stage,and commercialization, has fluctuated over a wide range, and it is likely that the price of our common stockCommon Stock will fluctuate in the future. The market price of our common stockCommon Stock could be impacted by a variety of factors, including:
·Fluctuations in stock market prices and trading volumes of similar companies or of the markets generally;
·Our ability to successfully launch, market and earn significant revenue from our products;
·Our ability to obtain additional financing to support our continuing operations;
·Disclosure of the details and results of regulatory applications and proceedings;
·Changes in Government regulations or our failure to comply with any such regulations;
·Additions or departures of key personnel;
·Our investments in research and development or other corporate resources;
·
Fluctuations in stock market prices and trading volumes of similar companies or of the markets generally;
Our ability to successfully launch, market and earn significant revenue from our products;
Our ability to obtain additional financing to support our continuing operations;
Disclosure of the details and results of our clinical trials and our regulatory applications and proceedings;
Developments in and disclosure or publicity regarding existing or new litigation or contingent liabilities;
Changes in government regulations or our failure to comply with any such regulations;
Additions or departures of key personnel;
Our investments in research and development or other corporate resources;
Announcements of technological innovations or new commercial products by us or our competitors;
Developments in the patents or other proprietary rights owned or licensed by us or our competitors;
The timing of new product introductions;
Actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, including as a result of seasonality in our business, as well as any restatements of previously reported results;
Our ability to effectively and consistently process or manufacture our products and avoid costs associated with the recall of defective or potentially defective products;
Our ability and the ability of our distribution partners to market and sell our products;
Changes in reimbursement for our products or the price for our products to our customers;
Removal of our products from the FSS, or changes in how government accounts purchase products such as ours or in the price for our products to government accounts;
Activities of market participants and investors, including analysts and MIMEDX shareholders;
Material amounts of short-selling of our Common Stock; and
The other risks detailed in this Item 1A.
Any unanticipated shortfall in our revenue in any fiscal quarter could have an adverse effect on our results of operations in that quarter. The effect on our net income of such a shortfall could be exacerbated by us or our competitors;
·Developments in the patents or other proprietary rights owned or licensed by us or our competitors;

29



·The timing of new product introductions;
·Actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, including any restatements of previously reported results;
·Our ability to effectively and consistently manufacture our products and avoid costs associated with the recall of defective or potentially defective products;
·Our ability and the ability of our distribution partners to market and sell our products;
·Changes in reimbursement for our products or the price for our products to our customers;
·Removal of our products from the Federal Supply Schedule, or changes in how Government accounts purchase products such as ours or in the price for our products to Government accounts;
·Material amounts of short-selling of our common stock; and
.The other risks detailed in this Item 1A.
Further, due to the relatively fixed nature of most of our costs, which primarily include personnel costs as well as facilities costs, any unanticipated shortfall in revenue in any fiscal quarter would have an adverse effect on our results of operations in that quarter.costs. These fluctuations could cause the trading price of our stock to be negatively affected. Our quarterly operating results have varied substantially in the past and may vary substantially in the future.  In addition, the stock market and certainfuture, including as a result of the indices on which we are included has been very volatileseasonality in our business. Price volatility or a decrease in the recent past.  This volatility is often not relatedmarket price of our Common Stock could have an adverse effect on our ability to the operating performanceraise capital, liquidity, business, financial condition and results of companies listed thereon and will probably continue in the foreseeable future.operations.
Securities analysts may elect not to report on our common stock or may issue negative reports that adversely affect the stock price.
At this time, sixIf we fail to attract the coverage of securities analysts, provide research coverage of our common stock.  However, there is no assurance that these analysts will continue to report on our common stock or that additional analysts will initiate reporting on our common stock.  Rules mandated by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and a global settlement reached in 2003 among the SEC, other regulatory agencies, and a number of investment banks led to a number of fundamental changes in how analysts are reviewed and compensated.  In particular, many investment banking firms are required to contract with independent financial analysts for their stock research.  Ifif securities analysts discontinue covering our common stock, the lack of research coverage may adversely affect itsthe actual and potential market price.price of our common stock. The trading market for our common stock may be affected in part by the research and reports that industry participants, industry analysts or financial analysts publish about our business. If one or more analysts elect to cover us and then downgrade the stock, the stock price would likely decline rapidly. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.  This
Fluctuations in revenue or results of operations could cause additional volatility in our stock price.
35


Any unanticipated shortfall in our revenue in any fiscal quarter could have a negativean adverse effect on our results of operations in that quarter. The effect on our net income of such a shortfall could be exacerbated by the marketrelatively fixed nature of most of our costs, which primarily include personnel costs as well as facilities costs. These fluctuations could cause the trading price of our shares.
Our charges to earnings resulting from acquisition, restructuring and integration costs may materially adversely affect the market value of our common stock.
We account for the completion of our acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting. We allocate the total estimated purchase prices to net tangible assets, amortizable intangible assets and indefinite-lived intangible assets, and based on their fair values as of the date of completion of the acquisitions, record the excess of the purchase price over those fair values as goodwill. Our financial results, including earnings per share, could be adversely affected by a number of financial adjustments required in purchase accounting including the following:
We will incur additional amortization expense over the estimated useful lives of certain of the intangible assets acquired in connection with acquisitions during such estimated useful lives.
We will incur additional depreciation expense as a result of recording purchased tangible assets.
To the extent the value of goodwill or intangible assets becomes impaired, we may be required to incur material charges relating to the impairment of those assets.
Cost of sales may increase temporarily following an acquisition as a result of acquired inventory being recorded at its fair market value.

30



Earnings may be affected by changes in estimates of future contingent considerationstock to be paid when an earn-out is part ofnegatively affected. Our quarterly operating results have varied substantially in the consideration.past and may vary substantially in the future.
Earnings may be affected by transaction and implementation costs, which are expensed immediately.
We do not intend to pay cash dividends.dividends on our Common Stock.
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock.Common Stock. We currently expect to use available funds and any future earningsearnings; in the development, operation and expansion of our businessbusiness; to repay debt; and, to the extent authorized by our Board, repurchasing our Common Stock. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future.  In addition, the terms of our existing credit facility restrict us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stockCommon Stock will be an investor'sinvestor’s only source of potential gain from our common stockCommon Stock for the foreseeable future.
We are currently, and may in the future be, subject to other claims and lawsuits that could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and result in harm to our business.
We, as well as certain of our officers and sales representatives, are subject to claims or lawsuits from time to time. Regardless of the outcome, these lawsuits may result in significant legal fees and expenses and could divert management's time and other resources. In addition, the volatility in our stock price may make us more vulnerable to future class action litigation.
The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors engaged outside counsel to conduct an investigation that generally included a review of whether or not we have properly recognized revenue arising out of claims of former employees with whom we are currently in litigation. See Item 3 - Legal Proceedings for a discussion of the litigation. To date, we have incurred significant expense related to legal, accounting, and other professional services in connection with the investigation and related matters, and may continue to incur significant additional expenses with regard to these matters. The expenses incurred, and expected to be incurred, on the investigation, and the diversion of the attention of the management team that has occurred, has adversely affected, and could continue to adversely affect, our business, financial condition and results of operations or cash flows.
As a result of the matters reported above, we are exposed to greater risks associated with litigation, regulatory proceedings and government enforcement actions. Any future such investigations or additional lawsuits may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operation and cash flows. Any adverse judgment in or settlement of any pending or any future litigation could require payments that exceed the limits of our available directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results or financial condition.
ProvisionsCertain provisions of Florida law and anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents may discourage or prevent a change of control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to shareholders, which could affect our share price adversely and prevent attempts by shareholders to remove current management.
We are subjectThe Florida Business Corporation Act (the “FBCA”) includes several provisions applicable to the Florida affiliatedCompany that may discourage potential acquirors. Such provisions include provisions that:
allow directors to take other stakeholders into account in discharging their duties;
a requirement that certain transactions statute, which generally requires approvalwith a shareholder of 10% or more ownership must be approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the other shareholders unless approved by a majority of the disinterested directors or supermajority approvalcertain fair price requirements are met; and
voting rights acquired by a shareholder at ownership levels at or above one-fifth, one-third and a majority of voting power are denied unless authorized by the Board prior to such acquisition or by a majority of the other shareholders for "affiliated transactions" between a corporation and an "interested stockholder." (excluding interested shares (as defined in the FBCA)).
Additionally, our organizational documents contain provisions:
·Authorizing the issuance of preferred stock that can be created and issued by the Board of Directors without prior common stock shareholder approval, with rights senior to those of the common stock;
·Restricting persons who may call shareholder meetings;
·Electing directors on a staggered basis; and
.Allowing the Board to fill vacancies and to fix the number of directors.
authorizing the issuance of blank check preferred stock;
restricting persons who may call shareholder meetings;
permitting shareholders to remove directors only “for cause” and only by super-majority vote; and
providing the Board with the exclusive right to fill vacancies and to fix the number of directors.
These provisions of Florida law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws could negatively affect our share price, prevent attempts by shareholders to remove current management, prohibit or delay mergers or other takeovers or changes of control of the Company and discourage attempts by other companies to acquire us, even if such a transaction would be beneficial to our shareholders.


36


Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
There are no unresolved SEC Staff comments with respect to our SEC filings.
Item 1C. Cybersecurity
We face significant and persistent cybersecurity risks due primarily to: the substantial level of harm that could occur to us and our customers were we to suffer impacts of a material cybersecurity incident; and our use of third-party products, services and components. We are committed to maintaining robust governance and oversight of these risks and to implementing mechanisms, controls, technologies, and processes designed to help us assess, identify, and manage these risks. While we have not, as of the date of this Annual Report, experienced a cybersecurity threat or incident that resulted in a material adverse impact to our business or operations, there can be no guarantee that we will not experience such an incident in the future. In addition, these threats are constantly evolving, thereby increasing the difficulty of successfully defending against them or implementing adequate preventative measures. We seek to detect and investigate unauthorized attempts and attacks against our network, products, and services, and to prevent their occurrence and recurrence where practicable through changes or updates to our internal processes and tools and changes or updates to our products and services; however, we remain potentially vulnerable to known or unknown threats.
We aim to incorporate industry best practices throughout our cybersecurity program. Our cybersecurity strategy focuses on implementing effective and efficient controls, technologies, and other processes to assess, identify, and manage material cybersecurity risks. Our cybersecurity program is designed to be aligned with applicable industry standards and is assessed periodically by independent third-parties. We have processes in place to assess, identify, manage, and address material cybersecurity threats and incidents. These include, among other things: annual and ongoing security awareness training for employees; mechanisms to detect and monitor unusual network activity; and containment and incident response tools. We monitor issues that are internally discovered or externally reported that may affect our business, and have processes to assess those issues for potential cybersecurity impact or risk. We also have a process in place to manage cybersecurity risks associated with third-party service providers. We impose security requirements upon our suppliers, including: maintaining an effective security management program and abiding by information handling and asset management requirements. Our Board of Directors has ultimate oversight of cybersecurity risk, which it manages as part of our enterprise risk management program. That program is utilized in making decisions with respect to company priorities, resource allocations, and oversight structures. The Board of Directors is assisted by the Audit Committee, which regularly reviews our cybersecurity program with management and reports to the Board of Directors. Cybersecurity reviews by the Audit Committee or the Board of Directors generally occur at least annually, or more frequently as determined to be necessary or advisable. Our cybersecurity program is run by the head of our information security department, who reports to our Chief Financial Officer. Our Chief Financial Officer is informed about and monitors prevention, detection, mitigation, and remediation efforts through regular communication and reporting from professionals in the information security team, who hold cybersecurity certifications such as a Certified Information Systems Security Professional, and through the use of technological tools and software and results from third party audits. We have an escalation process in place to inform senior management and the Board of Directors of material issues.
Item 2. Properties
Our corporate headquarters are located in Marietta, Georgia, where we lease approximately 80,000 square feet of office, laboratory, tissue processing and warehouse space. We also lease (a) approximately 21,000 square feet for a facility in Kennesaw, Georgia, which primarily consists of laboratory, tissue processing and warehouse space;space. Our properties are used for the design, manufacture and (b) approximately 26,000 square feetmarketing of additional office space in Marietta, Georgia. In addition, Stability leases approximately 3,000 square feet for its corporate offices in Nashville, TennesseeWound & Surgical product portfolio. We believe that such properties are suitable and approximately 15,000 square feet in San Antonio, Texas which consistsadequate to meet the needs of its tissue processing center.our business.


31



Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Former Employee Litigation

On December 13, 2016,The description of the Company filed lawsuits against former employees Jess Kruchoski (in the lawsuit styled MiMedx Group, Inc.Welker v. Academy Medical, LLC,MiMedx, et. al.case contained in the County Court of the Fifteenth Judicial CircuitNote 16, Commitments and Contingencies to our financial statements included in and for Palm Beach County, Florida (the “Florida Action”)) and Luke Tornquist (in the lawsuit styled MiMedx Group, Inc., v. Luke Tornquist in the Superior Court for Cobb County, Georgia, which was removed to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia (the “Georgia Action”)).  Both the Florida and Georgia Actions assert claims against Messrs. Kruchoski and Tornquist that each of them violated their restrictive covenants entered into with the Company, that each of them misappropriated trade secrets of the Company, that each of them tortiously interfered with contracts between the Company and its customers and employees, and that each of them breached his duty of loyalty owed to the Company, among other claims.  Item 8 is incorporated herein by reference.

On December 15, 2016, Messrs. Kruchoski and Tornquist filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court of Minnesota (the “Minnesota Action”) against the Company and the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Parker Petit. The plaintiffs in this lawsuit each claimed that their employment with the Company was terminated in retaliation for their complaints about the Company’s alleged business practices in violation of the Dodd-Frank Act, 15 U.S.C. § 78u-6(h); and was an unlawful discharge in violation of Minnesota Statutes Section 181.931 subdivision 1. Mr. Kruchoski also claimed that the termination of his employment with the Company constituted marital status discrimination and familial status discrimination in violation of the Minnesota Human Rights Act. Messrs. Kruchoski and Tornquist also claimed that Mr. Petit tortiously interfered with their employment relationships with the Company.

On January 26, 2017, the Company and Mr. Petit filed motions to dismiss the Minnesota Action.  In response, Messrs. Kruchoski and Tornquist voluntarily dismissed the Minnesota Action without prejudice on February 7, 2017. On February 7, 2017, Mr. Tornquist filed his Answer and Counterclaims in the Georgia Action wherein he asserted claims similar to those he had asserted in the Minnesota Action, with the exception that he did not include a claim of tortious interference against Mr. Petit. On February 15, 2017, Mr. Kruchoski filed a new lawsuit in Georgia against MiMedx and Mr. Petit, making many of the same allegations in that suit as were made in the Minnesota suit, with the addition of claims against the Company and Mr. Petit for defamation.

The Company intends to vigorously pursue its claims asserted in the Florida and Georgia Actions and also to vigorously defend against the lawsuits and counterclaims asserted against them. 

Patent Litigation

MiMedx continues to diligently enforce its intellectual property against several entities. Currently, there are four actions pending, as described below:

The Liventa Action

On April 22, 2014, the Company filed a patent infringement lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia against Liventa Bioscience, Inc. ("Liventa"), Medline Industries, Inc. ("Medline") and Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation, Inc. ("MTF") for permanent injunctive relief and unspecified damages (the "Liventa Action"). In addition to the allegations of infringement of MiMedx's patents, the lawsuit asserts that Liventa and Medline knowingly and willfully made false and misleading representations about their respective products to providers, patients, and in some cases, prospective investors. Though the terms of the agreement are confidential, the parties have reached a settlement of the false advertising claims for an undisclosed sum. The patent infringement claims are still pending as described below.

MiMedx asserts that Liventa (formerly known as AFCell Medical, Inc.), Medline and MTF infringed and continue to infringe certain of the Company's patents relating to the MiMedx dehydrated human amnion/chorion membrane ("dHACM") allografts. MTF is the tissue processor while Liventa and Medline are the distributors of the allegedly infringing products. On May 30, 2014, defendants filed answers to the Complaint, denying the allegations in the Complaint. They also raised affirmative defenses of non-infringement, invalidity, laches and estoppel. MTF and Medline also filed counterclaims seeking declaratory judgments of non-infringement and invalidity. Defendants filed parallel Inter Partes Review ("IPR") proceedings which are discussed below. We expect the case to go to trial in 2017.

The Bone Bank Action


32



On May 16, 2014, the Company also filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Transplant Technology, Inc. d/b/a Bone Bank Allografts ("Bone Bank") and Texas Human Biologics, Ltd. ("Biologics") for permanent injunctive relief and unspecified damages (the "Bone Bank Action"). The Bone Bank Action was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas. This lawsuit similarly asserts that Bone Bank and Biologics infringed certain of the Company's patents through the manufacturing and sale of their placental-derived tissue graft products. On July 10, 2014, Defendants filed an answer to the Complaint, denying the allegations in the Complaint. They also raised affirmative defenses of non-infringement and invalidity and filed counterclaims seeking declaratory judgments of non-infringement and invalidity. Defendants also filed parallel IPR proceedings which are further discussed below. Discovery is closed and we expect the case to go to trial in 2017.

The NuTech Action

On March 2, 2015, the Company filed a patent infringement lawsuit against NuTech Medical, Inc. ("NuTech") and DCI Donor Services, Inc. ("DCI") for permanent injunctive relief and unspecified damages. This lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama. The lawsuit alleges that NuTech and DCI have infringed and continue to infringe the Company's patents through the manufacture, use, sale, and/or offering of their tissue graft product. The lawsuit also asserts that NuTech knowingly and willfully made false and misleading representations about its products to customers and/or prospective customers. The case is currently in the discovery phase.

The Vivex Action

On April 1, 2016, the Company also filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Vivex BioMedical (“Vivex”) for permanent injunctive relief and unspecified damages (the "Vivex Action"). The lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia. The patent at issue is the 8,709,494 patent (the "494" patent). Vivex answered the Company’s complaint and filed counterclaims of non-infringement and invalidity. On January 4, 2017, the Court granted a joint motion to stay the proceedings pending the outcome of the Bone Bank Action.

Pending IPRs

In addition to defending the claims in the pending district court litigations, defendants in the Liventa and Bone Bank cases have challenged certain of the Company's patents in several IPR proceedings to avoid the high burden of proof of proving invalidity by "clear and convincing evidence" in the district court litigations. An inter partes review (or "IPR") is a request for a specialized group within the United States Patent and Trademark Office to review the validity of a plaintiff's patent claims. The defendants in the Bone Bank Action challenged the validity of the Company's 8,597,687 (the "687" patent) and the '494 patent; while the defendants in the Liventa Action challenged the validity of the Company's 8,372,437 and 8,323,701 patents (the "'437" and "'701" patents, respectively).

On June 29, 2015, the Patent Trial and Appeals Board ("PTAB") denied the Bone Bank defendants' request for institution of an IPR with respect to the '494 patent (EpiFix) on all seven challenged grounds. On August 18, 2015, the PTAB also denied the Liventa defendants' request for institution of an IPR with respect to the '701 patent (AmnioFix) on all six challenged grounds. That is, the PTAB decided in each case that the defendants failed to establish a reasonable likelihood that defendants would prevail in showing any of the challenged claims of the '494 or the '701 patent were unpatentable.

On July 10, 2015, the PTAB issued an opinion allowing a review of the '687 patent to proceed, although on only two of the five challenged grounds. On July 7, 2016, the PTAB issued an opinion finding that the challenged claims, which relate to embossment and not configuration, were invalid for obviousness. The Company decided not to appeal the decision, as it impacted a non-core patent. On August 18, 2015, the PTAB issued an opinion allowing a review of the '437 patent to proceed, although only on one of the seven challenged grounds. On August 16, 2016, the PTAB issued an opinion finding that the challenged claims were unpatentable.  MiMedx has filed an appeal of the PTAB’s decision regarding the '437 patent.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.


33



PART II

37



Item 5. Market for Registrant'sRegistrant’s Common Equity, Related ShareholderStockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market for Common Stock
Our common stock was approved for quotationCommon Stock trades on the OTC Bulletin Board on July 19, 2007.  Only a limited number of shares were traded after the approval of the quotation in July 2007.  The common stock was traded withNasdaq Stock Market under the trading symbol of “AYXC.” Our common stock began trading under the symbol “MDXG” on April 2, 2008. On April 25, 2013, our common stock was approved for trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market..

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the range of high and low sale prices per share of common stock on NASDAQ for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Year Ended December 31, 2016High Low
First Quarter$9.25
 $7.31
Second Quarter9.19
 6.66
Third Quarter9.34
 7.06
Fourth Quarter9.99
 7.85
    
Year Ended December 31, 2015High Low
First Quarter$11.33
 $7.92
Second Quarter11.93
 8.97
Third Quarter13.20
 8.52
Fourth Quarter10.14
 6.71
Holders
Based upon information supplied from our transfer agent, there were approximately 756810 shareholders of record of our common stockCommon Stock as of February 15, 2017.23, 2024.

Dividends

We have not paid any dividends since our inception and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, including general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our financial results and condition, legal requirements and other factors as our Board deems relevant.



34




Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stockCommon Stock with the cumulative total stockholderstockholder return of the Nasdaq Composite Index and the Nasdaq BiotechnologyRussell 2000 Index, for the five year period that commenced on December 31, 2018 and assumesended December 31, 2023, assuming an investment of $100.00 on December 31, 2011, in each of the common stock, the stocks comprising the Nasdaq Composite Index and the stocks comprising the Nasdaq Biotechnology Index.2018.

Screenshot 2024-02-22 171024.gif
ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON DEC. 31, 2011
2018
ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT; NO DIVIDENDS
ISSUED BY MIMEDX
FISCAL YEAR ENDINGENDED DEC. 31, 2016



2023
35
38




Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

Information about securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference to Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
On December 22, 2023, all 95,000 outstanding shares of the Company’s Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”), together with accrued dividends, were mandatorily converted into shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with the Preferred Stock terms set forth in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended. The Preferred Stock conversion, triggered by the Company’s increased Common Stock share price and following the third anniversary of the Preferred Stock financing transaction in July of 2020. As a result of this conversion, 29,761,650 new shares of Common Stock were issued by the Company to an affiliate of EW Healthcare Partners and to certain funds managed by Hayfin Capital Management LLP. The Company received no consideration upon the conversion. The shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the conversion of the Preferred Stock were issued in reliance upon exemptions pursuant to Section 3(a)(9) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and pursuant to applicable state securities laws and regulations, in that the shares of Common Stock were issued by the Company to its existing security holders and no commission or other remuneration was paid or given directly or indirectly for soliciting such exchange.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 Total Number of
Shares Purchased (a)
Average Price Paid
per Share
Total number of shares purchased under publicly announced plan (b)Total Amount Spent Under the Plan During Each PeriodRemaining Amount
to be Spent
Under the Plan
Total amount remaining October 1, 2016    $3,935,789
      
October 1, 2016 - October 31, 201618,202
$
$
$
$3,935,789
      
November 1, 2016 - November 30, 201611,542
$
$
$
$3,935,789
      
December 2016 increased spending authorization    6,000,000
      
December 1, 2016 - December 31, 20162,520
$
$
$
$9,935,789
      
Total for the quarter32,264
$
$
$
 

(a) Shares repurchasedThere were no purchases of our Common Stock made by or on behalf of the Company during the quarter include 32,264 shares surrendered by employees to satisfy tax withholding
obligations upon vesting of restricted stock.

(b) On May 12, 2014, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $10 million of our common stock
from time to time, throughyear ended December 31, 2014. The Board subsequently extended the program until December 31,2023.
2017. In December 2014, the Board increased the authorization to a total of $20 million and further increased the
authorization in 2015 to a total of $60 million. In December 2016, the Board further increased the authorization to a total of $66 million. In February 2017, the Board authorized a further increase of $20 million, which brings the total amount authorized to $86 million. The timing and amount of repurchases will depend upon the Company's stock price, economic and market conditions, regulatory requirements, and other corporate considerations. The Company may initiate, suspend or discontinue purchases under the stock repurchase program at any time.






36
39




Item 6. Selected Financial Data[Reserved]

The following selected consolidated financial data was derived from our consolidated financial statements. The data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Item 7 and Consolidated Financial Statements and notes in Item 8.


       
  As of December 31, in thousands
   2016 2015 2014 2013 2012
Statement of Operations Data:           
Net sales  $245,015
 $187,296
 $118,223
 $59,181
 27,054
Gross margin  212,608
 167,094
 105,558
 49,853
 21,865
Operating income (loss)  18,446
 24,364
 7,100
 (2,639) (5,355)
Net income (loss)  11,974
 29,446
 6,220
 (4,112) (7,662)
Net income (loss) per common share - basic  0.11
 0.28
 0.06
 (0.04) (0.09)
Net income (loss) per common share - diluted  $0.11
 $0.26
 $0.05
 $(0.04) $(0.09)
            
     As of December 31, in thousands 
   2016 2015 2014 2013 2012
Balance Sheet Data:           
Total assets  $193,263
 $135,913
 $109,259
 $84,694
 $35,183
Working capital  75,806
 69,533
 67,272
 55,781
 13,072
Long term liabilities  9,531
 1,148
 1,526
 1,518
 10,158
Stockholders' equity  $133,000
 $107,988
 $89,329
 $73,568
 $20,007
            




37



Item 7. Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The followingExecutive Summary
During 2023, the Company delivered 20.0% growth in net sales, with broad-based contributions by customer type. This growth was driven by a combination of commercial execution, favorable end market demand and contributions from newer products to our portfolio. Operating and financial highlights during the year include:
Fourth quarter and full year 2023 net sales of $86.8 million and $321.5 million, respectively, reflecting 16.7% and 20.0% growth over the fourth quarter and full year 2022, respectively.
Net income from continuing operations for the fourth quarter and full year 2023 of $51.3 million and $67.4 million, respectively.
Announced strategic realignment of the Company, increasing focus on Wound & Surgical business and significantly improving profitability; disbanded the Regenerative Medicine business unit and suspended knee osteoarthritis clinical trial program.
Launched EPIEFFECT, the latest addition to the Company’s broad portfolio of Advanced Wound Care products.
Announced conversion of outstanding Series B convertible preferred stock to common stock.
Appointed new members to the Company’s Executive Leadership Team, including a new CEO, CFO and Chief Operating Officer.
Overview
MIMEDX is a pioneer and leader in placental biologics focused on delivering innovative solutions to patients and the healthcare professionals who treat them. With more than a decade of experience helping clinicians manage acute and chronic wounds, MIMEDX has been dedicated to providing a leading portfolio of products for applications in the wound care, burn, and surgical sectors of healthcare. All of our products sold in the United States are regulated by the U.S. Food & Drug Administration (“FDA”). We apply Current Good Tissue Practices (“CGTP”) and other applicable quality standards in addition to terminal sterilization to produce our allografts.
Our Products
Our product portfolio is divided into two categories (1) Wound Care Products and (2) Surgical and Other Products.
Our Wound Care Products include EPIFIX, EPICORD and EPIEFFECT, which are all marketed for external use, such as in Advanced Wound Care applications. Within Surgical and Other, our product offering includes AMNIOFIX, AMNIOCORD and AMNIOEFFECT, which are positioned for use in a variety of applications and surgical settings, including lower extremity repair, plastic surgery, vascular surgery and multiple orthopedic repairs and reconstructions. Our AXIOFILL product has also seen the most uptake by clinicians for surgical applications.
By specific source material, our primary platform technologies include tissue allografts derived from human placental membrane (EPIFIX, AMNIOFIX, EPIEFFECT, and AMNIOEFFECT), tissue allografts derived from human umbilical cord (EPICORD and AMNIOCORD), and a particulate extracellular matrix derived from human placental disc (AXIOFILL).
This discussion, which presents our results for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and analysis2022, should be read in conjunction with theour Consolidated Financial Statements and the corresponding notes included inaccompanying notes. Also, please refer to Part I, Item 8. Certain percentages presented in1, Business, and Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, which include detailed discussions of various items impacting our business, results of operations and financial condition. We intend for this discussion to provide the reader with information that will assist in understanding our financial statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from period to period and analysis are calculated from the underlying whole dollar amounts and therefore may not recalculate from the rounded numbers used for disclosure purposes. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this report includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.  You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this report for a discussion of importantprimary factors that could cause actual resultsaccounted for those changes. We also discuss certain performance metrics that management uses to differ materially fromassess the results described in or implied byCompany's performance.
Our Annual Report for the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Theyear ended December 31, 2022 (the “2022 Annual Report”) includes a discussion and analysis of our total company financial condition and results of operations are based onfor 2022 compared to 2021 in Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Please note that, subsequent to the publication of our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  The preparation of these financial statements requires making estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported revenue, and expenses during the reporting periods.  On an ongoing basis,2022 Annual Report, we evaluate such estimates and judgments, including those described in greater detail below.  We baseannounced our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances,plan to disband our Regenerative Medicine business unit, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities thatwe believe are not readily apparentmaterial to an understanding of our financial condition, changes in financial condition and results of operation, is now classified as discontinued operations. For further details, please see Note 13, Discontinued Operations, to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.
40


Components of and Key Factors Influencing Our Results of Continuing Operations
In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. We believe the items discussed below provide insight into the factors that affect these key measures.
Net sales
Our net sales are derived from otherselling to a wide range of customers, including hospitals, wound care centers and private physician offices that have clinicians using our suite of products to aid in the management of patients with chronic or hard-to-heal wounds. These customers choose products like ours based upon a variety of factors, including clinical efficacy, availability, handling characteristics, and reimbursement coverage and payer sources. Actual results may differNet sales is recognized based on the consideration we expect to receive from the sale at the point in time when control of the goods is transferred to the customer, which generally occurs upon our delivery to a third-party carrier or implantation for consignment arrangements. Net sales consists of the gross selling price of the product, less any discounts, rebates, fees paid to GPOs, and returns.
Cost of goods sold and gross profit
Cost of goods sold includes product testing costs, quality assurance costs, personnel costs, manufacturing costs, raw materials and product costs, depreciation and facility costs associated with our manufacturing and warehouse facilities. Fluctuations in our cost of goods sold correspond with the fluctuations in these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.costs as well as sales volume.

Overview

MiMedx®Gross profit is an integrated developer, processorcalculated as net sales less cost of goods sold. Gross margin is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales. Our gross margin is affected by product and marketergeographic sales mix, realized pricing of patent protectedour products, the efficiency of our manufacturing operations and proprietary regenerative biomaterial products and bioimplants processed from human placental tissue, skin and bone.  "Innovations in Regenerative Biomaterials" is the framework behindcosts of materials used to make our mission to provide physicians with innovative products that help the body heal itself.  MiMedx is the leading global supplier of amniotic tissue products, having supplied over 700,000 allografts to date in Wound Care, Burns, Surgery, Orthopedics, Spine, Sports Medicine, Ophthalmology and Dentistry.


Recent Events

FDA Guidance

On December 22, 2014, the FDA issued for comment “Draft Guidance for Industry and FDA Staff: Minimal Manipulation of Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products.” Essentially, the Minimal Manipulation draft guidance takes the same positionproducts. Regulatory actions, including with respect to micronized amniotic tissuereimbursement for our products, may require costly expenditures or result in pricing pressure, and may decrease our gross profit and gross margin.
Selling, general and administrative expense
Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expense includes costs to execute our sales strategy. These include personnel costs pertaining to our sales force and sales support functions, including salaries, commissions and other incentive compensation, commissions to sales agents, customer support, travel expenses, and bad debt expense. SG&A expense also includes costs related to functions which support our business, such as legal, finance, human resources, and other such functions that it took in the Untitled Letterinclude costs such as personnel costs, insurance, and certain professional fees. We expect our SG&A expense to fluctuate based on revenue fluctuations, geographic changes, and any changes to the Company 16 months earlier. The Company submitted commentssize of our headcount, particularly that of our sales and marketing forces. Certain of these costs scale with sales, but can fluctuate depending on sales mix. For example, we pay sales agents a greater commission than our internal sales force, meaning that we could incur greater commission expenses if a greater proportion of our sales are through sales agents.
Research and development expense
Research and development expense relates to the Minimal Manipulation draft guidance asserting that the Minimal Manipulation draft guidance represents agency action that goes far beyond the FDA’s statutory authority, is inconsistent with existing HCT/ P regulationsour investments to expand our product pipeline and the FDA’s prior positions, and is internally inconsistent and scientifically unsound. On October 28, 2015, the FDA issued for comment, "Draft Guidance for Industry and FDA Staff: Homologous Use of Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products." The Company submitted comments on this Homologous Use draft guidance as well. On September 12 and 13, 2016, the FDA held a public hearing to obtain input on the Homologous Use draft guidance and the previously released Minimal Manipulation draft guidance,platforms, including historically through clinical trials, as well as other recently issued guidance documents on HCT/Ps. The Company awaits further decision from FDA onexpenditures in improvements to our manufacturing process and the draft guidances, but anticipates this will be a lengthy process.

Change in purchasing procedure at Departmentenhancement of Veterans Affairs

In 2016, the Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”) announced a change in its internal purchasing procedures.  Among other things, under the new directive, the VA would require internal pre-authorization by a warranted contracting officer for any implant purchases greater than $3,500, except for implants from VA-owned inventory or a consignment agreement negotiated by a VA contracting officer.  Different VA facilities interpreted the new directive differently,existing products. Our research and development costs also began implementing different portions of it at different times.  Numerous vendorsinclude expenses such as salaries and benefits related to the VA, including the Company, have requested that the VA provide clarification to its facilities on the new policy in order to minimize disruption in patient care. 



Critical Accounting Policies

38



our research department, consulting costs and advisory costs, and regulatory costs.
We believe thatexpense research and development costs as incurred. Fluctuations in research and development expenses can be impacted by the timing and cadence of our significant accounting policies, which are described in Note 2clinical trials.
Investigation, restatement and related expense
Investigation, restatement and related expense primarily relates to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this report, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgmentlegal fees advanced to certain former officers and complexity.  
Revenue Recognition and Sales Returns, Discounts, and Allowances Accruals
We sell our products primarily through a combination of a direct sales force, independent stocking distributors and third - party representatives in the U.S. and independent distributors in international markets. We recognize revenue when title to the goods and risk of loss transfers to customers, provided there are no material remaining performance obligations requireddirectors of the Company or any mattersunder certain indemnification agreements and our liability from legal proceedings taken against us. The timing and extent of customer acceptance. these expenses depend on the stage and status of legal proceedings. Other activity includes amounts received from certain director and officer insurance providers.
Interest expense
We record revenues from salesincur interest expense primarily through stated interest on our outstanding term and revolving loans. The interest on our term and revolving loans are currently tied to applicable Secured Overnight Financing Rates (“SOFR”). Increases in SOFR
41


could cause our independent stocking distributors at the time the product is shippedinterest expense to increase. Other activity influencing interest expense relates to the distributor. Our stocking distributors, who sell the products to their customers or sub-distributors, contractually take title to the productsamortization of deferred financing costs and assume all risks of ownership at the time of shipment. Our stocking distributors are obligated to pay us the contractually agreed upon invoice price within specified terms regardless of when, if ever, they sell the products. Our stocking distributors do not have any contractual rights of return or exchange other than for defective product or shipping error; however, in limited situations, we do accept returns or exchanges at our discretion.
Some of the Company’s sales to Government accounts, including the Department of Veterans Affairs, are made through a distributor relationship with AvKARE, which is a veteran-owned General Services Administration Federal Supply Schedule (FSS) contractor. The Company's agreement with AvKARE expires, subject to certain for-cause termination rights, on June 30, 2017. The Company may also elect to terminate the agreement without cause and pay a termination fee to AvKARE as specified in the agreement. Upon termination of the agreement, the parties may mutually agree to extend the agreement or the Company has an obligation to repurchase AvKARE’s remaining inventory, if any, within ninety (90) days in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. At the end of the term, the parties expect AvKARE’s inventory to be minimal, based upon AvKARE's obligation to use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve target sales levels over the remaining term of the agreement.
We continually evaluate new and current customers, including our stocking distributors, for collectability based on various factors including past history with the customer, evaluation of their credit worthiness, and current economic conditions. We only record revenue when collectability is reasonably assured. A portion of the Company’s revenue is generated from inventory maintained at hospitals or physician's offices.
We make estimates of potential future sales returns, discounts and allowances related to current period product revenue and these are reflected as a reduction of revenue in the same period revenue is recognized. We base our estimate for sales returns, discounts and allowances on historical sales and product return information, including historical experience and actual and projected trend information as well as projected sales returns based on estimated usage and contractual arrangements with AvKARE. These estimates have historically been consistent with actual results.
Goodwill and Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate that the carrying amount may be impaired. The test for impairment requires us to make several estimates about fair value, most of which are based on projected future cash flows. Our estimatesoriginal issue discount associated with the goodwill impairment test are considered critical due to the amount of goodwill recorded on our consolidated balance sheets and the judgment required in determining fair value, including projected future cash flows. No goodwill impairment has been recognized during 2016, 2015 or 2014.
Other intangible assets include patents, trademarks, and purchased technology. Intangible assets with a definite life are amortized on a straight-line or accelerated basis, as appropriate, with estimated useful lives ranging from ten to fourteen years, and are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable. Refer to Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information. Our impairment reviews are based on an estimated future cash flow approach that requires significant judgment with respect to future revenue and expense growth rates, selection of appropriate discount rate, asset groupings, and other assumptions and estimates. We use estimates that are consistent with our business plans and a market participant view of the assets being evaluated. Actual results may differ from our estimates. No impairments have been recognized during 2016, 2015 and 2014.

39



Fair Value Measurements
We record certain financial instruments at fair value, including: cash equivalents and contingent consideration.  We may make an irrevocable election to measure other financial instruments at fair value on an instrument-by-instrument basis; although as of December 31, 2016 we have not chosen to make any such elections.  Fair value financial instruments are recorded in accordance with the fair value measurement framework.
We also measure certain non-financial assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis.  These non-recurring valuations include evaluating assets such as long-lived assets, and non-amortizing intangible assets for impairment; allocating value to assets in an acquired asset group; and applying accounting for business combinations including related earn out liability.  We use the fair value measurement framework to value these assets and report the fair values in the periods in which they are recorded or written down.
The fair value measurement framework includes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used to measure fair values in their broad levels.  These levels from highest to lowest priority are as follows: 
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2: Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities or observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted on active markets, but corroborated by market data; and
Level 3: Unobservable inputs or valuation techniques that are used when little or no market data is available.
The determination of fair value and the assessment of a measurement’s placement within the hierarchy requires judgment. Level 3 valuations often involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.  Level 3 valuations may require the use of various cost, market, or income valuation methodologies applied to unobservable management estimates and assumptions.  Management’s assumptions could vary depending on the asset or liability valued and the valuation method used.  Such assumptions could include: estimates of prices, earnings, costs, earn out assumptions, actions of market participants, market factors, or the weighting of various valuation methods.  We may also engage external advisors to assist us in determining fair value, as appropriate.
Although we believe that the recorded fair value of our financial instruments is appropriate, these fair values may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values.
Share-based Compensation
We follow the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718, “Compensation — Stock Compensation” (ASC 718), previously referred to as Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R — Share-based Payments which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards either modified or granted to employees and directors based upon estimated fair values.  The Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, consistent with the provisions of ASC 718, was used to determine the fair value of each option granted.  Option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility.  We use projected volatility rates, which are based upon historical volatility rates, trended into future years.  Because our stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of our options.credit facilities outstanding.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes undergenerate tax liability primarily in the assetUnited States and liability method, which requires the recognition ofhave net operating losses, research and development tax credit carryforwards, and other deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been includedwhich defray our liability. Large fluctuations are generally due to changes in the financial statements. Under this method, we determine deferred tax assets and liabilities on the basisour expectations of the differences between the financial statement and tax basesrealizability of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If we

40



determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excessassets. See “Critical Accounting Estimates” for further details.
Results of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustmentContinuing Operations for 2023 Compared to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.2022
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
20232022$ Change% Change
Net sales$321,477 $267,841 $53,636 20.0 %
Cost of sales54,634 48,316 6,318 13.1 %
Gross profit266,843219,525 47,318 21.6 %
Selling, general and administrative211,124 208,673 2,451 1.2 %
Research and development12,665 12,701 (36)(0.3)%
Investigation, restatement and related5,176 12,177 (7,001)(57.5)%
Amortization of intangible assets762 701 61 8.7 %
Interest expense, net(6,457)(5,016)(1,441)28.7 %
Other expense, net(26)(4)(22)nm
Income tax provision benefit (expense)36,806 (206)37,012 nm
Net income (loss) from continuing operations$67,439 $(19,953)$87,392 nm
Net Sales
We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for recently adopted accounting pronouncements.
Results of Operationsrecorded net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to2023 of $321.5 million, an increase of $53.6 million, or 20.0%, over the year ended December 31, 20152022 net sales of $267.8 million.
RevenueOur sales by care setting were as follows (amounts in thousands):
We recorded revenue
Year Ended December 31,Change
20232022$%
Hospital$187,000 $163,206 $23,794 14.6 %
Private Office95,789 77,158 $18,631 24.1 %
Other38,688 27,477 $11,211 40.8 %
Total$321,477 $267,841 $53,636 20.0 %

Net sales in the Hospital setting were $187.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 of $245.0 million,2023, a $57.7$23.8 million, or 30.8%14.6% increase, over 2015 revenuecompared to $163.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily driven by sales of $187.3 million.our new products introduced since the third quarter of 2022, particularly AMNIOEFFECT.
Wound Care revenueNet sales in 2016 was $184.0 million which represented a $42.9the Private Office setting grew by $18.6 million, or 30.4%24.1%, to $95.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $77.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase over 2015 revenuereflects general increases in sales volume, driven by strong commercial execution, an evolving Medicare reimbursement landscape in this site of $141.1 million. Surgical, Sports Medicine,service and Orthopedics (SSO) revenuesales of our new products introduced since the fourth quarter of 2023.
Net sales in 2016 was $61.0 million which represented a $14.8Other care settings increased by $11.2 million, or 32%40.8%, increase over 2015 revenue of $46.2 million.
to $38.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $27.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily driven by the addition of $57.7 millionnew customers in 2016 revenue ascertain other sites of service and, to a lesser extent, initial contributions related to our commercial efforts in Japan.
42


Gross Margin and Cost of Sales
Gross margin in 2023 was 83.0%, compared to 2015 includes approximately $21.1 million82.0% in volume from market share gains and market expansion2022. The increase in margin was driven by a higher proportion of sales with lower manufacturing costs as well as increased throughput efficiencies compared to 2022.
Cost of sales for the additionyear ended December 31, 2023 was $54.6 million, an increase of $6.3 million, or 13.1%, compared to $48.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in excesscost of 1,600 new customers due tosales was driven by the increase of our directin sales forcevolume and new customers added as part of the acquisition of Stability Biologics. Overall pricing was $15.3 million favorable and was impacted by a continued shift from distributor to direct sales and product mix was $ 21.3 million favorable primarily due to the sale of new products including those from Stability Biologics.
We group our products into two categories: Wound Care and Surgical, Sports Medicine & Orthopedics (SSO) for purposes of the required disclosure under ASC 280-10-50-40. Sales for these product categories have been disclosedchanges in Note 17. This grouping of products does not constitute a basis for resource allocation but is information intended to provide the reader with ability to better understand our product categories. These groupings also do not meet the criteria under ASC 280-10-50-1 as separate segment.
Gross Margin
2016 gross margins were 86.8% as compared to 89.2% in 2015. Gross margins decreased due to the impact of one-time inventory costs incurred in connection with the Stability acquisition as well as lower than expected margins in bone and skin products acquired as part of the Stability acquisition, somewhat offset by favorable customer mix and improved manufacturing efficiencies in wound care and other SSO products.
Research and Development Expenses
Our research and development expenses increased approximately $3.6 million, or 42.9%, to $12 million in 2016, compared to approximately $8.4 million in the prior year. The increase is primarily related to increased investments in clinical trials, personnel costs, lab supplies, and consulting fees. We expect research and development expenses to remain in line with current spending on a percentage of sales basis moving forward.noted above.
Selling, General and Administrative ExpensesExpense
Selling, General and Administrative expenses for 2016SG&A expense increased approximately $46.6$2.5 million, or 34.9%1.2%, to $180.0
$211.1 million for December 31, 2023, compared to $133.4$208.7 million for 2015. Selling expense increases wereDecember 31, 2022. The increase was driven primarily by costs associated with the continued buildhigher levels of our direct sales organization for both the Wound Care and SSO markets, where headcount grew by 71 during the year, as well as increased commissions due to higher sales volume. General and administrative expense increases were driven primarily by costs associated with adding personnel to support continued growth including government affairs and other support areasvolumes, as well as increases in stock-based compensation in 2023. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in certain administrative expenses, including severance expenses associated with the additiondeparture of Stability Biologics personnelour former CEO in 2022.
Research and associated costs. Selling, GeneralDevelopment Expense
Our research and Administrative expenses consist of personnel costs, professional fees, sales commissions, sales training costs, industry trade show fees and expenses, product promotions and product literature costs, facilities costs and other sales, marketing and administrative costs, depreciation and amortization, and share-based compensation. Share-based compensation included in Selling, General and

41



Administrativedevelopment (“R&D”) expense remained essentially flat at $12.7 million for the years ended December 31, 20162023 and 2015,December 31, 2022. Our R&D expenses in 2022 and 2023 were primarily driven by the development and launches of our newest products in the portfolio, AMNIOEFFECT, AXIOFILL and EPIEFFECT, along with additional early-stage Wound & Surgical products in development.
Investigation, Restatement and Related Expense
Investigation, restatement, and related expenses decreased $7.0 million to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease was approximately $16.7 millionrelated to negotiated reductions in legal fees previously incurred under indemnification agreements with certain former members of management year-over-year. In addition, following the end of a legal proceeding, expenses under our last material indemnification agreement substantially ceased in 2023. Prior to this, the Company had incurred significant expenses in fulfilling its obligations under indemnification agreements by advancing and $15.8 million, respectively, an increasereimbursing legal fees of approximately $0.9 million, or 5.7%. certain former officers and directors of the Company.
Amortization of Intangible Assets
Amortization expense related to intangible assets increased approximately $1.2$0.1 million or 133.3%, to $2.1from $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared2022 to $0.9 million in the prior year due to the acquisition of Stability. We amortize our intangible assets over a period of 4 to 19 years, which we believe represents the remaining useful lives of the patents underlying the licensing rights and intellectual property. We do not amortize goodwill but we test our goodwill at least annually for impairment and periodically evaluate other intangibles for impairment based on events or changes in circumstances as they occur.

Net Interest Expense
We recorded financing and net interest expense of approximately $339,000 during the year ended December 31, 2016, compared with approximately $86,000 of financing and net interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase is due to the amortization of deferred financing costs incurred during 2016 related to our $50 million revolving credit facility and commitment and undrawn fees connected to our line of credit. See Note 9 in the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further details.
Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the year ended December 31, 2014
Revenue
The increase of $69.1 million in 2015 revenue as compared to 2014 includes approximately $81.2 million in volume from both existing customers as well as the addition of over 1,500 new customers due to the increase of our direct sales force, increased use of distributors, taking market share from other suppliers of wound care technologies, as well as market expansion due to the clinical and cost benefits of our EpiFix platform. Growth was also driven by expansion into several new surgical applications with our new AmnioFix platform. Overall pricing was ($17.4) million unfavorable driven by a change in reimbursement for Medicare patients treated in a hospital outpatient setting to a bundled payment system as well as increased sales to distributors. Product mix was favorable by $5.3M primarily due to the sale of new products. Wound Care revenue in 2015 grew by $47.5million, or approximately 51% as compared with 2014. SSO revenue in 2015 grew by $21.6 million, or approximately 88% compared with 2014.
Gross Margin
Gross Margin in 2015 was 89.2% versus 89.3% when compared to the prior year. The slight decrease is due to the expiration of pass through status of our wound care products for Medicare patients in hospital out-patient clinics and ambulatory surgery centers, product and customer sales mix , mostly offset by an increase in direct sales revenue and higher production rates that absorb a greater percentage of fixed manufacturing costs, and continued improvements in manufacturing efficiencies. SSO sales have lower gross margins than Wound Care sales, so we expect cost of sales as a percentage of revenue to increase as SSO sales become a larger percentage of total company sales.
Research and Development Expenses
Our research and development expenses increased approximately $1.4 million, or 19%, to $8.4 million in 2015, compared to approximately $7.0 million in the prior year. The increase is primarily related to increased investments in clinical trials, personnel costs, lab supplies, and consulting fees.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, General and Administrative expenses for 2015 increased approximately $42.9 million, or 47%, to $133.4 million compared to $90.5 million for 2014. Selling expense increases were driven primarily by costs associated with building our direct sales organization for both the Wound Care and SSO markets, where headcount grew by 65 during the year, as well as increased commissions due to higher sales volume. General and administrative expense increases were driven primarily by costs associated with adding personnel to support continued growth, as well as increased patent litigation costs.
Selling, General and Administrative expenses consist of personnel costs, professional fees, sales commissions, sales training costs, industry trade show fees and expenses, product promotions and product literature costs, facilities costs and other sales, marketing and administrative costs, depreciation and amortization, and share-based compensation. Share-based compensation included in Selling, General and Administrative for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, was approximately $15.8 million and $10.5 million, respectively, an increase of approximately $5.3 million, or 50%.

42



Amortization expense related to intangible assets remained flat at $0.9$0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared2023.
Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense increased $1.4 million to the prior year.
Net Interest Expense
We recorded financing and net interest expense of approximately $86,000 during$6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared with approximately $48,000 of financing and net interest expense during2023 from $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.2022. The increase is duewas the result of year-over-year increases in the reference market interest rates on our outstanding debt. We expect interest expense to decrease in future quarters as a result of our debt refinancing transactions completed on January 2024.
Income Tax Provision
The effective tax rate for 2023 and 2022 was (120.2)% and (1.0)%, respectively, on pre-tax book income from continuing operations of $30.6 million for 2023 and pre-tax book loss from continuing operations of $19.7 million for 2022. Our effective tax rate for the amortizationyear ended December 31, 2023 was significantly influenced by the reversal of a valuation allowance, reflecting a change in the determination of the likelihood of the realizability of certain of the Company’s deferred financing coststax assets as of that date. This re-evaluation occurred as a result of the conclusion that the disbanding of our Regenerative Medicine segment qualified as a discontinued operation, in concert with the Company’s operating results. Net operating losses incurred during 2015 related2022 were offset by a full valuation allowance.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We require capital for our operating activities, including costs associated with the sale of product through direct and indirect sales channels, research and development activities, compliance costs, costs to sell and market our $50 million revolving credit facility. See Note 9products, regulatory fees, and legal and consulting fees in connection with ongoing litigation and other matters. We generally fund our operating capital requirements through our operating activities and cash reserves. We expect to use capital to invest in the consolidated financial statementsbroadening of our
43


product portfolio, including through potential acquisitions, licensing agreements or other arrangements, the international expansion of our business and certain capital projects.
As of December 31, 2023, we had $82.0 million of cash and cash equivalents.
Our net working capital at December 31, 2023 was $118.3 million, an increase of $27.6 million from $90.6 million at December 31, 2022. Our current ratio was 3.6 to 1 as of December 31, 2023 and 3.1 to 1 as of December 31, 2022.
The Company is currently paying its obligations in Item 8the ordinary course of business. We believe that our anticipated cash from operating activities, existing cash and cash equivalents, and available credit under the Citizens Credit Agreement, as defined below, will enable us to meet our operational liquidity needs for further details.the twelve months following the filing date of this Annual Report.
Contractual Obligations
Contractual obligations associated with ongoing business activities are expected to result in cash payments in future periods. The table below summarizesSee Item 8, Note 16, Commitments and Contingencies, in the amounts and estimated timing of these future cash payments as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding our contractual commitments.
Citizens Loan Facilities
   Less than      
Contractual ObligationsTOTAL 1 year 1-3 years 3-5 years Thereafter
Capital lease obligations$31
 $29
 $2
 $
 

Operating lease obligations6,988
 2,089
 3,894
 631
 374
Software License284
 95
 189
 
 

Meeting space commitments1,662
 643
 1,019
 
 

 $8,965
 $2,856
 $5,104
 $631
 $374
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our net working capital at December 31, 2016, increased $6.3 million to $75.8 million from $69.5 million at December 31, 2015. The increase in working capital was primarily due to our revenue growth resulting in an increase in accounts receivable, mostly offset by cash used for share repurchases. The current ratio (current assets divided by current liabilities) decreased to 2.5 as of December 31, 2016, as compared to 3.6 at December 31, 2015.
On October 12, 2015, the Company and its subsidiariesJanuary 19, 2024, we entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Citizens Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks comprised of Citizens Bank, N.A. as administrative agent (the "Credit Agreement"Agent) with certain lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent. The Citizens Credit Agreement establisheswas designed to simultaneously improve our capital structure, providing the ability to refinance the $50 million Hayfin Term Loan at lower interest rates and have access to additional borrowing capacity that could be deployed in the future in support of our organic and potential inorganic growth objectives.
The Citizens Credit Agreement provides for senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of up to $95.0 million consisting of: (i) a $75.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with a $10.0 million letter of credit sublimit and a $10.0 million swingline loan sublimit, and (ii) a $20.0 million senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility” and, together with the Revolving Credit Facility, the “Credit Facilities”). All obligations are required to be paid in favorfull on January 19, 2029 (the “Maturity Date”), and are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries, and secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company with an aggregate lender commitment of upand the guarantors pursuant to $50 million at any time outstanding. Asa customary security agreement.Subject to the terms of the date hereof, there are no outstanding revolving loans under the Credit Agreement. TheCitizens Credit Agreement, also provides for an uncommitted incremental facility of upthe Company has the option to $35 million, which can be exercised asobtain one or more revolving commitment increases incremental term loan facilities and/or increase the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount equal to the greater of (i) $50.0 million and (ii) 1.00 times the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA as defined therein, each subject to the existing or any new lenders’ election to extend additional term loans all subject to certain customary terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Companyor revolving commitments.
At our option, borrowings under the Citizens Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company's subsidiaries. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement(other than any swingline loan) will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to at(i) the Company’s option, the base rateAlternate Base Rate, as defined therein, or LIBOR,(ii) a Term SOFR as defined therein, in each case plus an applicable margin. The base rate under the Credit Agreement equals the highest of (i) the agent’s prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, or (iii) LIBOR for a one month interest period plus 1.0%. The initial applicable margin is 0.50%ranging from 1.25% and 2.50% with respect to base rateAlternate Base Rate borrowings and 1.50% with respect2.25% and 3.50% for Term SOFR borrowings. Swingline loans will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to one-month Term SOFR plus the LIBOR borrowings.applicable margin. The applicable margin is subject to quarterly pricing adjustmentswill be determined based on the Company’s consolidated total net leverage ratio. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the facility, the
The Company is required to pay a quarterly commitment fee in respecton any unused portion of committed but unutilized commitments equalthe Revolving Credit Facility, letter of credit fees, and other customary fees to 0.25% per annum initially.the Agent and the Lenders. The commitment fee is subject toTerm Loan Facility will amortize on a quarterly adjustmentsbasis at 1.25% (for year one and two), 1.875% (for year three and four), and 2.5% (for year five) based on the Company's consolidated leverage ratio.aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan Facility, with the remainder due on the Maturity Date. The Company must pay a fee on outstanding letters of creditmake mandatory prepayments in connection with certain asset dispositions and casualty events, subject in each case to customary reinvestment rights. The Company may prepay borrowings under the facilityCredit Facilities at a rate equalany time, without premium or penalty, and may, at its option, reduce the aggregate unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility in whole or in part, in each case subject to the applicable margin in respect of LIBOR borrowings plus certain fronting and administrative fees. The maturity dateterms of the revolving credit facility is October 12, 2018.Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement provides that the maturity date may be extended up to twice for one additional year each, subject toCompany must also comply with certain customary terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, if requested by the Company and agreed-upon by the lenders. The Credit Agreement contains customaryfinancial covenants, and events of default for senior secured credit agreements of this type. The covenants include (a) a requirement for the Company to maintainincluding a maximum consolidatedtotal net leverage ratio of 2.50:1.00; (b) a requirement for the Company to maintainand a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio, as well as other customary restrictive covenants.
44


In addition, on January 19, 2024, we borrowed $30.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility and $20.0 million under the Term Loan Facility. Proceeds from the initial drawings under the Credit Facilities, together with cash on hand, were used to repay in full the $50.0 million principal amount and other obligations under that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of 2.00:1.00;June 30, 2020 (as amended from time to time), by and (c) a requirement foramong the Company, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Hayfin Services LLP, as administrative and collateral agent (as amended from time to maintain minimum liquidity of $10 million.
time, the “Hayfin Loan Agreement”) and to pay related fees, premiums, costs and expenses (collectively with the entry into the Citizens Credit Agreement and the initial borrowings thereunder, the “Debt Refinancing Transactions”).

43



December 31, 2016, there were no outstanding revolving loansOn February 27, 2024, we repaid the initial $30.0 million drawing under the facility andRevolving Credit Facility.
Hayfin Term Loan
In June 2020, we entered into the CompanyHayfin Loan Agreement, under which Hayfin provided us with a senior secured term loan of $50 million (the “Hayfin Term Loan”). The Hayfin Term Loan was in compliance with allto mature on June 30, 2025 (the “Maturity Date”). Interest on any borrowings was based on SOFR, plus a fallback provision of its covenants.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, in connection with the acquisition0.15%, subject to a floor of Stability, the Company paid approximately $6 million in cash for the initial purchase price, paid off debt1.5%, plus a margin of approximately $1.8 million.
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, the Company repurchased 1,338,616 shares of its common stock for a purchase price of approximately $10,338,000, before brokerage commissions of approximately $40,000 bringing the total amount spent under the program to approximately $56,064,000 since inception.6.75%. As of December 31, 2016,2023, the Hayfin Term Loan carried an interest rate of 12.3%.
As noted above, in January 2024, we repaid in full the Hayfin Term Loan as part of the Debt Refinancing Transactions and terminated the Hayfin Loan Agreement.
Separation Agreement
In 2022, the Company had approximately $9,936,000entered into a Separation Agreement and General Release with Timothy R. Wright, the former Chief Executive Officer of availability remaining under the repurchase program. The timingCompany (the “Separation Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement and Mr. Wright’s general release of all claims against the Company, the Company will pay Mr. Wright a total of $3.1 million in cash in a series of installments through September 2024. Of this amount, $1.2 million is reflected in accrued compensation in the consolidated balance sheet as of future repurchases, if any, will depend uponDecember 31, 2023.
Discussion of Cash Flows for 2023 Compared to 2022
Operating Activities from Continuing Operations
During the Company's stock price, economic and market conditions, regulatory requirements, and other corporate considerations. The Company may initiate, suspend or discontinue purchases under the stock repurchase program at any time.
In addition, during the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 2016,2023, net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations increased $42.9 million to $34.9 million compared to cash used of $8.0 million for the Company repurchased 141,658 shares surrendered by employees to satisfy tax withholding obligations upon vesting of restricted stock.
As ofyear ended December 31, 2016, we had approximately $34.4 million of2022. The increase in cash and cash equivalents.   We believe that our anticipated cash fromprovided by operating activities existing cash and cash equivalents and availability under the Credit Agreement will enable us to meet our operational liquidity needs and fund our planned investing activities for the next year.
Discussionwas primarily as a result of cash flows
Net cashyear-over-year increases in net sales, which drove increases in collections from operationscustomers, as well as year-over-year decreases in operating expenses during the year ended December 31, 2016, increased approximately $7.02023.
Investing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash used in investing activities was $2.2 million, to $25.8a decrease of $0.5 million, compared to $18.8$2.7 million from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015, and2022. The primary reason for the decrease was primarily attributablea $0.5 million increase in capital expenditures, year-over-year, offset by $1.0 million of payments made pursuant to a smaller increaselicensing agreement in accounts receivable as compared to the prior year's increase.2022.
Net cash used for investing activities duringFinancing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2016, increased approximately $11.02023, net cash used in financing activities was $8.6 million, to $11.7an increase of $8.0 million compared to $0.7 millioncash used in investingfinancing activities of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.2022. During 2023, we repurchased 5,000 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock for $9.5 million. The increaserepurchase was primarily dueoffset by increases in proceeds from option exercises ($0.3 million) and decreases in stock repurchases for tax withholdings ($1.2 million).
Critical Accounting Estimates
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires that we make judgments and estimates which may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We derive these judgments and estimates on historical experience and other relevant factors which we believe to be reasonable. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
Share-Based Compensation
45


Description
We measure the fair value of stock options and other stock-based awards granted to employees on the grant date and recognize the assessed fair value as share-based compensation expense, straight-line, over the requisite service period to achieve the award based on the vesting requirements, to the acquisitionextent that the achievement of Stability.performance conditions associated with such awards, as applicable, are determined to be “probable.”
Net cash flows usedJudgments and Uncertainties
Share-based payment arrangements are measured at fair value on the grant date. The fair value of equity incentive awards, which are usually shares of our common stock, are generally measured at the last trading price on the grant date.
The fair value of stock options is calculated using an appropriate valuation technique. The valuation technique generally requires us to make certain assumptions, including (1) the fair value of the common stock, (2) the expected volatility of our stock price, (3) the expected term of the award, (4) the risk-free interest rate, and (5) expected dividends. Our expectation for financing activitiesvolatility is generally based on historical daily share price movements, with certain adjustments for abnormal share price activity associated with events which are not expected to recur during the expected term. The expected term of the award requires us to make assumptions regarding the post-vesting behavior of the recipients, which is based off available evidence. Our assumption for the risk-free rate is derived from prevailing U.S. Treasuries with similar terms to the award on the grant date. Our assumption for dividends is derived from our own dividend history.
To the extent that any such awards are subject to a market condition, the resolution of the market condition is reflected in the fair value of the grant date. Further, the requisite service period associated with an award containing a market condition must derive the service period over which the market condition is expected to be met. Fair value and derived service periods are generally determined using a Monte Carlo simulation.
Subsequent to the determination of fair value, we recognize expense to the extent we evaluate that performance conditions associated with share-based payment arrangements are probable of occurring. In certain cases where the extent of vesting is based on the extent of achievement, we are required to determine the extent to which achievement is probable. We determine probable performance based on actual performance to date, internally-developed budgets and forecasts for periods covered by the relevant performance condition, and other evidence deemed relevant to this determination. We re-evaluate our probability assessments at least quarterly, with any revisions reflected as a cumulative adjustment to expense. Because of the cumulative nature of adjustments, during any period in which we re-evaluate probability, the adjustments could significantly impact our results of operations.
Sensitivity of Estimate to Change
For the year ended December 31, 2016,2023, we granted stock options with a fair value on the grant date of $7.0 million. This estimate was approximately $8.2determined using a Monte Carlo simulation using the following inputs:
Assumption
Stock price on grant date$3.70 
Exercise price$3.70 
Risk-free interest rate3.58 %
Expected volatility (annualized)75.00 %
Dividend yield— %
Weighted average grant date fair value$1.93 
The granted stock options reflected an expected term based on our expectations for exercise activity. Changes in any of these assumptions could result in a revised estimate of fair value of the granted stock options, which would impact the amount of expense recognized over the requisite service period, and could materially affect the total fair value or the amount of expense recognized in a particular period.
In addition, cumulative expense recognized for unvested performance stock unit awards was $1.7 million compared to $36.2 million duringfor the year ended December 31, 2015.2023. This is based on determinations regarding probable resolution or the extent of probable resolution of relevant performance conditions to earn such awards. If it is subsequently determined that the performance conditions associated with these awards are no longer probable of being met, or performance conditions which were determined to be probable of occurring do not actually occur, we could reverse up to this amount of expense in the period such determination is made. Furthermore, if probable levels of achievement are later determined to be greater, or actual achievement exceeds the level
46


of achievement assessed as probable, we could record increases to expense to reflect this level of achievement. The decreaseamount of any incremental expense recognition or reversal will depend on the magnitude and timing of such change in estimate.
Net Sales
Description
We record estimates for returns and allowances as a reduction to net sales based on our expectation for such returns.
Judgments and Uncertainties
We sell our products to individual customer and independent distributors (collectively referred to as “customers”). Customers obtain and use products either through ship and bill sales or consignment arrangements. We recognize revenue as performance obligations are fulfilled, which generally occurs upon the shipment of product to customers for ship and bill sales or upon implantation for consignment sales. We recognize revenue based on consideration we expect to receive from the sale. This consists of the gross selling price of the product, less any discounts, rebates, fees paid to GPOs, and an expectation for sales returns.
We maintain a return policy that allows our customers to return product for any reason within 30 days of sale, and to return product that is primarilydamaged or non-conforming, ordered in error, or due to recall at any time. We anticipate increases in sales returns in light of potential or actual regulatory actions.
We derive an expectation for product returns based on historical return patterns and other factors, including shifts in our regulatory environment and product recalls. Determinations involving other factors are based on our estimates for product at customer sites that are eligible for return.
Additions or reversals to our return allowance, as determined necessary, are accounted for prospectively and recorded as a decrease or increase to net sales, respectively. Actual returns are recorded against the recorded accrual.
Sensitivity of Estimate to Change
We have accrued $1.1 million for sales returns as of December 31, 2023. Changes in share repurchases.return patterns or unforeseen changes in regulations or identified product recalls could cause returns significantly in excess of this estimate.
Non-GAAP Financial MeasuresIncome Taxes
In additionDescription
We record a valuation allowance to offset our GAAP results, we provide certain Non-GAAP metrics including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Gross Margin, Adjusted Net Incomenet deferred tax asset to the extent that realization is not likely.
Judgments and Adjusted Diluted Net Income per share. We believe that the presentation of these measures provides important supplemental information to management and investors regarding our performance. These measurements are not a substitute for GAAP measurements, although Company management uses these measurements as aids in monitoring the Company's on-going financial performance from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year on a regular basis and for benchmarking against other medical technology companies. Adjusted EBITDA consists of GAAP Net Income excluding: (i) depreciation and amortization, (ii) interest income and expense, (iii)Uncertainties
Deferred income taxes (iv) one time acquisition related costs, (v)arise from temporary differences between the effecttax basis of purchase accounting dueassets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Transactions which result in lower taxable income in the future give rise to acquisitionsdeferred tax assets.
We evaluate our ability to recover deferred tax assets based on projected future taxable income, scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, tax planning strategies, and (vi) share-based compensation expense. Dueour recent operating results. Judgment is required to determine whether the impacttotality of this evidence suggests that we can recover our deferred tax assets in the acquisitionfuture.
Sensitivity of StabilityEstimate to Change
As of December 31, 2023, we had $0.9 million in January 2016valuation allowances recorded against our deferred tax assets balance of $41.7 million. The amount and the releaseextent of the valuation allowance onnecessary to reflect the extent of realization of these deferred tax assets being more likely than not may change due to changes in tax law, a revision to our expectation regarding taxable income in the future, taxable income generated in a period in which we had not previously anticipated taxable income, a change in scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, and other changes.
If the weight of available evidence suggests that some or all of this amount is more likely than not to be realized, we will change the valuation allowance with a corresponding adjustment to income tax provision (benefit) expense to the extent that the underlying deferred tax asset on reported tax expense in 2015 on results, we have decidedis more likely than not to provide additional adjusted non-GAAP measures to provide comparability of normal ongoing operating results. Beginning in 2016, we have reported Adjusted Gross Margin, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Net Income per Share to normalize results for comparison purposes. Adjusted Gross Margin consists of GAAP gross margin excluding amortization of inventory fair value step-up. Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Net Income per share consists of GAAP net income excluding: (i) one time acquisition related costs, (ii) amortization of inventory fair value step-up, (iii) amortization of intangible assets and (iv) share-based compensation. Reconciliations of GAAP net income to Adjusted EBITDA, GAAP Gross Margin to Adjusted Gross Margin and GAAP Net Income to Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Net Income per share for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 appearbe realized.
47


Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
See Item 8, Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, in the tables below (in thousands):Consolidated Financial Statements for recently adopted accounting pronouncements.

44



 Years Ended December 31
 2016 2015 2014
Net Income (Per GAAP)$11,974
 $29,446
 $6,220
      
Add back (deduct):     
Income taxes6,133
 (5,168) 832
One time costs incurred in connection with acquisition1,088
 
 
One time inventory costs incurred in connection with acquisition1,593
 
 
Other interest expense, net339
 86
 48
Depreciation expense3,333
 1,799
 1,197
Amortization of intangible assets2,127
 933
 928
Share-based compensation17,818
 16,896
 11,453
Adjusted EBITDA$44,405

$43,992
 $20,678
Reconciliation of "Adjusted Gross Margin" defined as Gross Margin before Amortization of inventory fair value step-up (in thousands):
 Years Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Gross Margin (Per GAAP)$212,608
 $167,094
 $105,558
      
Non-GAAP Adjustments:     
One time inventory costs incurred in connection with acquisition1,593
 
 
Gross Margin before Amortization of inventory fair value step-up$214,201
 $167,094
 $105,558
Adjusted Gross Margin87.4% 89.2% 89.3%
Reconciliation of "Adjusted Net Income" and "Adjusted Diluted Net Income" per share defined as Net Income less Amortization, One Time Costs and Share-Based Compensation (in thousands, except share and per share data):
 Years Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Net Income (Per GAAP)$11,974
 $29,446
 $6,220
      
Non-GAAP Adjustments:     
Tax rate normalization*(898) (15,374) (4,069)
One time costs incurred in connection with acquisition1,088
 
 
One time inventory costs incurred in connection with acquisition1,593
 
 
Amortization of intangible assets2,127
 933
 928
Share - based compensation17,818
 16,896
 11,453
Estimated income tax impact from adjustments(9,335) (7,495) (8,605)
Adjusted Net Income$24,367
 $24,406
 $5,927
Adjusted diluted net income per share$0.22
 $0.21
 $0.05
Denominator for diluted earnings per share - weighted average shares adjusted for dilutive securities112,441,709
 113,628,482
 113,295,504
*Assumes a normalized tax rate of 40% for 2016, 42% for 2015 and 70% for 2014.
Inflation

45



We do not believe that the rate of inflation has had a material effect on our operating results.  However, inflation could adversely affect our future operating results.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Based onWe are exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates that could adversely affect our lack of market risk sensitive instruments outstanding at December 31, 2016, we have determined that there was no material market risk exposure to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flowsand financial condition. We do not hedge against interest rate risk.
The interest rate on our new Term Loan Facility is currently determined quarterly based on the 1-month SOFR. As of December 31, 2023, after giving effect to the Debt Refinancing Transactions, the interest rate on our Term Loan Facility was 7.9%. A 100-basis point change in SOFR would change interest expense by $0.5 million on an annualized basis.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, we incurred $1.5 million in incremental interest expense as a result of such date.




increases in relevant reference rates during the year under the Hayfin Loan Agreement.
46
48




Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Financial Statements
F- 482
Consolidated Balance Sheets – As of December 31, 20162023 and December 31, 20152022
F- 504
Consolidated Statements of Operations – For the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152023, 2022 and 20142021
F- 515
F- 526
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – For the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152023, 2022 and 20142021
F- 537
F- 548
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts



47
F- 1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of MiMedx Group, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MiMedx Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company)"Company") as of December 31, 20162023 and 2015, and2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. We have also audited2023, and the accompanying consolidated financial statement schedule for each ofrelated notes (collectively referred to as the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 listed in the index at Item 15. These consolidated financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)"financial statements"). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of MiMedx Group, Inc. and subsidiariesthe Company as of December 31, 20162023 and 2015,2022, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016,2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the related consolidated financial statement schedule for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), MiMedx Group, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 1, 2017 expressed an adverse opinion.

/s/ Cherry Bekaert LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
March 1, 2017

48


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of MiMedx Group, Inc.

We have audited MiMedx Group, Inc.’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). MiMedx Group, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment. Management has identified a material weakness in the design of the Company’s controls over the tax accounting related to an overstatement of an excess tax benefit which if undetected would have resulted in an understatement of income taxes payable. Specifically, management did not have adequate supervision and review of certain technical tax accounting performed by a third party tax specialist in 2016. This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2016 financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated March 1, 2017, on those financial statements.

In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, MiMedx Group, Inc. has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets andCompany's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the related consolidated statementsCommittee of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flowsSponsoring Organizations of MiMedx Group, Inc.,the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 1, 2017,February 28, 2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
/s/ Cherry Bekaert LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
March 1, 2017
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Net Sales - Revenue Recognition — Refer to Note 2 to the Financial Statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
The Company sells its products primarily to individual customers and independent distributors (collectively referred to as “customers”). Customers obtain and use products either through ship and bill sales or consignment arrangements. Under ship and bill arrangements, the Company retains possession of the product until the customer submits an order and the order is shipped to the customer. Under consignment arrangements, the customer takes possession of the product, but the Company retains title until the implantation, or application of the Company’s product to the end user. The Company recognizes revenue as performance obligations are fulfilled, which generally occurs upon the shipment of product to the customers for ship and bill orders or upon implantation for consignment sales.
We identified the timing of revenue recognition for ship and bill and consignment sales at or near year end as a critical audit matter because of the judgments involved in evaluating that the performance obligations are fulfilled. This required a higher degree of audit effort and auditor judgment when performing audit procedures and evaluating the results of these procedures.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to the timing of revenue recognition transactions included the following, among others:
49




We tested the effectiveness of controls over the recognition of ship and bill and consignment sales at or near year end.

We created data visualizations using a detail of all revenue transactions and evaluated trends in the transactional revenue data with emphasis on activity at or near year end.
We evaluated and tested corollary relationships between revenue and related accounts.
We evaluated the appropriateness and consistency of the methods and assumptions utilized by management to estimate consignment revenue.
We tested a sample of consignment revenue transactions manually accrued as of year-end and evaluated whether the transactions were recorded in the correct period.
We selected a sample of ship and bill revenue transactions close to period end by agreeing the amounts recognized to source documents and evaluating whether the transaction was recorded in the correct period.
We tested a sample of credits issued after year end by agreeing to documents supporting the authorization for the issuance of the credit and to evaluate if the credit was issued in the correct period.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
February 28, 2024
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2021.

MIMEDX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share data)
 December 31,
 2016 2015
ASSETS   
Current assets:   
Cash and cash equivalents$34,391
 $28,486
Short term investments
 3,000
Accounts receivable, net67,151
 53,755
Inventory, net17,814
 7,460
Prepaid expenses5,894
 3,394
Other current assets1,288
 215
Total current assets126,538
 96,310
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation13,786
 9,475
Goodwill20,203
 4,040
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization23,268
 10,763
Deferred tax asset, net9,114
 14,838
Deferred financing costs and other assets354
 487
Total assets$193,263
 $135,913
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY   
Current liabilities: 
  
Accounts payable$11,436
 $6,633
Accrued compensation12,365
 15,034
Accrued expenses10,941
 4,644
Current portion of earn out liability8,740
 
Income taxes5,768
 (67)
Other current liabilities1,482
 533
Total current liabilities50,732
 26,777
Earn out liability8,710
 
Other liabilities821
 1,148
Total liabilities60,263
 27,925
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)

 

Stockholders' equity:   
Preferred stock; $.001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized
 and 0 shares issued and outstanding

 
Common stock; $0.001 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 110,212,547 issued and 109,862,787 outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 109,467,416 issued and 107,361,471 outstanding at December 31, 2015110
 109
Additional paid-in capital161,261
 163,133
Treasury stock at cost:
349,760 shares at December 31, 2016
and 2,105,945 shares at December 31, 2015
(2,216) (17,125)
Accumulated deficit(26,155) (38,129)
Total stockholders' equity133,000
 107,988
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$193,263
 $135,913


MIMEDX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share data)
 December 31,
 20232022
ASSETS
Current assets:  
Cash and cash equivalents$82,000 $65,950 
Accounts receivable, net53,871 43,084 
Inventory21,021 13,183 
Prepaid expenses5,624 7,315 
Current assets of discontinued operations— 1,331 
Other current assets1,745 3,335 
Total current assets164,261 134,198 
Property and equipment, net6,974 7,856 
Right of use assets2,132 3,400 
Deferred tax assets40,777 — 
Goodwill19,441 19,441 
Intangible assets, net5,257 5,852 
Other assets205 148 
Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations— 535 
Total assets$239,047 $171,430 
LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities: 
Accounts payable$9,048 $8,454 
Accrued compensation22,353 20,856 
Accrued expenses9,361 10,934 
Current liabilities of discontinued operations1,352 1,479 
Other current liabilities3,894 1,834 
Total current liabilities46,008 43,557 
Long term debt, net48,099 48,594 
Other liabilities2,223 4,773 
Total liabilities$96,330 $96,924 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)
Convertible preferred stock Series B; $.001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and 100,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2022$— $92,494 
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
Common stock; $.001 par value; 250,000,000 shares authorized, 146,227,639 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and 187,500,000 authorized, 113,705,447 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2022146 114
Additional paid-in capital276,249 173,804 
Accumulated deficit(133,678)(191,906)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)142,717 (17,988)
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)$239,047 $171,430 
 See notes to the consolidated financial statements

statements.
50




MIMEDX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 Years Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
      
Net sales$245,015
 $187,296
 $118,223
Cost of sales32,407
 20,202
 12,665
Gross margin212,608
 167,094
 105,558
      
Operating expenses: 
  
  
Research and development expenses12,038
 8,413
 7,050
Selling, general and administrative expenses179,997
 133,384
 90,480
Amortization of intangible assets2,127
 933
 928
Operating income18,446
 24,364
 7,100
      
Other expense, net 
  
  
Interest expense, net(339) (86) (48)
      
Income before income tax provision18,107
 24,278
 7,052
Income tax provision (expense) benefit(6,133) 5,168
 (832)
      
Net income$11,974
 $29,446
 $6,220
      
Net income per common share - basic$0.11
 $0.28
 $0.06
      
Net income per common share - diluted$0.11
 $0.26
 $0.05
      
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic105,928,348
 105,929,205
 105,793,008
      
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted112,441,709
 113,628,482
 113,295,504


MIMEDX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 Year Ended December 31,
 202320222021
Net sales$321,477 $267,841 $242,019 
Cost of sales54,634 48,316 39,628 
Gross profit266,843 219,525 202,391 
Operating expenses:  
Selling, general and administrative211,124 208,673 194,846 
Research and development12,665 12,701 9,932 
Investigation, restatement and related5,176 12,177 3,791 
Amortization of intangible assets762 701 820 
Impairment of intangible assets— — 53 
Operating income (loss)37,116 (14,727)(7,051)
Other expense, net  
Interest expense, net(6,457)(5,016)(4,980)
Other expense, net(26)(4)(23)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax provision30,633 (19,747)(12,054)
Income tax provision benefit (expense) from continuing operations36,806 (206)(247)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations67,439 (19,953)(12,301)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax(9,211)(10,244)2,016 
Net income (loss)$58,228 $(30,197)$(10,285)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations available to common stockholders (Note 10)$55,796 $(26,533)$(18,437)
Basic net income (loss) per common share:
Continuing operations$0.48 $(0.24)$(0.17)
Discontinued operations(0.08)(0.09)0.02 
Basic net income (loss) per common share:$0.40 $(0.33)$(0.15)
Diluted net income (loss) per common share:
Continuing operations$0.43 $(0.24)$(0.17)
Discontinued operations(0.06)(0.09)0.02 
Diluted net income (loss) per common share:$0.37 $(0.33)$(0.15)
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic116,495,810 112,909,266 110,353,406 
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted145,962,462 112,909,266 110,353,406 
See notes to the consolidated financial statementsstatements.



51





 MIMEDX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in thousands, except share data)
 Common Stock Additional
Paid-in
 Treasury Stock Accumulated  
 Shares Amount Capital Shares Amount Deficit Total
Balances, December 31, 2013104,425,614
 $104
 $147,284
 50,000
 $(25) $(73,795) $73,568
              
Share-based compensation  expense
 
 11,453
 
 
 
 11,453
Exercise of stock options1,653,690
 2
 2,468
 
 
 
 2,470
Exercise of warrants1,242,416
 1
 1,112
 
 
 
 1,113
Issuance of restricted stock1,438,569
 1
 (1) 
 
 
 
Shares issued for services performed15,958
 
 117
 
 
 
 117
Stock repurchase
 
 
 936,636
 (5,612) 
 (5,612)
Net income
 
 
 
 
 6,220
 6,220
Balances, December 31, 2014108,776,247
 $108
 $162,433
 986,636
 $(5,637) $(67,575) $89,329
              
Share-based compensation  expense
 
 16,896
 
 
 
 16,896
Tax benefit of share-based compensation expense
 
 7,757
 
 
 
 7,757
Exercise of stock options647,656
 1
 (9,792) (1,573,225) 14,420
 
 4,629
Exercise of warrants
 
 (379) (42,400) 425
 
 46
Issuance of restricted stock34,250
 
 (14,547) (1,940,009) 14,547
 
 
Shares Canceled / Forfeited(2,058) 
 652
 69,949
 (652) 
 
Shares issued for services performed11,321
 
 113
 (5,172) 51
 
 164
Stock repurchase
 
 
 4,610,166
 (40,279) 
 (40,279)
Net Income
 
 
 
 
 29,446
 29,446
Balances, December 31, 2015109,467,416
 $109
 $163,133
 2,105,945
 $(17,125) $(38,129) $107,988
              
Share-based compensation expense

 

 17,818
 

 

 

 17,818
Tax benefit of share-based compensation expense

 

 (424) 

 

 

 (424)
Exercise of stock options243,928
 
 (3,767) (918,544) 7,261
 

 3,494
Issuance of restricted stock501,203
 1
 (17,546) (2,210,879) 17,546
 

 1
Restricted stock shares canceled/forfeited

 

 2,503
 377,317
 (2,503) 

 
Shares issued for services performed

 

 6
 (43,344) 340
 

 346
Stock repurchase

 

 

 1,338,616
 (10,378) 

 (10,378)
Shares repurchased for tax withholding      141,658
 (1,165)   (1,165)
Shares issued in conjunction with acquisition    (462) (441,009) 3,808
   3,346
Net income

 

 

 

 

 11,974
 11,974
Balances, December 31, 2016110,212,547
 $110
 $161,261
 349,760
 $(2,216) $(26,155) $133,000
MIMEDX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(in thousands, except share data)
 Common StockAdditional
Paid-in
Treasury StockAccumulated 
 SharesAmountCapitalSharesAmountDeficitTotal
Balance at December 31, 2020112,703,926 $113 $158,610 1,773,683 $(7,449)$(151,424)$(150)
Deemed dividends— — (926)— — — (926)
Share-based compensation expense— — 14,757 — — — 14,757 
Exercise of stock options— — (1,199)(487,361)2,636 — 1,437 
Issuance of restricted stock— — (4,053)(810,405)4,053 — — 
Restricted stock shares canceled/forfeited— — 515 73,056 (515)— — 
Shares repurchased for tax withholding— — — 469,239 (4,751)— (4,751)
Other— — (2,009)(239,502)2,009 — — 
Net loss— — — — — (10,285)(10,285)
Balance at December 31, 2021112,703,926 $113 $165,695 778,710 $(4,017)$(161,709)$82 
Share-based compensation expense— — 12,666 — — — 12,666 
Issuance of restricted stock840,759 (3,969)(882,251)3,968 — — 
Restricted stock shares canceled/forfeited— — 30 5,338 (30)— — 
Exercise of stock options160,762 — (618)(151,239)1,269 — 651 
Shares repurchased for tax withholding— — — 249,442 (1,190)— (1,190)
Net loss— — — — — (30,197)(30,197)
Balance at December 31, 2022113,705,447 $114 $173,804 — $— $(191,906)$(17,988)
Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock29,761,650 30 87,840 — — — 87,870 
Repurchase of Series B Preferred Stock— — (4,935)— — — (4,935)
Employee stock purchase plan444,809 — 1,367 — — — 1,367 
Share-based compensation expense— — 17,178 — — — 17,178 
Exercise of stock options130,129 — 885 (17,032)112 — 997 
Issuance of restricted stock2,185,604 (268)(73,335)266 — — 
Restricted stock shares canceled/forfeited— — 378 90,367 (378)— — 
Net income— — — — — 58,228 58,228 
Balance at December 31, 2023146,227,639 $146 $276,249 — $— $(133,678)$142,717 
See notes to the consolidated financial statementsstatements.





52




MIMEDX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
 Years Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Cash flows from operating activities:     
Net income$11,974
 $29,446
 $6,220
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities: 
  
  
Depreciation3,333
 1,799
 1,197
Amortization of intangible assets2,127
 933
 928
Amortization of inventory fair value step-up1,485
 
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs181
 42
 
Share-based compensation17,818
 16,896
 11,453
Change in deferred income taxes(594) (7,081) 
Increase (decrease) in cash, net of effects of acquisition, resulting from changes in: 
  
  
Accounts receivable(11,396) (27,083) (10,579)
Inventory(2,837) (2,327) (1,252)
Prepaid expenses(2,400) (1,854) (203)
Other current assets(384) (240) 
Accounts payable(3,665) 3,136
 1,287
Accrued compensation(2,669) 3,511
 5,935
Accrued expenses6,297
 2,140
 1,098
Income taxes5,835
 (519) 452
Other liabilities723
 8
 266
Net cash flows from operating activities25,828
 18,807
 16,802
      
Cash flows from investing activities: 
  
  
Purchases of equipment(6,269) (5,827) (2,558)
Purchase of Stability Inc., net of cash acquired(7,631) 
 
Fixed maturity securities redemption3,000
 6,000
 (9,000)
Patent application costs(842) (851) (594)
Net cash flows from investing activities(11,742) (678) (12,152)
      
Cash flows from financing activities: 
  
  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options3,494

4,629

2,470
Proceeds from exercise of warrants

46

1,113
Stock repurchase under repurchase plan(10,378) (40,279) (5,612)
Stock repurchase for tax withholdings on vesting of restricted stock(1,165) 
 
Deferred financing costs(30) (504) 
Payments under capital lease obligations(102)
(117)
(117)
Net cash flows from financing activities(8,181) (36,225) (2,146)
      
Net change in cash5,905
 (18,096) 2,504
      
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period28,486
 46,582
 44,078
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period$34,391
 $28,486
 $46,582
MIMEDX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands)
 Year Ended December 31,
 202320222021
Cash flows from operating activities:  
Net income (loss) from continuing operations$67,439 $(19,953)$(12,301)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) from continuing operations to net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations:  
Deferred income tax provision(37,802)— — 
Share-based compensation16,959 11,328 14,156 
Depreciation2,665 3,345 4,363 
Bad debt expense1,449 2,820 — 
Non-cash lease expenses1,268 1,259 989 
Amortization of intangible assets762 701 820 
Amortization of deferred financing costs505 467 1,055 
Accretion of asset retirement obligation93 92 81 
Loss (gain) on fixed asset disposal15 (17)262 
Impairment of intangible assets— — 53 
Increase (decrease) in cash resulting from changes in:  
Accounts receivable(12,237)(5,937)(10,620)
Inventory(7,838)(1,794)(1,406)
Prepaid expenses(283)(1,371)(501)
Other assets1,535 (333)9,982 
Accounts payable783 839 (159)
Accrued compensation1,829 (1,859)5,008 
Accrued expenses(1,708)2,366 (20,497)
Other liabilities(497)75 (1,159)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations34,937 (7,972)(9,874)
Net cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities of discontinued operations(8,162)(9,921)7,892 
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities26,775 (17,893)(1,982)
Cash flows from investing activities:  
Purchases of equipment(1,987)(1,514)(3,218)
Patent application costs(168)(170)(252)
Sales of equipment— 24 — 
Cash paid for licensing agreement— (1,000)— 
Principal payments from note receivable— — 75 
Net cash flows used in investing activities(2,155)(2,660)(3,395)
Cash flows from financing activities:  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options997 651 1,437 
Payments under finance lease obligations(52)(41)(38)
Repurchase of Series B Preferred Shares(9,515)— — 
Stock repurchased for tax withholdings on vesting of restricted stock— (1,190)(4,751)
Net cash flows used in financing activities(8,570)(580)(3,352)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents16,050 (21,133)(8,729)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period65,950 87,083 95,812 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period$82,000 $65,950 $87,083 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

statements.
53




MIMEDX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

1.Nature of Business
1.Nature of Business

MiMedx Group, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires, “MIMEDX,” or the “Company”) is a pioneer and leader in placental biologics focused on helping humans heal. With more than a decade of helping clinicians manage chronic and other hard-to-heal wounds, MIMEDX is dedicated to providing a leading portfolio of products for applications in the wound care, burn, and surgical sectors of healthcare. The Company’s vision is to be the leading global provider of healing solutions through relentless innovation to restore quality of life. All of our products sold in the United States are regulated by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”).
The Company operates in one business segment, Regenerative Biomaterials, which includes the design, manufacture,Company’s product portfolio and marketing of productsproduct development focuses on Wound and tissue processing services for the Wound Care, Surgical Sports Medicine, Ophthalmic and Dental market categories. The MiMedx allograft product families include our: dHACM family with AmnioFix® ans EpiFix® brands; Amniotic Fluid family with OrthoFlo brand; Umbilical family with EpiCord® and AmnioCord® brands; Placental Collagen family with CollaFix™ and AmnioFill™ brands; and Bone family with Physio® brand. AmnioFix and EpiFix are our tissue technologies processed from human amniotic membrane; OrthoFlo is an amniotic fluid derived allograft;  EpiCord and AmnioCord are derived from the umbilical cord; Physio is a bone grafting material comprised of 100% bone tissue with no added carrier; and CollaFix, our next brand we plan to commercialize, is our collagen fiber technology, developed with our patented cross-linking polymers, designed to mimic the natural composition, structure and mechanical properties of musculoskeletal tissues in order to augment their repair. 

markets.
The CompanyCompany’s business is focused primarily on the United States but is actively exploring international expansion opportunities.  The adoption of the technologies may vary depending on each country’s regulations,America but the opportunitiesCompany also has a small commercial presence in several international locations, including Japan.

Disbanding of Regenerative Medicine Business Unit
On June 20, 2023, the Company announced the disbanding of its Regenerative Medicine business unit and the suspension of its Knee Osteoarthritis clinical trial program. During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company completed the regulatory obligations associated with the clinical trial and concluded that the business unit met the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation at that time. Refer to help individualsNote 13, Discontinued Operations, for further discussion.
2.    Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MiMedx Group, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.
Reclassifications
Increases in cash resulting from changes in income taxes of $0 and $9.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, were separately presented in previously issued consolidated statements of cash flows. These amounts are reflected as part of changes in other assets in the different disease states remain similar and large.consolidated statements of cash flows included in these consolidated financial statements.
2.Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
The preparation ofconsolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformityaccordance with accounting principles generally accepted accounting principlesin the United States of America (“GAAP”GAAP). GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported consolidated statements of operations during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Principles Significant estimates include estimated useful lives and potential impairment of Consolidation
The accompanying financial statements includeproperty and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, estimates of loss for contingent liabilities, estimate of allowance for doubtful accounts, estimate of fair value of share-based payments, the accountsextent of MiMedx Group, Inc.probable achievement of performance conditions in share-based payment awards, estimates of returns and its wholly-owned subsidiaries MiMedx, Inc., MiMedx Processing Services, LLC (formerly known as SpineMedica, LLC), MiMedx Tissue Services, LLC (formerly known as Surgical Biologics, LLC)allowances, and Stability Biologics, LLC (formerly known as Stability Inc.). All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.valuation of deferred tax assets.
Segment Reporting
ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”The application of GAAP requires the use of the “management approach” model for segment reporting. The management approach model is based on the way a company’s managementchief operating decision maker (“CODM”) organizes segments within the companyCompany for making operating decisionswhich separate financial information is available regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company has determinedconcluded that its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) is its CODM. The Company reassesses the existence of operating segments when facts and circumstances suggest that there may have been a change in the way that the Company is managed. Prior to the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company assessed that it has oneoperated as two operating segment.  Disaggregationand reportable segments: Wound & Surgical and Regenerative Medicine. During the fourth quarter of 2023, upon the Company’s operating results is impracticable, becauseconclusion that the Company’s research and development activities and its assets overlap, and management reviews its businessRegenerative Medicine segment met all the requirements to be classified as a single operating segment.  Thus, discrete financial information is not available for more than one operating segment.
Market Concentrations and Credit Risk
The Company places its cash and cash equivalents on deposit with financial institutions in the United States.  In July 2010, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) increased coverage to $250,000 for substantially all depository accounts. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015,discontinued operation, the Company had cashreassessed its operating segments, concluding that the CODM assesses performance and cash equivalents of approximately $33,200,000 and $27,700,000, respectively, in excess of the insured amounts.resources as one reportable segment.



Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and FDIC insured certificates of deposit held at various banksbanks. The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less.less at the date of purchase and money market mutual funds to be cash equivalents.

Market Concentrations and Credit Risk


54


The Company places its cash and cash equivalents on deposit with U.S.-based financial institutions. The U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) provides insurance coverage for deposits up to $250,000 for substantially all depository accounts. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $81.3 million and $65.2 million, respectively, in excess of the insured amounts in five depository institutions.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable represent amounts due from customers for which revenue has been recognized. Generally, the Company does not require collateral or any other security to support its receivables.
The allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated based on the Company's best estimateCompany’s current expectations for credit losses, which is generally informed by historical trends. The Company’s policy to reserve for potential bad debts based on the age of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company's existing receivables. The Company determines the allowance based onindividual receivable as well as customer-specific qualitative factors, such as historical collection experience, customers' current creditworthiness, customer concentrations, age of accounts receivable balance and general economic conditions thatbankruptcy proceedings. The Company manages credit risk by routinely performing credit checks on customers prior to sales. Individual receivables are written-off after all reasonable efforts to collect the funds have been made. Actual write-offs may affectdiffer from the customers' ability to pay.amounts reserved.
InventoriesInventory
Inventories areInventory is valued at the lower of cost or market,net realizable value. Costs of inventory sold are recognized using the first–in, first-out (FIFO)(“FIFO”) method. Inventory is tracked through Raw Material, WIP,raw material, work-in-process, and Finished Goodfinished goods stages as the product progresses through various production steps and stocking locations. Labor and overhead costs are absorbed through the various production processes up to when the work order closes. Historical yields and normal capacities are utilized in the calculation of production overhead rates. Reserves for inventory obsolescenceWrite-downs are utilized to account for slow-moving inventory as well as inventory no longer needed due to diminished market demand.demand or regulatory action.
GoodwillProperty and Purchased IntangibleEquipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, principally three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives and the remaining lease term.
Asset Retirement Obligations
The Company records obligations associated with the legal requirement to retire long-lived assets when an estimate for the cost of retirement can reasonably be made. The Company reviews legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets that result from contractual obligations or the acquisition, construction, development and/or normal use of the assets. If it is determined that a legal obligation exists, regardless of whether the obligation is conditional on a future event, the fair value of the liability for an asset retirement obligation is recognized in the period in which it is incurred, if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The fair value is calculated as the estimate of the expected cash outflow to satisfy the legal obligation discounted to present value using the Company’s then-prevailing incremental borrowing rate. At such point in time, an asset and liability are recorded for the amount of the expected liability. The asset amount is depreciated, straight-line, over the life of the underlying asset, while the liability is accreted to the amount of the expected outflow through selling, general and administrative expense using the effective interest method. Subsequent revisions to estimates for future cash flows related to the asset retirement obligations are recorded as equal increases or decreases to the retirement asset and liability.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets
GoodwillThe Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets (property, equipment, right of use, and purchased intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment at least annually. The Company reviews goodwill and purchased intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually at the beginning of its fourth fiscal quarter andfinite lives) whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Potential impairment indicators include a significant change in the business climate legal factors, operating performance indicators, competition, andindicate that the sale of disposition ofexpected undiscounted future cash flows from the related assets may be less than their carrying amounts. When a significant portion of the business. The Company first assesses certain qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances would indicatesituation arises which results in a conclusion that it is more likely than not that an asset is not recoverable, the Company estimates cash flows expected to be derived from the continuing use and eventual disposition of the asset. If the sum of those cash flows, not discounted to present value, does not exceed the net book value of the asset, the Company estimates the fair value of the Company was less than its carrying amount. If after assessingasset. Impairment loss is recorded to the totality of events or circumstances,extent that the Company were to determine that it is more likely than not thatnet book value exceeds the fair value of the Company is less than its carrying amount, then the Company would perform a two-step quantitative impairment testing. In the first step, the Company compares the fair value of the Company to its carrying value. The Company determines the fair value utilizing the market approach. Under the market approach, the Company uses its market capitalization which is calculated by taking the Company’s share price times the number of outstanding shares. If the fair value of the Company exceeds the carrying value of the net assets, goodwill is not impaired, and no further testing is required. If the fair value of the Company is less than the carrying value, the Company must perform the second step of the impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In the second step, the Company’s value is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical analysis that calculates the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the Company was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is less than the carrying value, the difference is recorded as an impairment loss. The Company has determined that there are no goodwill and indefinite useful lives intangible impairments in 2016 and 2015.asset.



Impairment of Intangible Assets with Finite Lives

The Company reviews purchased intangible assets with finite lives for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable using a two-step impairment test. In step one, we determine the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows of the assets based on management's estimates and compare it to the carrying value of the assets. If the carrying amount is greater than the sum of the undiscounted cash flows, then the asset is impaired and step two is required. In step two, the impairment loss is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the assets and the carrying value of the assets.
Impairment reviews are based on an estimated future cash flow approach that requires significant judgment with respect to future revenue and expense growth rates, selection of appropriate discount rate (as applicable), asset groupings, and other assumptions and estimates. The Company uses estimates that are consistent with ourits business plans and a market participant view of the assets being evaluated. Actual results may differ from ourthese estimates.
The Company has determined that there arerecorded no impairment losses on intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 and $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The Company recorded no impairment losses with finite lives impairmentsrespect to any other classes of long-lived assets in 2016those periods.
Goodwill and 2015.Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

The Company assesses goodwill for impairment at least annually on October 1 and more frequently whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired. In performing the goodwill impairment test, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine the existence of impairment. If the qualitative factors indicate that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company proceeds to a quantitative test to measure the existence and amount, if any, of goodwill impairment. The Company may also choose to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to the quantitative test.
55


Property and Equipment
Property and equipment areIn performing the quantitative test, impairment loss is recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, principally three to seven years.  Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesserextent that the carrying value of the estimated useful lives orreporting unit exceeds its assessed fair value.
If the lifeCompany concludes that the way in which it is being managed has changed and results in a change to its concluded reporting units, the goodwill assigned to the original reporting unit is allocated to the new reporting units based on the relative fair value of the lease. new reporting units.
The Company determines the fair value of reporting units using the income and market approaches, as applicable. Under the income approach, the fair value of a reporting unit is partythe present value of its future cash flows as viewed from the lens of a hypothetical market participant in an orderly transaction. These future cash flows are derived from expectations of revenue, expenses, tax deductions and credits, working capital flows, capital expenditures, and other projected sources and uses of cash, as applicable. Value indications are developed by discounting expected cash flows to their present value using a discount rate commensurate with the risks associated with the reporting unit subject to testing. Under the market approach, the Company uses market multiples derived from various lease arrangementscomparable companies based on measures salient to investors in those companies.
On June 20, 2023, the Company announced the disbanding of its Regenerative Medicine business unit and the suspension of its Knee Osteoarthritis clinical trial program. As a result of this event, the Company evaluated goodwill associated with the Regenerative Medicine reporting unit for potential impairment. The Company estimated fair value for the reporting unit using the income approach; specifically, a discounted cash flow method. As a result of this assessment, management concluded that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its facility space and equipment. These arrangements include interest, scheduled rent increases and rent holidays which are included incarrying value by an amount that exceeded its goodwill balance. Accordingly, the determinationCompany recognized an impairment loss for the full amount of minimum lease payments when assessing lease classification, and are included in rent expense on a straight line basis over the lease term. See Notes 7 and 16 for further information regarding capital leases, operating leases and rent expense.goodwill ascribed to the Regenerative Medicine reporting unit.
Patent Costs
The Company incurs certain legal and related costs in connection with patent applications for tissue based products and processes.applications. The Company capitalizes such costs to be amortized over the expected life of the patent to the extent that an economic benefit is anticipated from the resulting patent or an alternative future use is available to the Company. The Company capitalized approximately $842,000$0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $0.3 million of patent costs during 2016, $851,000 of patent costs during 2015for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and $594,000 of patent costs during 2014.2021, respectively.
Impairment of Long-lived AssetsLeases
The Company evaluatesdetermines if a contract is, or contains, a lease at inception. Leases provide the recoverabilityCompany with the right to control an underlying asset for a contractual term, subject to certain renewal and other rights, in exchange for a series of its long-livedstipulated cash flows. Right of use (“ROU”) assets (propertyrepresent the Company's right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and equipment) whenever adverse events or changes in business climate indicate thatlease liabilities represent the expected undiscounted future cash flowsCompany's obligation to make lease payments arising from the relatedlease.
Lease assets may be less than previously anticipated.  Ifand liabilities are recognized at the net booklease commencement date based on the estimated present value of lease payments over the related assets exceeds the expected undiscounted future cash flows of the assets, the carrying amount would be reduced tolease term. The Company calculates the present value of their expectedlease payments by discounting the lease payments using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate for a collateralized or secured borrowing over a term equivalent to that of the lease. Lease payments that vary according to an index or rate are measured using the index or rate at lease inception. The lease term and applicable payments include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise such options. Options to renew or terminate a lease are included in the lease term to the extent that such provisions



are reasonably certain to be exercised. This determination is reassessed as new information arises and is accounted for prospectively. As an accounting policy election, the Company does not capitalize leases having initial terms of 12 months or fewer. The Company has made an accounting policy election not to separate lease components from non-lease components in the event that the agreement contains both.
Operating lease right of use assets and the related liabilities are included in right of use asset, other current liabilities, and other liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets. Lease expense associated with operating leases is recognized, straight-line, over the lease term. The Company does not recognize interest expense from operating lease liabilities.
Finance lease right of use assets and the related liabilities are included in property and equipment, net, other current liabilities, and other liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets. Finance lease right of use assets are amortized, straight-line, over the lease term as depreciation expense. Interest expense is recognized using the effective interest method on finance lease liabilities as part of interest expense, net.
Treasury Stock
Shares repurchased by the Company are recorded as treasury stock at the cost to acquire such shares. Subsequent issuances of shares held in treasury are assumed to be released on a FIFO basis.
Contingencies
The Company is or has been subject to various patent challenges, product liability claims, government investigations, former employee matters, and other legal proceedings. See Note 16, Commitments and Contingencies, for discussion of material matters. Legal fees and other expenses related to litigation are expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses or investigation, restatement and related expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, depending on the nature of the matter. The Company records an accrual for resolution costs and other contingencies in the consolidated financial statements when the Company determines that a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable. Subsequent revisions to the Company’s accrual are made as new information emerges and are accounted for prospectively. The Company discloses all ongoing legal matters for which a loss is reasonably possible, regardless of whether an estimate can be reasonably determined.
Due to the fact that legal proceedings and other contingencies are inherently unpredictable, the Company’s estimates of the probability and amount of any such liabilities involve significant judgment regarding future cash flowsevents. The actual costs of resolving a claim may be substantially different from the amount of reserve the Company recorded. The Company records a receivable from its insurance carriers only when the resolution of any dispute has been reached and realization of the amounts equal to the potential claim for recovery is considered probable. Any recovery of an impairmentamount in excess of the related recorded contingent loss wouldwill be recognized.recognized only when all contingencies relating to recovery have been resolved.
Revenue Recognition
The Company sells its products through a combination of a direct sales force, independent stocking distributors and third - party representatives in the U.S.primarily to individual customers and independent distributors in international markets. (collectively referred to as “customers”). Customers obtain and use products either through ship and bill sales or consignment arrangements. Under ship and bill arrangements, the Company retains possession of the product until the customer submits an order. Upon approval of the sales order, the Company ships product to the customer and invoices them for the product sold. Under consignment arrangements, the customer takes possession of the product, but the Company retains title until the implantation or application of the Company’s product to the end user.
The Company recognizes revenue when titleas performance obligations are fulfilled, which generally occurs upon the shipment of product to the goodscustomers for ship and riskbill orders or upon implantation for consignment sales.
Revenue is recognized based on the consideration the Company expects to receive from the sale. This consists of loss transfersthe gross selling price of the product, less any discounts, rebates or other amounts paid to customers, provided therefees paid to Group Purchasing Organizations (“GPOs”), and returns (collectively, “deductions” or “sales deductions”). Gross selling price is a standard set by the Company for all customers unless a contract governing the sale provides for a specified price. Sales deductions are no material remaining performance obligations requiredspecified in individual contracts with customers. The Company estimates the total sales deductions which a specific customer will achieve over the relevant term and applies the reduction to sales as they are made throughout the period.
Sales deductions owed to customers and other parties are accrued and recorded in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets.



The Company acts as the principal in all of its customer arrangements and records revenue on a gross basis. Shipping is considered immaterial in the context of the overall customer arrangement, and damages or loss of goods in transit are rare. Therefore, shipping is not deemed a separately recognized performance obligation and the Company or any matters of customer acceptance.has elected to treat shipping costs as activities to fulfill the promise to transfer the product. The Company records revenuesmaintains a returns policy that allows its customers to return product that is damaged or non-conforming, ordered in error, or due to a recall. The estimate of the provision for returns is based upon historical experience with actual returns. The Company’s payment terms for customers are typically 30 to 60 days from receipt of title of the goods.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales includes all costs directly related to our independent stocking distributors atbringing the time the product is shipped to the distributor. Our stocking distributors, who sell theCompany’s products to their customers or sub-distributors, contractually take titlefinal selling destination. Amounts include direct and indirect costs to themanufacture products including raw materials, personnel costs and assume all risks of ownership at the time of shipment. Our stocking distributors are obligateddirect overhead expenses necessary to pay us the contractually agreed upon invoice price within specified terms regardless of when, if ever, they sell the products. Our stocking distributors do not have any contractual rights of return or exchange other than for defectiveconvert collected tissues into finished goods, product or shipping error; however, in limited situations, we do accept returns or exchanges at our discretion.
Some oftesting costs, quality assurance costs, facility costs associated with the Company’s salesmanufacturing and warehouse facilities, including depreciation, freight charges, costs to Government accounts, including the Department of Veterans Affairs, are made through a distributor relationship with AvKARE, which is a veteran-owned General Services Administration Federal Supply Schedule (FSS) contractor. The Company's agreement with AvKARE expires, subjectoperate equipment and other shipping and handling costs for products shipped to certain for-cause termination rights, on June 30, 2017. customers.
The Company may also elect to terminate the agreement without cause and pay a termination fee to AvKARE as specifiedobtains raw material in the agreement. Upon terminationform of the agreement, the parties may mutually agree to extend the agreement or the Company has an obligation to repurchase AvKARE’s remaining inventory, if any, within ninety (90) days in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. At the end of the term, the parties expect AvKARE’s inventory to be minimal, based upon AvKARE's obligation to use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve target sales levels over the remaining term of the agreement.
We continually evaluate new and current customers, including our stocking distributors, for collectability based on various factors including past history with the customer, evaluation of their credit worthiness, and current economic conditions. We only record revenue when collectability is reasonably assured. A portion of the Company’s revenue is generatedhuman placenta donations from inventory maintained at hospitals or physician's offices.
We make estimates of potential future sales returns, discounts and allowances related to current period product revenue and these are reflected as a reduction of revenue in the same period revenue is recognized. We base our estimate for sales returns, discounts and allowances on historical sales and product return information, including historical experience and actual and projected trend information as well as projected sales returns based on estimated usage and contractual arrangements with AvKARE. These estimates have historically been consistent with actual results.

56


participating mothers who give birth via scheduled Caesarean section.
Research and Development Costs
Research and development costs consist of direct and indirect costs associated with the development of the Company’s technologies. Historically, these expenses largely represented costs associated with our clinical trials, but now largely represent costs associated with new product development and pilot production. These costs are expensed as incurred.
Advertising expense
Advertising expense consists primarily of print media promotional materials. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $0.6 million, $0.2 million, and $0.1 million respectively.
Income Taxes
Income tax provision, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits reflect management’s best assessment of estimated current and future taxes to be paid. The Company is subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous states.
Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, which will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. If the Company determines that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, the Company would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance.
In evaluating the Company’s ability to recover its deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, results of recent operations, and changes in tax laws. In projecting future taxable income, the Company begins with historical results and incorporates assumptions about the amount of future state and federal pretax operating income adjusted for items that do not have tax consequences. The assumptions about future taxable income require significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates the Company uses to manage the underlying businesses. In evaluating the objective evidence that historical results provide, management considers three years of cumulative income (loss) exclusive of items that will not recur, such as discontinued operations. The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, we determine deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in incomethe tax provision (benefit) in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company recognizes deferredcalculation of income tax assets toliabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the extentapplication of complex tax laws and regulations both for U.S. federal income tax purposes and across numerous state jurisdictions. ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, states that we believe that these assets area tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not tothat the position will be realized. In making suchsustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, on the basis of the technical



merits. The Company records unrecognized tax benefits within other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and adjusts these liabilities when management’s judgment changes as a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversalsresult of existing taxable temporarythe evaluation of new information not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from management’s current estimate of the unrecognized tax benefit liabilities. These differences projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If we determine that we wouldwill be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustmentreflected as increases or decreases to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance,or income tax expense in the period in which would reduce the provision for income taxes.new information is available.
The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in whichwhereby (1) we determineit determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position, and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognizeit recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties, if any, are included within the related deferred tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheets and recorded as a component of income tax expense.
Share-based Compensation
The Company accounts for its share- based compensation plans in accordance with FASB ASC topic 718 “Compensation- Stock compensation”. FASB ASC 718 requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for allgrants share-based awards made to employees and directors, including employee stock options, restricted stockmembers of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). Awards to employees and warrants. Under the provisionsBoard are generally made annually. Grants are issued outside of FASB ASC 718,the annual cadence for certain new hires, promotions, and U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulleting No. 107, share-based compensation costother events.
The amount of expense to be recognized is measured atdetermined by the grant date, based on the calculated fair value of the award andusing inputs available as of the grant date. The fair value of equity incentive awards that are not subject to a market condition is recognizedthe value of common stock on the grant date. For equity incentive awards that are subject to a market condition, the fair value of common stock on the grant date is adjusted to reflect the value of the market condition, generally using a path-dependent pricing model, such as ana Monte Carlo simulation.
For awards with service-based vesting conditions only, the Company recognizes share-based compensation expense on a straight linestraight-line basis overthrough the requisite service periodvesting date of the entirelast tranche of the award. For awards which are subject to a condition other than a service condition, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense using the graded-vesting method, treating each tranche as if it were a separately-granted award (generallyand recognizing expense through the vesting date of each individual tranche. In each scenario, the Company recognizes share-based compensation expense based upon the probability that the award will ultimately vest. The Company recognizes the cumulative effect of changes in the probability outcomes in the period in which the changes occur.
For awards subject to a market condition, the resolution of the award)market condition is not subsequently considered in expense recognition. Consequently, the Company could recognize expense for awards that do not ultimately vest.
Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) per Common Share
Basic net income (loss) per common share is calculated as net income (loss) from continuing operations available to common stockholders divided by weighted average common shares outstanding for the applicable period. Net income (loss) from continuing operations available to common stockholders is calculated by adjusting net income (loss) for dividends on the Company’s previously outstanding Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”). This amount is divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period.
Weighted average common shares outstanding is calculated as shares of the Company outstanding adjusted for the portion of the period for which they are outstanding. Unvested non-option share awards are excluded from the calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding until they have vested. Unexercised stock options are excluded from the calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding until they are exercised. Shares issuable pursuant to the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) are included for the minimum number of shares issuable beginning at the point in time that all contingencies for share issuance are resolved.
Diluted net income (loss) per common share adjusts basic net income (loss) per common share for convertible securities, options, equity incentive awards, and other share-based payment awards which have yet to vest and vest only upon the satisfaction of a service condition. Equity incentive awards and options that are subject to a performance or market condition are included only if the performance or market condition would be satisfied if the end of the applicable period were the end of the performance period. In any case, these adjustments are reflected in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per common share to the extent that they reduce basic net income (loss) from continuing operations per common share.



Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share from discontinued operations are evaluated using the same denominator as basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share from continued operations.
The Company uses the if-converted method to calculate the dilutive effect of the Series B Preferred Stock and other convertible securities to the extent they are outstanding. The if-converted method assumes that convertible securities are converted at the later of the issuance date and the beginning of the period. If the hypothetical conversion of convertible securities, and the consequential avoidance of any accumulated preferred dividends, would decrease basic net income (loss) from continuing operations per common share, these effects are incorporated in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) from continuing operations per common share, adjusted for the portion of the period the securities were outstanding.
The Company uses the treasury stock method to calculate the dilutive effect of options, non-option share awards, and certain other share-based payments. The treasury stock method assumes that the proceeds from exercise are used to repurchase common shares at the weighted average market price during the period, increasing the denominator for the net effect of shares issued upon exercise less hypothetical shares repurchased.
Shares issuable pursuant to the ESPP are included in the calculation of diluted net loss per common share to the extent that such shares would be issued based on the share price at the conclusion of the period, excluding the shares already reflected in the calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements
The respective carrying value of certain on-balance-sheeton-balance sheet financial instruments approximated their fair values due to the short-term nature and type of these instruments. These financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, short term investments, accounts payablenotes receivable, and accrued expenses. The carrying cost of the Company’s investments also reflects their fair values due to the type of these investmentscertain other financial assets and the fair value of capital leases approximates their carrying value based upon current rates available to the Company.
Fair Value Measurementsliabilities.
The Company records certain financial instruments at fair value, including: cash equivalents, short term investments and investments.  The Company may make an irrevocable election to measure other financial instruments at fair value on an instrument-by-instrument basis; although as of December 31, 2016, the Company has not chosen to make any such elections.  Fair value financial instruments are recorded in accordance with the fair value measurement framework.
The Company also measures certain non-financial assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These non-recurring valuations include evaluating assets such as long-lived assets, and non-amortizing intangible assets for impairment;impairment, allocating value to assets in an acquired asset group, and accounting for business combinations. The Company uses the fair value measurement framework to value these assets and reports these fair values in the periods in which they are recorded or written down.
Fair value financial instruments are recorded in accordance with the fair value measurement framework. The fair value measurement framework includes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used to measure fair values in their broad levels. These levels from highest to lowest priority are as follows:
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;

57


Level 2: Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities or observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted on active markets, but corroborated by market data.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs or valuation techniques that are used when little or no market data is available.
The determination of fair value and the assessment of a measurement’s placement within the hierarchy require judgment. Level 3 valuations often involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. Level 3 valuations may require the use of various cost, market, or income valuation methodologies applied towhich incorporate unobservable inputs, management estimates, and assumptions. Management’s assumptions could vary depending on the asset or liability valued and the valuation method used. Such assumptions could include: estimates of prices, earnings, costs, actions of market participants, market factors, or the weighting of various valuation methods. The Company may also engage external advisors to assist it in determining fair value, as appropriate.
In connection with the acquisition of Stablity, the Company recorded a liability related to the Earn-Out portion of the purchase consideration. See Note 4, Acquisition, for further discussion of the Earn-Out liability. The Company has classified the Earn-Out liability as a Level 3 liability and the fair value of the Earn-Out liability will be evaluated each reporting period and changes in its fair value will be included in the Company’s results of operations. The fair value of the Earn-Out liability was calculated using a discount rate, approximating the pre-tax cost of debt and corroborated by Monte Carlo simulation, which was then applied to estimated earn out payments. To determine the fair value of the Earn-Out liability, management evaluates assumptions that require significant judgment. Changes in certain inputs to the valuation model, including the Company’s estimate of future revenues, can have a significant impact on the estimated fair value. The fair value recorded for the Earn-Out liability may vary significantly from period to period. This variability may result in the actual liability for a period either above or below the estimates recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, resulting in significant fluctuations in results of operations as a result of the corresponding non-cash gain or loss recorded.
Although the Company believes that the recorded fair value of its financial instruments is appropriate, these fair values may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values.
Government Assistance
The Company receives benefits from various government entities for various purposes from time to time. With respect to any benefits that are not dependent on income (which are subject to the policy described under Income Taxes, above), the Company recognizes such benefits at the point in time in which all barriers to receive the assistance have been overcome in an amount equal to the expected benefit. Benefits are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations in the line item to which the associated benefit relates.
Recently IssuedAdopted Accounting Pronouncements
The Company considers the applicability and impact of all Accounting Standards Updates ("ASUs").



In May 2014,March 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU) issued2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. ASU 2014-09, “Revenue Recognition - Revenue2020-04 provides temporary expedients to accounting guidance for certain contract modifications and hedging arrangements to ease financial reporting burdens as a result of market transitions from Contracts with Customers” (ASU 2014-09)certain reference rates, including the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).
In June 2023, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 (the “Amendment No. 2”) to the loan agreement, dated as of June 30, 2020, by and among the Company, Hayfin Services, LLP (“Hayfin”), an affiliate of Hayfin Capital Management LLP, and certain other parties, (as amended, the “Hayfin Loan Agreement”), pursuant to which the reference rate used to determine the interest rate was changed from the LIBOR to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”). Because the only terms of Amendment No. 2 that requires companiesaffected the Company’s contractual cash flows were related to recognize revenue when a customer obtains control rather than when companies have transferred substantially all risks and rewards of a good or service. This update is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017 and interim periods therein and requires expanded disclosures.the changes in the reference rate, the Company adopted the optional guidance prescribed by Topic 848 to this transaction. The Company is currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on2020-04 and its application to the Second Amendment did not materially impact the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements.statements for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In September 2015,November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations2023-07, “Segment Reporting: Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures (Topic 805): Simplifying280)”. The standard seeks to improve the Accountingdisclosures about a public entity’s reportable segments and address requests from investors for Measurement-Period Adjustments, that eliminates the requirement for an acquirer inadditional, more detailed information about a business combination to account for measurement-period adjustments retrospectively.reportable segment’s expenses. ASU 2015-162023-07 is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company has adopted this standard in the first quarter of 2016 and its application is shown in Note 4.
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. ASU 2015-17 simplifies the presentation of deferred taxes by requiring deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet. ASU 2015-17 is effective for public companies for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016,2023, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The guidance may be adopted prospectively or retrospectively and early adoption is permitted. The Company has adopted this standard, prospectively, at the beginning of the fourth quarter 2015 to simplify reporting with the release of the valuation allowance as disclosed in Note 12. Prior periods were not retrospectively adjusted.
In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The core principle of Topic 842 is that a lessee should recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from leases.  ASU 2016-02 is effective for public companies for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  The guidance may be adopted prospectively or retrospectively and early adoption is permitted.  The Company is currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, "Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718)". The standard is
intended to simplify several areas of accounting for share - based compensation arrangements, including the income tax impact, classification on the statement of cash flows and forfeitures. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016.2024. As of December 31, 2023, the Company is evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, “Improvement to Income Tax Disclosures (Topic 740)”, which requires additional disclosures for income tax rate reconciliations, income taxes paid, and certain other tax disclosures. ASU 2023-09 is intended to enhance the transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures. The amendments in ASU 2023-09 address investor requests for enhanced income tax information primarily through changes to the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid information. Adoption is required for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company is currently assessingevaluating the impact the adoption of ASU 2016-09 will havethis standard on its consolidated financial

58


statements. As of December 31, 2016, the Company does not have any remaining deferred tax assets that will result in an increase to equity upon realization. See Note 12.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Classification of Certain Cash Receipts statements and Cash Payments”. The update addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. This ASU is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments in this update may be applied retrospectively or prospectively and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-15 will have on its consolidated financial statements.related disclosures.
All other ASUs issued and not yet effective for the year endedas of December 31, 2016,2023, and through the date of this report, were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are expected to have minimal impact on the Company'sCompany’s current and future financial position or results of operations.

59

3.    Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable, net, consists of the following (in thousands):

3.Liquidity and Capital Resources
Net Working Capital
 December 31,
 20232022
Accounts receivable, gross$57,015 $46,867 
Allowance for doubtful accounts(3,144)(3,783)
Accounts receivable, net$53,871 $43,084 
As of December 31, 2016,Activity related to the Company had approximately $34,391,000 of cash and cash equivalents.  The Company reported total current assets of approximately $126,538,000 and current liabilities of approximately $50,732,000 and had net working capital of approximately $75,806,000 as of December 31, 2016.
Overall Liquidity and Capital Resources
  The Company's largest cash requirementCompany’s allowance for doubtful accounts during the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 20162023 was cash for general working capital needs as well as the acquisition of Stability described in Note 4. In addition, the Company's other cash requirements included capital expenditures, and repurchases of the Company's common stock. The Company funded its cash requirements through its existing cash reserves, and its operating activities which generated approximately $25,828,000 during the period. The Company believes that its anticipated cash from operating and financing activities and existing cash and cash equivalents, as well as availability under the Credit Agreement will enable the Company to meet its operational liquidity needs and fund its planned investing activities for the next year.
4. Acquisition of Stability Inc.

On January 13, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Stability Inc., d/b/a Stability Biologics ("Stability"), a provider of human tissue products to surgeons, facilities, and distributors serving the surgical, spine, and orthopedic sectors of the healthcare industry. As a result of this transaction, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Stability in exchange for
$6,000,000 cash, $3,346,000 in stock, represented by 441,009 shares of our common stock, and assumed debt of $1,771,000. Additional one time costs incurred in connection with the transaction totaled $1,088,000 and are included within selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. Contingent consideration may be payable in a formula determined by sales less certain expenses for the years 2016 and 2017. The contingent consideration was valued at $17,450,000 as of December 31, 2016 and is shown in the schedule below as fair value of earn-out. The Company used a third party specialist to assist us with the valuation. The purchase price allocation figures should be attributed to the Company and not to the third party valuation firm. The contingent consideration was classified as a liability.

The Company has evaluated the contingent consideration for accounting purposes under GAAP and has determined that the contingent consideration is within the scope of ASC 480 "Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity" whereby a financial instrument, other than an outstanding share, that embodies a conditional obligation that the issuer may settle by issuing a variable number of its equity shares shall be classified as a liability if, at inception, the monetary value of the obligation is based solely or
predominantly on variations in something other than the fair value of the issuer’s equity shares.

The actual purchase price was based on cash paid, the fair value of our stock on the date of the acquisition, and direct costs
associated with the acquisition. The fair value of stock consideration was determined as set forth below:

Common Share Price at Closing on 1/13/2016 $8.43
Multiplied by: Number of Common Shares Transferred to the Sellers 441,009
Indicated Value of Equity Consideration (on a Freely Tradable Interest Basis) $3,717,706
Less: Marketability Discount @ 10%[a](371,771)
Fair Value of Equity Consideration Transferred $3,345,935
[a] Shares transferred to the Sellers are restricted securities pursuant to Rule 144. As such, the Sellers are prevented from selling the shares for a period of six months. In addition, they are subject to contractual lockups which restrict sales for up to twelve months following the closing of the transaction.

The actual purchase price has been allocated as follows (in thousands):


Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Balance at December 31, 2021$1,187 
Bad debt expense2,820 
Write-offs(224)
Balance at December 31, 2022$3,783 
Bad debt expense1,449 
Write-offs(2,088)
Balance at December 31, 2023$3,144 
60





4.    Inventory
Cash paid at closing $6,000
Working capital adjustment (480)
Common stock issued (441,009 shares) 3,346
Assumed debt 1,771
Fair value of earn-out 17,450
Total fair value of purchase price $28,087
   
Net assets acquired:  
Debt-free working capital $2,456
Other long-term assets 199
Property, plant and equipment 1,375
Deferred tax liability (5,896)
Subtotal (1,866)
Intangible assets:  
Customer relationships 5,330
Patents and know-how 6,790
Trade names and trademarks 450
Non compete agreements 830
Licenses and permits 390
Subtotal 13,790
Goodwill 16,163
Total Assets Purchased $28,087
   
Working capital and other assets were composed of the following (in thousands):  
Working capital  
Cash $140
Prepaid Expenses and other current assets 100
Accounts receivable 2,001
Federal and state taxes receivable 28
Inventory 9,002
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (8,815)
Debt-free working capital $2,456
   
Current portion of long term debt $(194)
Long-term debt (560)
Line of Credit (932)
Shareholder loan (85)
Assumed debt $(1,771)
   
Net working capital $685
   

The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business combination as defined by FASB Topic 805 - "Business Combinations". The fair value of the contingent consideration is measured as a Level 3 instrument. The contingent consideration liability is recorded at fair value on the acquisition date. Increases or decreases in the fair value of contingent consideration can result from changes in anticipated revenue levels and changes in assumed discount periods and rates. As the fair value measured is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market, they are categorized as Level 3. The income valuation approach was applied in determining the fair value of the contingent consideration using a discounted cash

61



flow valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs comprised of projected sales and certain expenses. The values assigned to intangible assets are subject to amortization. The intangible assets were assigned the following lives for amortization purposes:
Estimated useful life (in years)
Intangible asset:
Customer relationships12
Patents and know-how20
Trade name and TrademarksIndefinite
Non compete agreements4
Licenses and permits2

GoodwillInventory consists of the excess of the purchase price paid over the identifiable net assets and liabilities acquired at fair value. Goodwill is attributable to the assembled workforce of Stability and the synergies expected to arise following the acquisition. Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill was determined using the residual method based on an independent appraisal of the assets and liabilities acquired in the transaction. Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis as defined by FASB Topic 350 - "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other".

Goodwill reconciliation (in thousands):
 December 31,
 20232022
Raw materials$825 $810 
Work in process8,521 6,855 
Finished goods11,675 5,518 
Inventory$21,021 $13,183 
Consignment inventory, included as a component of finished goods in the table above, was $4.0 million and $3.4 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
5.    Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net, consists of the following (in thousands):
 December 31,
 20232022
Lab and clean room equipment$13,954 $16,422 
Furniture and office equipment1,989 15,016 
Leasehold improvements8,141 9,190 
Construction in progress1,791 1,983 
Asset retirement cost938 983 
Finance lease assets189 189 
Property and equipment, gross27,002 43,783 
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization(20,028)(35,927)
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization$6,974 $7,856 
Depreciation expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was recorded in certain captions of the consolidated statements of operations for those periods in the amounts shown in the table below (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Cost of sales$1,569 $1,816 $1,787 
Selling, general, and administrative expense795 1,243 2,278 
Research and development expense301 286 298 
Total$2,665 $3,345 $4,363 

Balance at 3/31/16 $22,912
Goodwill Adjustments (a) (6,749)
Balance at 12/31/16 $16,163
(a) Goodwill is the result of a residual calculation



6.     Leases
The changesCompany has leases for corporate offices, manufacturing facilities, vehicles, and certain equipment. Such leases do not require any contingent rental payments, impose any financial restrictions, or contain any residual value guarantees.
Supplemental balance sheet information related to the Company’s leases, including the financial statement caption in which the preliminary fair valuesamounts are presented, is as follows (amounts in thousands, except lease term and discount rate):
Operating LeasesFinance Leases
December 31,December 31,
2023202220232022
Assets
Right of use asset$2,132$3,400$$
Property and equipment, net5198
Total assets$2,132$3,400$51$98
Liabilities
Other current liabilities$1,495$1,391$53$49
Other liabilities8932,381557
Total liabilities$2,388$3,772$58$106
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)2.02.81.12.1
Weighted-average discount rate8.3 %8.3 %8.3 %8.3 %
Information related to lease costs are as follows (amounts in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Operating lease cost$1,532 $1,620 $1,327 
Amortization of finance lease ROU assets47 47 43 
Interest expense on finance lease liabilities10 13 
Maturities of lease liabilities are as follows (amounts in thousands):
Year Ending December 31,Operating LeasesFinance LeasesTotal
2024$1,623 $55 $1,678 
2025506 511 
2026419 — 419 
202735 — 35 
2028— — — 
Thereafter— — — 
Total lease payments2,583 60 2,643 
Less: imputed interest(195)(2)(197)
Lease liability$2,388 $58 $2,446 
Asset Retirement Obligations
Certain lease agreements require the Company to return designated areas of leased space to its original condition upon termination of the acquired assetslease agreement, for which the Company records an asset retirement obligation and liabilities were duea corresponding capital asset in an amount equal to adjustments made to the prospective financial information ("PFI") to better reflect an expected case from a market participant's perspective. As the earn-out is limited to the gross profit margin for the first two years after the acquisition, the adjustment to the PFI had a decreasing impact on the estimated fair value of the earn-out atobligation. In subsequent periods, the acquisition date, which resultedasset retirement obligation is accreted for the change in a lower total purchase considerationits present value and a reductionthe capitalized asset is depreciated, both over the term of the estimated fair value of the identifiable intangible assets.

During the measurement period, management determined that the initial PFI should be adjusted to better reflect an expected case from a market participant's perspective. At the time of the acquisition, management believed that certain of the acquired company's products had reached certain marketability milestones. Management subsequently concluded that these milestones had indeed not yet been achieved. Also, at the time of the acquisition Management believed that certain manufacturing processes were at standards aligned with our overall company standards. Management subsequently concluded that the standards required improvements. These factors have resulted in a lower revenue trajectory in the periods that apply to the earn-out thus reducing the fair value of the earn-out.

The measurement period adjustments are as follows (in thousands):


associated lease
62





  Provisional Per Measurement Period  
  3/31/2016 Form 10Q Adjustments 2016 Final
       
Cash paid at closing $6,000
 $
 $6,000
Working capital adjustment (480) 
 (480)
Common stock issued 3,346
 
 3,346
Assumed debt 1,771
 
 1,771
Fair value of earn-out 25,620
 (8,170) 17,450
Total fair value of purchase price $36,257
 $(8,170) $28,087
       
Net assets acquired:      
Debt-free working capital $2,179
 $277
 $2,456
Other assets, net 199
 
 199
Property, plant and equipment 1,375
 
 1,375
Deferred tax liability (8,268) 2,372
 (5,896)
Subtotal $(4,515) $2,649
 $(1,866)
Intangible assets:      
Customer relationships $6,090
 $(760) $5,330
Patents and know-how 9,170
 (2,380) 6,790
Trade names and trademarks 830
 (380) 450
Non compete agreements 1,080
 (250) 830
Licenses and permits 690
 (300) 390
Subtotal 17,860
 (4,070) 13,790
Goodwill 22,912
 (6,749) 16,163
Total Assets Purchased $36,257
 $(8,170) $28,087


Pursuant to the termsagreement. Asset retirement obligations of the earn-out arrangement, the Company will pay, for each of the years ending December 31, 2016 and 2017, an amount equal to one times the gross profit margin from (a) the net sales of Stability products sold by Stability's or the Company's sales personnel and (b) the net sales of Company products sold by Stability's sales personnel; provided, however, if the amount of such net sales for either earn-out period is less than $12$1.2 million the earn-out amount will decrease to 0.5 times the gross profit margin for such earn-out period. The full details of the earn-out arrangement are set forth in the acquisition agreement which is filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on January 13, 2016.

The following unaudited pro forma summary financial information presents the consolidated results of operations for the Company as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2015. The pro forma results are shown for illustrative purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of the results that would have been reported if the acquisition had occurred on the date indicated or indicative of the results that may occur in the future.

Unaudited pro forma information for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands) is as follows:
  Years Ended December 31,
  20162015
Revenue $245,563$204,481
    
Net income $12,611$24,960
    
Income per share, fully diluted $0.11$0.22


63




The 2016 supplemental pro forma earnings were adjusted to exclude $1,088,000 of acquisition-related legal, audit and other
costs, net of tax. The 2015 supplemental pro forma earnings were adjusted to include $1,176,000 of amortization costs (net of tax) related to recorded intangible assets with defined useful lives, and $1,485,000 of inventory step-up charges (net of tax) as a result of the acquisition for comparability to 2016. The number of shares outstanding used in calculating the income per share for 2015 was adjusted to include 441,009 shares issued as part of the purchase price and assumed to be issued on January 1, 2015.

As the Company is managed and operates in one segment, and since Stability was merged with the Company's existing operations, the Company has determined that disaggregation of the Company's operating results to provide the amount of revenue and earnings for Stability since the acquisition date is impracticable.

5.Cash Equivalents and Short Term Investments
Short term investments consisted of approximately $3,000,000 of FDIC insured certificates of deposit held with various financial institutions as of December 31, 2015. The cost of these instruments approximated their fair market value at December 31, 2015. There were no short term investments as of December 31, 2016.
6.Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following items as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 December 31,
 2016 2015
Raw materials$1,148
 $602
Work in process6,677
 3,850
Finished goods10,817
 3,405
Inventory, gross18,642
 7,857
Reserve for obsolescence(828) (397)
Inventory, net$17,814
 $7,460

7.Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consist of the following as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):
 December 31,
 2016 2015
Leasehold improvements$3,274
 $2,684
Lab and clean room equipment8,666
 4,564
Furniture and equipment7,051
 4,577
Construction in Progress3,300
 2,629
Property and equipment, gross22,291
 14,454
Less accumulated depreciation(8,505) (4,979)
Property and equipment, net$13,786
 $9,475
Included in property and equipment is approximately $427,000 of capital leases. The corresponding liability of approximately $31,000 is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Also included is approximately $1,000,000 in leasehold improvements paid for by the landlordsheets as of our main operating facility with a corresponding liability included in long term liabilities, which is amortized over the term of the lease. As ofboth December 31, 20162023 and 2015,2022.
7.    Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net
Goodwill
In concert with the liabilitydisbanding of its Regenerative Medicine business unit, management concluded that the Company operated as a single operating segment. This operating segment reflected its sole reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing purposes.
For the annual impairment test performed on October 1, 2023, the Company performed a qualitative assessment to determine the existence of impairment. The qualitative assessment concluded that it was $188,000more likely than not that goodwill was not impaired, and $361,000, respectively.the Company did not proceed to the quantitative assessment. There was no impairment of goodwill in 2022 or 2021.
DepreciationThe following table indicates the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):
Goodwill
Balance as of January 1, 2022$19,441 
Activity— 
Balance as of December 31, 2022$19,441 
Activity— 
Balance as of December 31, 2023$19,441 
Intangible Assets, Net
Intangible assets, net, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Gross Carrying AmountAccumulated amortizationNet Carrying AmountGross Carrying AmountAccumulated amortizationNet Carrying Amount
Amortized intangible assets
Patents and know-how$10,039 $(7,818)$2,221 $9,923 $(7,106)$2,817 
Licenses1,000 (54)946 1,000 (4)996 
Total amortized intangible assets$11,039 $(7,872)$3,167 $10,923 $(7,110)$3,813 
Unamortized intangible assets
Tradenames and trademarks$1,008 $1,008 $1,008 $1,008 
Patents in process1,082 1,082 1,031 1,031 
Total intangible assets$13,129 $5,257 $12,962 $5,852 
Amortization expense and impairment expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015,2023, 2022, and 20142021, is summarized in the table below (amounts in thousands):
Year ended December 31,
202320222021
Amortization of intangible assets$762 $701 $820
Impairment of intangible assets— — 53
Impairment of intangible assets in 2021 related to supplier relationship assets that were determined to be unrecoverable due to attrition.
There was approximately $3,333,000, $1,799,000, and $1,197,000, respectively.

no impairment of intangible assets in 2023 or 2022.
64




8.Intangible Assets and Royalty Agreement
Intangible assets are summarized as follows (in thousands):
    December 31,
    2016 2015
  Weighted
Average
Amortization
Lives
 Cost Cost
Licenses (a) (b) (c) (d) 7 years $1,399
 $1,009
Patents & Know How (b) (d) 19 years 14,839
 8,001
Customer & Supplier Relationships (b) (d) 13 years 9,091
 3,761
Tradenames & Trademarks (d) indefinite 1,458
 1,008
Non-Compete Agreements 4 years 830
 
In Process Research & Development (b) various 25
 25
Patents in Process (c) various 2,618
 1,823
Total   30,260
 15,627
Less Accumulated amortization and impairment charges   (6,992) (4,864)
Net   $23,268
 $10,763
(a)On January 29, 2007, the Company acquired a license from Shriners Hospitals for Children and University of South Florida Research Foundation, Inc. in the amount of $996,000.  Within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of approval by the FDA allowing the sale of the first licensed product, the Company is required to pay an additional $200,000 to the licensor.  Due to its contingent nature, this amount is not recorded as a liability. The Company will also be required to pay a royalty of 3% on all commercial sales revenue from the licensed products. The Company is also obligated to pay a $50,000 minimum annual royalty payment over the life of the license. As of December 31, 2016 the license had a remaining net book value of approximately $10,000.
(b)On January 5, 2011, the Company acquired Surgical Biologics, LLC.  As a result, the Company recorded intangible assets for Customer & Supplier Relationships of $3,761,000, Patents & Know-How of $7,690,000, Licenses of $13,000, Tradenames & Trademarks of $1,008,000 and In-Process Research & Development of $25,000. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, approximately $48,000 of costs associated with patents granted during the period were capitalized and included in Patents & Know-How subject to amortization over the life of the patents.
(c)Patents in Process consist of capitalized external legal and other registration costs in connection with internally developed tissue-based patents that are pending. Once issued, the costs associated with a given patent will be included in Patents & Know-How under intangible assets subject to amortization.
(d)On January 13, 2016, the Company acquired Stability. As a result, the Company recorded intangible assets for Patents & Know - How of $6,790,000, Customer Relationships of $5,330,000, Non - compete agreements of $830,000, Tradenames & Trademarks of $450,000 and Licenses of $390,000.


65


Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, was approximately $2,127,000, $933,000, and $928,000, respectively.
Expected future amortization of intangible assets as of December 31, 2016,2023, is as follows (in thousands):
 Estimated
 Amortization
Year Ending December 31,Expense
2024$764 
2025369 
2026214 
2027214 
2028211 
Thereafter1,395 
Total amortization expense$3,167 
8.    Accrued Expenses
 Estimated
 Amortization
Year ending December 31,Expense
2017$2,034
20181,829
20191,829
20201,622
20211,622
Thereafter12,874
 $21,810
Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

December 31,
20232022
External commissions$4,136 $2,941 
Accrued GPO Fees1,338 638 
Estimated returns1,096 659 
Legal costs834 4,447 
Accrued rebates745 707 
Accrued travel433 566 
Other779 976 
Total$9,361 $10,934 
9.Long-Term Debt
Credit Facility
On October 12, 2015,9.    Long Term Debt
Hayfin Loan Agreement
In June 2020, the Company and its subsidiaries entered into a Creditthe Hayfin Loan Agreement, (the "Credit Agreement") with certain lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent. The Credit Agreement establishes a senior secured revolving credit facility in favor ofunder which Hayfin provided the Company with a maturity datesenior secured term loan of October 12, 2018 and an aggregate lender commitment$50 million (the “Hayfin Term Loan”). The Hayfin Term Loan was to mature on June 30, 2025 (the “Hayfin Maturity Date”). Interest on the Hayfin Term Loan was based on SOFR, plus a fallback provision of up to $50 million. The Credit Agreement also provides for an uncommitted incremental facility of up to $35 million, which can be exercised as one or more revolving commitment increases or new term loans, all0.15%, subject to certain customary terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations ofFloor, plus the Company under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company's subsidiaries. The obligations of the loan parties under the Credit Agreement and the other credit documents are secured by liens on and security interests in substantially all of the assets of each of the loan parties and a pledge of the equity interests of each subsidiary owned by a loan party, subject to certain customary exclusions. Borrowings under the facility will bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.5% to 2.25%.  Fees paid in connection with the initiation of the credit facility totaled approximately $500,000.  These deferred financing costs are being amortized to interest expense over the three-year life of the facility. The Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, covenants, and events of default, including restrictions on certain payments of dividends by the Company.Margin. As of December 31, 2016, there were no outstanding revolving loans under2023, the credit facility. Hayfin Term Loan carried an interest rate of 12.3%.
As noted below in Note 19. Subsequent Events, in January 2024, the Company repaid in full the Hayfin Term Loan and terminated the Hayfin Loan Agreement as part of the Debt Refinancing Transactions.
As of December 31, 2016,2023, the Company was in compliance with all applicable financial covenants under the CreditHayfin Loan Agreement.
Annually, the Company was required to prepay the outstanding loans based on a percentage of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Hayfin Loan Agreement), if such were generated. Had the Company not executed the Debt Refinancing Transactions (as defined in Note 19), the Company would have been required to prepay a portion of the outstanding principal pursuant to the Excess Cash Flow provision under the Hayfin Loan Agreement for the year ended December 31, 2023. The Company refinanced this short-term obligation prior to issuance of these consolidated financial statements. The $1.0 million of principal repayments for the year ending December 31, 2024 reflects the scheduled principal payments pursuant to the Citizens Credit Agreement (as defined in Note 19) during that period, therefore representing the current obligation that was not refinanced on a long-term basis. This amount is classified in other current liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
10.Net Income Per Share
The Hayfin Loan Agreement also specified that a prepayment of the loan, voluntary or mandatory, would subject the Company to a prepayment premium after July 2, 2023, but on or before July 2, 2024, of 1% of the principal balance repaid.



Deferred financing costs and original issue discount allocated to the Hayfin Term Loan were amortized using the effective interest method through the Hayfin Maturity Date. The amortization of such amounts is presented as part of interest expense, net on the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021.
The balances of the Hayfin Term Loan as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows (amounts in thousands):
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Other current liabilitiesLong term debt, netLong term debt, net
Outstanding principal$1,000 $49,000 $50,000 
Deferred financing costs— (781)(1,219)
Original issue discount— (120)(187)
Net principal$1,000 $48,099 $48,594 
Interest expense related to the Hayfin Term Loan, included in interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations, was as follows (amounts in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Stated interest$6,078 $4,559 $4,182 
Amortization of deferred financing costs438 405 372 
Accretion of original issue discount67 62 58 
Interest expense$6,583 $5,026 $4,612 
Scheduled principal payments on the Hayfin Term Loan as of December 31, 2023 were as follows:
Year ending December 31,Principal
2024$1,000 
202549,000 
2026— 
2027— 
2028— 
Thereafter— 
Outstanding principal$50,000 
As of December 31, 2023, the fair value of the Hayfin Term Loan was $46.7 million. This valuation was calculated based on a series of Level 2 and Level 3 inputs, including a discount rate based on the credit risk spread of debt instruments of similar risk character in reference to U.S. Treasury instruments with similar maturities, with an incremental risk premium for risk factors specific to the Company. The remaining cash flows associated with the Hayfin Term Loan were discounted to December 31, 2023 using this discount rate to derive the fair value.
10.    Basic net incomeand Diluted Net Loss Per Common Share
Net loss per common share is computedcalculated using the weighted-average numbertwo methods: basic and diluted.
Basic Net Loss Per Common Share
The following table provides a reconciliation of net loss to net loss available to common shares outstanding during the period.  Dilutedshareholders and calculation of basic net incomeloss per common share is computed usingfor each of the weighted-average number of commonyears ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and dilutive common equivalent shares from stock options, warrants2021 (amounts in thousands, except share and restricted stock using the treasury stock method.  

per-share amounts):
66




 Year ended December 31,
 202320222021
Net income (loss) from continuing operations$67,439 $(19,953)$(12,301)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax(9,211)(10,244)2,016 
Net income (loss)58,228 (30,197)(10,285)
Adjustments to reconcile to net loss available to common stockholders:
Accumulated dividend on previously converted Series B Preferred Stock6,753 6,580 5,210 
Preferred share repurchase in excess of book value4,890 — — 
Accretion of increasing-rate dividend feature— — 926 
Total adjustments11,643 6,580 6,136 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders from continuing operations$55,796 $(26,533)$(18,437)
Weighted average common shares outstanding116,495,810 112,909,266 110,353,406 
Basic net income (loss) per common share:
Continuing operations$0.48 $(0.24)$(0.17)
Discontinued operations(0.08)(0.09)0.02 
Basic net income (loss) per common share$0.40 $(0.33)$(0.15)
Diluted Net Loss Per Common Share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss)loss per common share (in thousands, except per share data)and per-share amounts):



 Year Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Net income$11,974
 $29,446
 $6,220
Denominator for basic earnings per share - weighted average shares105,928,348
 105,929,205
 105,793,008
Effect of dilutive securities: Stock options, warrants, and restricted stock (a)6,513,361
 7,699,277
 7,502,496
Denominator for diluted earnings per share - weighted average shares adjusted for dilutive securities112,441,709
 113,628,482
 113,295,504
Income per common share - basic$0.11
 $0.28
 $0.06
Income per common share - diluted$0.11
 $0.26
 $0.05
 Year ended December 31,
 202320222021
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders from continuing operations$55,796 $(26,533)$(18,437)
Adjustments:
Dividends on previously converted Series B Preferred Stock6,466 6,580 6,136 
Preferred share repurchase in excess of book value5,177 — — 
Less: antidilutive adjustments(5,177)(6,580)(6,136)
Total adjustments6,466 — — 
Numerator
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders from continuing operations62,262 (26,533)(18,437)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax(9,211)(10,244)2,016 
Weighted average common shares outstanding116,495,810 112,909,266 110,353,406 
Adjustments:
Potential common shares (a)
Previously converted Series B Preferred Stock27,457,905 — — 
Restricted stock unit awards1,452,153 — — 
Outstanding stock options396,779 — — 
Performance stock unit awards137,425 — — 
Restricted stock awards22,136 — — 
Employee stock purchase plan254 — — 
Total adjustments29,466,652 — — 
Weighted average common shares outstanding adjusted for potential common shares145,962,462 112,909,266 110,353,406 
Diluted net income (loss) per common share:
Continuing operations$0.43 $(0.24)$(0.17)
Discontinued operations$(0.06)$(0.09)$0.02 
Diluted net income (loss) per common share$0.37 $(0.33)$(0.15)
(a)Securities that are includedWeighted average common shares outstanding for the calculation of diluted net loss per common share does not include the following adjustments for potential common shares below because their effects were determined to be anti-dilutive for the periods presented:
Year ended December 31,
202320222021
Series B Preferred Stock1,219,348 27,850,916 26,497,570 
Restricted stock unit awards— 546,883 1,393,910 
Restricted stock awards— 217,971 1,121,019 
Outstanding stock options— 65,720 771,409 
Performance stock unit awards— 5,251 17,928 
Employee stock purchase plan— 18,852 — 
Potential common shares1,219,348 28,705,593 29,801,836 
11.    Equity
Series B Preferred Stock
In December 2023, all 95,000 outstanding shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, together with accrued dividends, were mandatorily converted into shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with the Series B Preferred Stock terms set forth in the computationCompany’s Articles of Incorporation. As a result of this conversion, the Company issued 29,761,650 shares of Common Stock. The conversion of the denominator above, utilizingshares ended the treasury stock methoddividend accrual associated with the Series B Preferred Stock



Prior to the mandatory conversion, in October 2023, the Company repurchased 5,000 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock for $9.5 million (the “Repurchase”) pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement with certain entities managed by or affiliated with Hayfin Capital Management LLP (the “Hayfin Shareholders”). In connection with the Repurchase, the Hayfin Shareholders entered into customary lock-up provisions requiring them to retain the balance of their equity positions for a period of at least one year. Management assessed whether the consideration paid could have reflected a non pro-rata distribution and reached the conclusion that it was not.
The below table illustrates changes in the Company’s balance of the Series B Preferred Stock for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152023, 2022, and 2014 are as follows:    
2021 (in thousands, except per share amounts):
Effect of dilutive securities:2016 2015 2014
    Stock Options5,845,377
 7,121,774
 7,035,728
    Warrants
 33,676
 226,926
    Restricted Stock Awards667,984
 543,827
 239,842
 6,513,361
 7,699,277
 7,502,496
Series B Preferred Stock
SharesAmount
Balance at December 31, 2020100,000 $91,568 
Deemed dividends— 926 
Balance at December 31, 2021100,000 $92,494 
Activity— — 
Balance at December 31, 2022100,000 $92,494 
Repurchase of Series B Preferred Stock(5,000)(4,625)
Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock(95,000)(87,869)
Balance at December 31, 2023— $— 

Stock-Based Compensation Awards
11.Equity
Stock Incentive Plans
The Company has fourtwo share-based compensation plans which provide for the granting of equity awards, including qualified incentive and non-qualified stock options stock appreciation awards and restricted stock awards to employees, directors, consultants and advisors:awards: the MiMedx Group, Inc. 2016 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan Amended and Restated through March 2, 2023 (the "2016 Plan"2016 Plan), which was approved by shareholders on May 18, 2016;2016, and the MiMedx Group, Inc. Assumed 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Assumed 2006 Plan”Prior Incentive Plan);. During the MiMedx Inc. 2007 Assumed Stockyears ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 the Company used only the 2016 Plan (the “Assumed 2007 Plan”);to make grants.
The 2016 Plan permits the grant of equity awards to the Company’s employees, directors, consultants and advisors for up to 13,400,000 shares of the MiMedx Group Inc. AmendedCompany’s common stock plus (i) the number of shares of the Company’s common stock that remain available for issuance under the Prior Incentive Plan, and Restated Assumed 2005 Stock(ii) the number of shares that are represented by outstanding awards that later become available because of the expiration or forfeiture of the award without the issuance of the underlying shares. Awards granted under the 2016 Plan (the “Assumed 2005 Plan”). The awards are subject to a vesting schedule as set forth in each individual agreement. The Company currently intends to use only
Stock Options
A summary of stock option activity for the 2016 Plan to make future grants.year ended December 31, 2023 is presented below:

 Number of
Shares
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2023933,894 $6.46 
Granted3,694,000 3.77 
Exercised(147,161)6.78 
Unvested options forfeited— — 
Vested options expired(438,213)5.85 
Outstanding at December 31, 20234,042,520 4.06 5.6119,086 
Exercisable at December 31, 2023348,520 $7.09 0.44$615 

67


Activity with respect to the stock options is summarized as follows:
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding at January 1, 201614,019,629
 $3.62
    
Granted
 $
    
Exercised(1,164,138) $3.02
    
Unvested options forfeited(154,200) $6.77
    
Vested options expired(148,683) $6.16
    
Outstanding at December 31, 201612,552,608
 $3.61
 5.4 $66,137,378
Vested at December 31, 201611,680,455
 $3.33
 5.3 $64,733,964
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2016 (a)12,539,865
 $3.60
 5.4 $66,119,285
(a)Includes forfeiture adjusted unvested shares.
The intrinsic valuevalues of the options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152023, 2022 and 20142021 were approximately $6,460,000, $17,181,000,$0.2 million, $0.6 million, and $10,566,000,$3.3 million, respectively. Cash received from option exercise under all share-based payment arrangements for the



years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $1.0 million, $0.7 million, and $1.4 million, respectively. The intrinsic valueactual tax benefit for the tax deductions from option exercise of the share-based payment arrangements totaled $0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $2.0 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. The Company has a policy of using its available repurchased treasury stock to satisfy option exercises prior to the issuance of new shares of common stock.
No options vested during the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152023, 2022 and 2014 were approximately $7,378,000, $10,044,000, and $6,615,000, respectively.

Following is a summary of stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2016:
 Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise PricesNumber outstanding 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 Number Exercisable 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
$0.50 - $0.76441,429
 2.4 $0.72
 441,429
 $0.72
$0.87 - $1.354,385,570
 4.7 1.19
 4,385,570
 1.19
$1.40 - $2.451,362,424
 4.1 1.92
 1,362,424
 1.92
$2.66 - $3.99878,680
 5.8 3.06
 878,680
 3.06
$4.19 - $6.383,056,069
 6.2 5.36
 2,937,038
 5.34
$6.45- $9.782,324,103
 7.0 7.30
 1,610,485
 7.25
$9.90 - $10.99104,333
 7.7 10.42
 64,829
 10.46
 12,552,608
 5.4 $3.61
 11,680,455
 $3.33

68


A summary of the status of the Company’s unvested stock options as of December 31, 2016 is presented below:
Unvested Stock OptionsNumber of
Shares
 Weighted-
Average
Grant Date Fair Value
Unvested at January 1, 20163,067,935
 $3.81
Granted
 $
Cancelled(154,200) $6.77
Vested(2,041,582) $3.61
Unvested at December 31, 2016872,153
 $4.28

Total2021. There was no unrecognized compensation expense at December 31, 2016, was approximately $1,064,0002023.
Equity Incentive Awards
The Company has issued several classes of stock awards to employees: restricted share awards (“RSAs”), restricted stock unit awards (“RSUs”), and will be charged to expense through June 2017.
performance stock unit awards (“PSUs”, collectively the “Equity Incentive Awards”). The fair value of the options granted was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model that uses assumptions for expected volatility, expected dividends, expected term, and the risk-free interest rate.  Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of peer companies and other factors estimated over the expected term of the options.  The term of employee options granted is derived using the “simplified method” which computes expected term as the midpoint between the weighted average time to vesting and the contractual maturity. The simplified method was used due to the Company’s lack of sufficient historical data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term due to the limited period of time its equity shares have been publicly traded.  The term for non-employee options is generally based upon the contractual term of the option.  The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the period of the expected term or contractual term as described.
The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of options granted using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model are set forth in the following table:
 Year ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Expected volatility% 54.35 - 58.14%
 58.14 - 64.50%
Expected life (in years)0
 6
 6
Expected dividend yield
 
 
Risk-free interest rate0
 1.51 - 1.68%
 1.64 - 1.96%
The weighted-average grant date fair value for options granted during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were approximately $0.00, $5.15 and $4.18, respectively.
Restricted Stock Awards
Following is summary information for restricted stocksuch awards for the year ended December 31, 2016. Shares2023.
Restricted stock and RSUs generally vest over a one- to three year period. three-year period in equal annual increments and require the recipient to provide continuous service through each vesting date. PSUs vest based on the achievement of specific performance targets subject to agreements with employees and also require the recipient to provide continuous service through a specified date or event.
As of December 31, 2016,2023, there was approximately $21,905,000$21.4 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation related to time-based, non-vested restricted stock.unvested Equity Incentive Awards. That expense is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average period of 1.9 years.2.26 years, which approximates the remaining vesting period of these grants. RSAs are considered common shares issued and outstanding upon grant, while shares underlying the RSUs and PSUs are considered issued and outstanding only upon vesting. Therefore, all RSAs noted below as unvested are considered issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023, while shares underlying unvested RSUs and PSUs are not considered issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023. RSAs, RSUs, and PSUs are not reflected in weighted average common shares outstanding for purposes of calculating basic net loss per common share.
Additionally, duringA summary of Equity Incentive Award activity, by class of award, for the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 2016, 43,344 shares2023 is presented below:
RSARSUPSU
Number of
Shares
Weighted-Average Grant Date
 Fair Value
Number of
Shares
Weighted-Average Grant Date
 Fair Value
Number of
Shares
Weighted-Average Grant Date
 Fair Value
Unvested at January 1, 2023122,755 $6.13 4,774,971 $6.28 241,072 $4.62 
Granted— — 3,278,244 4.66 3,851,427 3.83 
Vested(32,388)6.98 (2,258,939)6.18 — — 
Forfeited(90,367)5.83 (1,885,537)5.46 (365,227)4.24 
Unvested at December 31, 2023— $— 3,908,739 $5.38 3,727,272 $3.84 
The total fair value of common stock valued at approximately $345,700 were issued underequity incentive awards vested during the 2006 Plan to a consultant in return for services performed,years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and is included in the table that follows.2021, was $10.3 million, $10.9 million, and $20.1 million, respectively.

69


  Number of
Shares
 Weighted-Average Grant Date
Fair Value
Unvested at January 1, 2016 2,613,267
 $9.14
Granted 2,755,426
 $8.05
Vested (1,162,931) $8.68
Forfeited (377,317) $8.71
Unvested at December 31, 2016 3,828,445
 $8.53

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015,2023, 2022, and 20142021 the Company recognized stock-basedshare-based compensation as follows (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 202320222021
Cost of sales$1,533 $1,213 $813 
Selling, general and administrative expenses14,776 9,578 13,108 
Research and development expense650 537 235 
Total share-based compensation16,959 11,328 14,156 
Income tax benefit, before consideration of valuation allowance(4,240)(2,832)(3,539)
Total share-based compensation, net of tax benefit$12,719 $8,496 $10,617 




 Years Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Cost of sales$426
 $352
 $322
Research and development647
 790
 660
Selling, general and administrative16,745
 15,754
 10,471
 $17,818
 $16,896
 $11,453
Performance Stock Units
WarrantsThe Company granted PSUs to certain executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. These PSUs vest based on and to the extent that stipulated cumulative net sales targets are achieved. Achievement of the performance targets allow for vesting of 50% to 150% of the PSUs granted. If performance is below 50%, the PSUs do not vest. To the extent that the vesting percentage in a subsequent period exceeds the vesting percentage achieved in a previous period, a recipient is eligible to receive the amount of shares from the previous period based on the vesting percentage in the subsequent period. If total shareholder return (“TSR”) is negative, vesting is limited to 100% of the award for all periods, regardless of actual achievement against the stipulated net sales targets.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
On November 18, 2015, 42,400June 7, 2022, the Company adopted the Employee Stock Purchase Plan of MiMedx Group, Inc. (the “ESPP”). The ESPP qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. All regular full-time employees of the Company (including officers) and all other employees who meet the eligibility requirements of the plan may participate in the ESPP. The ESPP provides eligible employees an opportunity to acquire the Company’s common stock warrants representingon a semi-annual basis at a purchase price of 85% of the balance remaining from those grantedlower of the closing price per share of the Company’s common stock on the first day and the last day of each six-month purchase period (the “Purchase Period”). The aggregate number of shares which may be issued and sold under the ESPP is 3 million shares of common stock.
For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded $0.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in connection with equitystock-based compensation related to the ESPP. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had cumulative payroll deferrals under the ESPP for future share purchases by investors as an additional incentiveof $0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively. This amount is included in accrued compensation in the consolidated balance sheet.
Unrecognized stock compensation for providing long - term equity capitalthe period is less than $0.1 million to the Company and as additional compensation to consultants and advisors were exercised at an exercise pricebe recognized over a weighted average period of $1.09. The warrants were granted at negotiated prices in connection with the equity share purchases and at the market price of the common stock in other instances. The warrants were issued for terms of five0.08 years.
Treasury Stock
CEO Performance Grant
On May 12, 2014, ourJanuary 27, 2023, the Board of Directors authorizedappointed Joseph H. Capper to serve as Chief Executive Officer. The Company entered into a Letter Agreement with Mr. Capper that included, among other things, a grant of 3,300,000 PSUs (the “CEO Performance PSUs”) and a non-qualified stock option (the “CEO Performance Option”, collectively with the repurchaseCEO Performance PSUs, the “CEO Performance Grant”) for 3,600,000 shares of upthe Company’s common stock. In addition to $10 millioncontinued employment with the Company, the occurrence and extent of our common stock from time to time, through December 31, 2014. The Board subsequently extendedvesting of each component of the program until December 31, 2017. In December 2014, the Board increased the authorization to $20 million and further increased the authorization in 2015 to $60 million. In December 2016, the Board further increased the authorization to $66 million. The timing and amount of repurchases will dependCEO Performance Grant is dependent upon the Company's stockCompany’s operating and share price economicperformance: the CEO Performance PSUs vest on the basis of achieved revenue growth, while the CEO Performance Option vests on the basis of share price appreciation.
CEO Performance PSUs
The CEO Performance PSUs vest in a single tranche on the earlier of the filing date of the Company’s 2026 Annual Report on Form 10-K and market conditions, regulatory requirements,March 15, 2027. The occurrence and other corporate considerations. The Company may initiate, suspend or discontinue purchases underextent of vesting depends on the stock repurchase program at any time.
ForCompany’s compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) achieved with respect to its revenue growth between the year ended December 31, 2016,2022 and the year ending December 31, 2026. The PSUs may vest with respect to 50% to 200% of the granted number of PSUs, depending on the extent of CAGR achievement. Failure to achieve the CAGR associated with 50% of achievement would result in no vesting.
Management determined the probable level of vesting using internally-developed forecasts for the relevant period representing the Company’s best estimate for revenue, with a factor applied to calculate the highest level of CAGR evaluated to be probable of occurring based on that estimate. The Company recognized $1.7 million of expense related to the CEO Performance PSUs during year ended December 31, 2023.
CEO Performance Option
The CEO Performance Option grants Mr. Capper the right to purchase up to 3,600,000 shares of common stock for $3.70 per share. The CEO Performance Option vests based on the satisfaction of service and market conditions. Mr. Capper may vest in 25% of the CEO Performance Option on each of the first four anniversary dates of the date of grant provided that he remains employed by the Company purchased approximately 1,338,616and provided that specified share price goals are achieved at any point between the date of grant and January 31, 2027. There are three separate share price goals associated with the CEO Performance Option. If specified share price goals are met at one level, one-third of the option may vest, at a second level, a further one-third may vest, and at a third level, the full amount of the option may vest. Satisfaction of the share price goals is based on the average of the closing price of



the Company’s common stock during any 20 consecutive trading days through January 31, 2027 exceeding the stipulated share price goal. The CEO Performance Option expires on February 1, 2030.
Treasury Stock
Repurchases of shares of its commonCommon Stock in connection with the satisfaction of employee tax withholding obligations upon vesting of restricted stock and exercise of stock options for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 were 0, 249,442, and 469,239, respectively, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10,338,000 exclusive$0, $1.2 million, and $4.8 million, respectively.
The Company estimated the fair value of commissionsthe awards using a Monte Carlo simulation using the following assumptions:
Assumption
Stock price on grant date$3.70 
Exercise price$3.70 
Risk-free interest rate3.58 %
Expected volatility (annualized)75.00 %
Dividend yield— %
Weighted average grant date fair value$1.93 
The risk-free interest rate was derived based on the U.S. Treasury Yield curve in effect at the date of approximately $40,000. Asgrant for maturities of similar periods to the contractual term. The expected volatility was estimated principally based on the Company’s historical daily stock price movements for a term similar in length to the contractual term. The dividend yield was based on the Company’s history of dividends on its common stock. The fair value was determined using an expected term which reflects the anticipated holding and post-vesting behavior pattern, calculated for each individual simulation.
The total grant date fair value of the CEO Performance Option was $7.0 million. The fair value associated with each tranche of the award will be recognized, straight-line, over the associated requisite service period for that tranche, subject to acceleration if the market condition is met prior to the end of the derived service period. Failure to meet the market condition for an award does not result in reversal of previously-recognized expense, so long as the service is provided for the duration of the required service period. The Company recognized $2.6 million of expense related to the CEO Performance Option during year ended December 31, 2023.
12.     Revenue
Net Sales By Care Setting
MIMEDX has three sites of service for its products (1) Hospital settings and wound care clinics, which are stable reimbursement settings in which products are used for both wound and surgical applications, (2) Private offices, which generally represents doctors and practitioners with independent operations, and (3) Other, which includes federal facilities, international sales, and other sites of service.
Below is a summary of net sales by site of service (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Hospital$187,000 $163,206 $142,140 
Private Office95,789 77,158 74,522 
Other38,688 27,477 25,357 
Total$321,477 $267,841 $242,019 
The Company did not have significant foreign operations or a single external customer from which 10% or more of revenues were derived during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, or 2021.
Sales Returns Allowance



Activity related to the Company’s sales returns allowance during the year ended December 31, 2023 was as follows (in thousands):
Sales Returns Allowance
Balance at December 31, 2021$788 
Additions charged to expense or revenue2,034 
Deductions and write-offs(2,163)
Balance at December 31, 2022659 
Additions charged to expense or revenue3,899 
Deductions and write-offs(3,462)
Balance at December 31, 2023$1,096 
AXIOFILL
The Company received a Warning Letter on December 21, 2023, relating to the inspections and classification of AXIOFILL. The Company continues to engage with the FDA on this matter, working through the process outlined by the FDA to obtain a formal determination of AXIOFILL’s classification.
13. Discontinued Operations
Disbanding of Regenerative Medicine Business Unit
On June 20, 2023, the Company announced the disbanding of its Regenerative Medicine business unit and the suspension of its Knee Osteoarthritis clinical trial program. During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company completed the regulatory obligations associated with the clinical trial.
Financial Statement Impact of Discontinued Operations
The income and expenses of the discontinued operation have been classified as loss (income) from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations as of December 31, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2021 as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Net sales$— $— $16,596 
Cost of sales— — 3,655 
Selling, general and administrative expense— 116 3,513 
Research and development expense8,017 10,128 7,412 
Restructuring expense4,168 — — 
Income tax provision benefit2,974 — — 
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations$(9,211)$(10,244)$2,016 
The assets and liabilities of the discontinued operations have been classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 as follows (in thousands):



Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Current assets:
Prepaid Expenses$— $1,331 
Current assets of discontinued operations— 1,331 
Goodwill— 535 
Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations— 535 
Total assets of discontinued operations$— $1,866 
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable$— $393 
Accrued compensation311 996 
Accrued expenses1,041 90 
Total liabilities of discontinued operations$1,352 $1,479 
Goodwill
As a result of the announcement of the disbanding of Regenerative Medicine business unit, the Company had approximately $9,936,000 remaining underevaluated goodwill associated with the repurchase program.Regenerative Medicine reporting unit for potential impairment. The Company estimated fair value for the reporting unit using the income approach; specifically, a discounted cash flow method. As a result of this assessment, management concluded that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeded its fair value by an amount that exceeded its goodwill balance. Accordingly, the Company recognized an impairment loss for the full amount of the goodwill ascribed to the Regenerative Medicine reporting unit. The goodwill impairment loss is included as a component of discontinued operations in the audited consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023. Goodwill related to the Regenerative Medicine business unit of $0.5 million is included as a component of assets of discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheet for the year ended December 31, 2022. Impairment expense of $0.5 million was recorded as part of loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2023.

14.    Income Taxes
12.Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

70



 December 31,
 2016 2015
Deferred tax assets and liabilities:   
Accruals and prepaids$4,992
 $4,606
Intangible assets(5,130) 146
Property and equipment(1,338) (1,396)
R&D and other tax credits1,219
 3,293
Stock Compensation7,417
 7,063
Net operating loss2,395
 1,763
Other113
 145
Net deferred tax assets$9,668
 $15,620
    
Valuation allowance(554) (782)
 $9,114
 $14,838
December 31,
20232022
Deferred Tax Assets:
Net operating loss$13,712 $23,719 
Capitalized research and development expenditures10,843 3,586 
Research and development and other tax credits8,117 8,384 
Accrued expenses3,660 3,551 
Share-based compensation3,266 3,145 
Interest limitation carry forward1,873 4,898 
Allowance for doubtful accounts778 1,033 
Lease liabilities600 962 
Sales return and allowances270 163 
Property and equipment84 — 
Other437 885 
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Prepaid expenses(1,045)(1,400)
Right of use asset(571)(867)
Intangible assets(337)(351)
Property and equipment— (77)
Net Deferred Tax Assets41,687 47,631 
Less: Valuation allowance(910)(47,631)
Net Deferred Tax Assets after Valuation Allowance$40,777 $— 
The reconciliation of the Federalfederal statutory income tax rate of 35%21% to the effective rate is as follows:
Year ended December 31,
202320222021
Federal statutory rate21.00 %21.00 %21.00 %
Share-based compensation2.81 %(6.06)%19.49 %
Nondeductible compensation1.78 %(3.19)%(11.51)%
Meals and entertainment1.21 %(0.15)%(0.94)%
Deferred tax adjustments1.31 %(4.35)%12.23 %
Uncertain tax positions0.36 %(0.49)%0.01 %
Employee retention credit— %— %2.82 %
Tax credits(3.17)%4.90 %0.93 %
State taxes, net of federal benefit(21.77)%(0.83)%3.79 %
Valuation allowance(123.50)%(12.50)%(46.75)%
Other(0.18)%0.63 %(3.12)%
Effective tax rate(120.15)%(1.04)%(2.05)%



 December 31,
 2016 2015
Federal statutory rate35.00 % 34.00 %
State taxes, net of federal benefit4.78 % 3.33 %
Non deductible compensation0.04 % 0.63 %
Meals & entertainment3.82 % 2.27 %
Equity Compensation5.51 % 6.39 %
Domestic Production Activities Deduction(4.71)%  %
Tax Credits(8.79)% (2.84)%
Prior Period Adjustments(3.79)%  %
Other3.27 % (1.74)%
Valuation allowance(1.26)% (63.33)%
 33.87 % (21.29)%
The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2023 was significantly influenced by the reversal of a valuation allowance, reflecting a change in the determination of the likelihood of the realizability of certain of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of that date. This re-evaluation was the result of the conclusion of that the Company’s disbanded Regenerative Medicine segment qualified as a discontinued operation, in concert with the Company’s operating results.
Current and deferred income tax (benefit) expense (benefit) is as follows (in thousands):
 December 31, 2016
December 31, 2015
Current:  
   Federal$4,700
$8,452
   State1,423
1,218
      Total current6,123
9,670
   
Deferred:  
   Federal26
(13,070)
   State(16)(1,768)
      Total deferred10
(14,838)
   
Total expense$6,133
$(5,168)
Income taxes are based on estimates of the annual effective tax rate and evaluations of possible future events and transactions and may be subject to subsequent refinement or revision.

71


Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Current:
Federal$576 $— $91 
State422 206 156 
Total current998 206 247 
Deferred:
Federal(31,633)— — 
State(9,144)— — 
Total deferred(40,777)— — 
Income tax provision (benefit) expense$(39,779)$206 $247 
Certain items of income and expense are not reported in tax returns and financial statements in the same year. The tax effecteffects of such temporary differences isare reported as deferred income taxes.tax assets and liabilities. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by the amount of any tax benefit that, based on available evidence, is not expected to be realized. The Company establishes a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets for which realization is not likely.more likely than not. As of each reporting date, management considers new evidence, both positive and negative, that could affect its view of the future realization of deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2016, our deferred tax assets were primarily the result of accrued liabilities, equity compensation, tax credits and net operating loss carryforwards. A valuation allowance of $554,000$0.9 million and $782,000$47.6 million was recorded against our grossthe deferred tax asset balance as of December 31, 2016,2023 and December 31, 2015,2022, respectively. Valuation allowances are reflected against the Company’s deferred tax assets to reflect the extent to which the realization of those assets are not more likely than not to be realized based on all available positive and negative evidence. In the event that the weight of the evidence changes in the future, any reduction in the valuation allowance would result in an income tax benefit.
At December 31, 2016,2023 and 2022, the Company had income tax net operating loss ("NOL"(“NOL) carryforwards for federal and state purposes of $2,327,000$43.5 million and $27,912,000$85.7 million and $84.9 million and $109.8 million, respectively. At December 31, 2015,A portion of the Company has income tax net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards for federal and state purposes of $579,000 and $27,552,000 respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the Company has recorded a deferred tax asset for both federal and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $815,000 and approximately $1,580,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, the Company has recorded a deferred tax asset for both federal and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $197,000 and approximately $1,566,000, respectively. The Company's net operating losses andCompany’s tax credits are subject to annual limitations due to ownership change limitations provided by Internal Revenue Code Section 382. If not utilized,All of the Company’s federal NOL carryforwards have been generated since 2018 and will carry forward indefinitely. The majority of the Company’s state tax lossNOL carryforwards will expire between 2027 and 2035. A valuation allowance remains2042; the remainder of the Company’s state NOLs will carryforward indefinitely. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has recorded against the$9.1 million and $4.6 million deferred tax asset for certainfederal and state net operating loss carryovers in the amount of $554,000 that are not expected to be utilized prior to expiration.

As a result of certain realization requirements of ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation, the table of deferred tax assets and liabilities shown above does not include certain deferred tax assets that arose directly from (or the use of which was postponed by) tax deductions related to equity compensation that were greater than the compensation recognized for financial reporting. During 2016, deferred tax assets in the amount of $1,170,000 were realized resulting in an increase to equity in the same amount.NOL carryforwards, respectively. As of December 31, 2016,2022, the Company does not have any remaininghas recorded a deferred tax assets that will result in an increase to equity upon realization. The Company uses ASC 740 ordering when determining when excess tax benefits have been realized.asset for federal and state NOL carryforwards of $17.8 million and $5.9 million, respectively.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits
The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands): included in the consolidated balance sheets:

202320222021
Unrecognized tax benefits - January 1$645 $469 $477 
Increases - tax positions in current period124 98 20 
Increases - tax positions in prior period38 78 — 
Decreases in prior year positions— — (28)
Unrecognized tax benefits - December 31$807 $645 $469 


 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Unrecognized tax benefits - January 1$170
 $
    
          Gross increases - tax positions in current period111
 170
    
Unrecognized tax benefits - December 31$281
 $170


Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits are tax benefits of $0.8 million and $0.6 million as of December 31, 20162023 and December 31, 2015, are $281,000 and $170,000,2022, respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. Also includedOf these amounts, $0.1 million and $0, respectively, are recorded as other liabilities in the consolidated balance of unrecognized tax benefitssheets as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, are $281,000 and $170,000, respectively, ofthose dates. The remaining balance is reflected as a reduction to the related deferred tax benefits that, if recognized, would result in adjustments to other tax accounts, primarily deferred taxes. This amount is recorded in Other Liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.asset.

The Company recognizes accrued interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits and penalties as income tax expense. Related to the unrecognized tax benefits noted above, the Company accrued no penalties or$0.0 million of interest during 2016, and, in total, as of the years ended December 31, 2016 has not recognized any liabilities for penalties or interest. During 2015, we also did not accrue any penalties or interest2023 and in total, as of December 31, 2015, had not recognized any liability for penalties or interest.

2022.
The Company is subject to taxation in the USU.S. and various state jurisdictions. As of December 31, 20162023, the Company’s tax returns for 2013, 2014 and 20152020 through 2023 generally remain open for exam by taxing jurisdictions. Additional prior years may be open to the extent attributes are subjectbeing carried forward to examination by thean open tax authorities. As of December 31, 2016, the Company is generally no longer subject to US federal, state, or local examinations by tax authorities for years before 2013.year.


72


13.15.    Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow and Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities
Selected cash payments, receipts, and noncashnon-cash activities are as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
 202320222021
Cash paid for interest$6,034 $4,569 $4,327 
Income taxes (refunded) paid(548)181 169 
Cash paid for operating leases1,635 1,567 1,522 
Non-cash activities:
Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock87,870 — — 
Issuance of shares pursuant to employee stock purchase plan1,367 — — 
Purchases of equipment included in accounts payable228 417 
Financing costs incurred but not paid for Citizens Financing Transaction138 — — 
Legal fees associated with the Repurchase of Series B Preferred Stock45 — — 
Lease right of use asset and liability— (37)2,251 
Deemed dividends of Series B Preferred Stock— — 926 
Fair value of non-cash consideration received for option exercise— — 380 
Note receivable for sale of property and equipment— — 75 
16.    Commitments and Contingencies
Contractual Commitments
The Company has commitments for meeting spaces, generally for hotel and conference spaces for company functions. These commitments generally contain renewal options.
The estimated meeting space commitments are as follows (in thousands):
Year ending December 31,Meeting Space Commitments
2024$654 
2025237 
Total$891 
Separation Agreement with Timothy R. Wright
In 2022, the Company entered into a Separation Agreement and General Release with Timothy R. Wright, the former Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “Separation Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement and Mr. Wright’s general release of all claims against the Company, the Company will pay Mr. Wright a total of $3.1 million in cash in a series of installments through September 2024. The terms of the severance benefits provided in the Separation Agreement were the same as those provided for in the original employment Letter Agreement between Mr. Wright and the Company dated

 Years Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Cash paid for interest$162
 $86
 $48
Income taxes paid642
 2,293
 384
Retirement of fixed assets
 319
 
Deferred financing costs10
 504
 
APIC related tax adjustments(424) 7,757
 
Stock issuance of 441,009 shares in connection with acquisition of Stability3,346
 
 
Stock issuance of 43,344, 16,493 and 15,958 shares in exchange for services performed in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively346
 164
 117

73


April 8, 2019. The $3.1 million was recorded as part of selling, general and administrative expense on the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Payments made to Mr. Wright under the terms of the Separation Agreement during the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $1.9 million. A total of $1.2 million is reflected in accrued compensation in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2023.
Litigation and Regulatory Matters
In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries may be a party to pending and threatened legal, regulatory, and governmental actions and proceedings (including those described below). In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly where the plaintiffs or claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages or where the matters present novel legal theories or involve a large number of parties, the Company generally cannot predict what the eventual outcome of the pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be, or what the eventual recovery, loss, fines or penalties related to each pending matter may be.

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Company accrues a liability when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and estimable. The Company's financial statements at December 31, 2023 reflect the Company's current best estimate of probable losses associated with these matters, including costs to comply with various settlement agreements, where applicable. The Company had zero and $0.2 million accrued as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, related to expected settlement costs related to legal matters. The actual costs of resolving these matters may be in excess of the amounts accrued.
The Company paid $0.2 million, $0.7 million, and $6.7 million toward the resolution of legal matters involving the Company during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. In addition, insurance providers paid $0.6 million and $1.1 million on the Company’s behalf to settle legal matters for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. In addition, during 2021, the Company received funds from certain director and officer insurance policies for previously-incurred legal expenses under the Company’s indemnification agreements. These funds were recognized as a reduction to investigation, restatement and related expense on the consolidated statement of operations.
Welker v. MiMedx, et. al.
On November 4, 2022, Troy Welker and Min Turner, former option holders of the Company, brought a lawsuit in Fulton County State Court against the Company, former directors Terry Dewberry and Charles Evans, and former officers Parker H. “Pete” Petit, William C. Taylor, and Michael Senken alleging violations of the Georgia Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations (“RICO”) Act against all defendants, and conspiracy to violate the Georgia RICO Act and breach of fiduciary duty against the individual defendants. On motion by the Company, the case has been moved to the Fulton County Business Court. The Company and the individual defendants filed answers and motions to dismiss, which were denied on the RICO claims, but granted with respect to the breach of fiduciary duty claims against the individual defendants. The Company is defending against the allegations and is obligated to indemnify certain of its current and former officers and directors who are party to this proceeding.
Former Employee Litigation and Related Matters
On January 12, 2021, the Company filed suit in the Circuit Court of the Eleventh Judicial District in and for Miami-Dade County, Florida (MiMedx Group, Inc. v. Petit, et. al.) against its former CEO, Parker H. “Pete” Petit, and its former COO, William C. Taylor, seeking a determination of its rights and obligations under indemnification agreements with Petit and Taylor and seeking reimbursement of amounts previously advanced under the indemnification agreements following a federal jury’s guilty verdict against Petit for securities fraud and Taylor for conspiracy to commit securities fraud. On April 22, 2021, Petit and Taylor filed an answer and asserted counterclaims against the Company alleging breach of their indemnification agreements, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing with respect to their indemnification agreements, and seeking a declaration that the Company remains obligated to indemnify and advance fees in connection with certain cases. Petit and Taylor simultaneously also filed a motion seeking to compel the Company to advance and reinstate its payments of Petit and Taylor’s legal expenses. The Company opposed Petit and Taylor’s motion and a hearing was set for June 23, 2021. At the joint request of the parties, the hearing was cancelled to allow the parties to attend a mediation to attempt a resolution of this matter; such mediation was held on August 11, 2021.
Following the mediation, the Company and Mr. Taylor reached an agreement to settle the matter between them. Negotiations with Mr. Petit are ongoing.
Other Matters





In addition to the matters described above, the Company is a party to a variety of other legal matters that arise in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, none of which are deemed to be individually material at this time. Due to the inherent uncertainty of litigation, there can be no assurance that the resolution of any particular claim or proceeding would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial position or liquidity.
14.401k Plan
17.    401(k) Plan
The Company has a 401(k) plan (the “Plan”401(k) Plan) covering all employees who have attained 21 years of age and have completed three monthsone month of service. Under the 401(k) Plan, participants maycould defer up to 100%90% of their eligible wages to a maximum of $18,000$22,500 per year (annual limit for 2015)2023). Employees age 50 or over in 2016 may2022 could make additional pre-tax contributions of up to $6,000 above$7,500. In 2023, 2022 and beyond normal plan and legal limits.  Annually,2021, the Company may elect to matchmatched 50% of employee contributions up to 6%8% of the employee’s eligible compensation. Additionally, the Company may elect to make a discretionaryThe matching contribution to the Plan. The Company did not provide matching contributions for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015,2023, 2022, and 2014.2021 was $2.7 million,$3.3 million, and $2.7 million, respectively.
15.Related Party Transactions
On January 13, 2016, when18.    Government Assistance
Employee Retention Credit
The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) provided an employee retention credit (“ERC”), which was a refundable tax credit against certain payroll taxes. Upon determination that the Company completedovercame the acquisition of Stability Inc., d/b/a Stability Biologics ("Stability") there was an assumed payable of $5,954,555barriers required to a related party.receive the credit, the Company qualified and filed to claim the ERC. The Company made payments of $1,361,030 during 2016. The payable was further reduced by $3,367,250reflected the ERC as a result of the return or destruction of expired inventory. The outstanding payable at 12/31/16 is $1,226,275 and is included in Accounts Payable. The related party is a limited liability company that is controlled by a former stockholder of Stability Inc. who is now an employee of the Company.

16.Commitments and Contingencies
Contractual Commitments
In additionreduction to the capital leases noted under Property and Equipment (Note 7),respective captions on the Company has entered into operating lease agreements for facility space and equipment. These leases expire overconsolidated statements of operations associated with the next eight years and generally contain renewal options. The Company anticipates that most of these leases will be renewed or replaced upon expiration. The Company also has commitments for meeting space.
The estimated annual lease payment and meeting space commitments are as follows (in thousands):
Year ended December 31, 
2017$2,827
20183,079
20192,023
2020490
2021141
Thereafter374
 $8,934
Rent expense foremployees to which the yearspayroll tax benefit related. For the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, was approximately $1,764,000, $1,317,000 and $1,130,000, respectively, and is allocated among cost of sales, research and development, and 2021, the Company recorded $1.6 million as a reduction to selling, general and administrative expenses.
Lettersexpense. Of this amount, $1.0 million and $1.4 million were reflected as part of Credit
As a condition of the leases for the Company's facilities, we are obligated under standby letters of creditother current assets in the amountconsolidated balance sheets as of approximately $103,000. These obligations are reduced at various times over the lives of the leases.
FDA Untitled Letter, Draft GuidanceDecember 31, 2023 and Related Litigation

FDA Untitled Letter and Draft Guidance

On August 28, 2013, the FDA issued an Untitled Letter alleging that the Company's micronized allografts do not meet the criteria for regulation solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act and that, as a result, MiMedx would need a biologics license to lawfully market those micronized products. Since the issuance of the Untitled Letter,2022, respectively. During year ended December 31, 2023, the Company has been in discussions with the FDA to communicate its disagreement with the FDA's assertion that the Company's allografts are more than minimally manipulated. To date, the FDA has not changed its position that the Company's micronized products are not eligible for marketing solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act. The Company continues to market its micronized products but is also pursuing the Biologics License Application (“BLA”) process for certain of its micronized products.


74



On December 22, 2014, the FDA issued for comment “Draft Guidance for Industry and FDA Staff: Minimal Manipulation of Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products.” Essentially the Minimal Manipulation draft guidance takes the same position with respect to micronized amniotic tissue that it took in the Untitled Letter to MiMedx 16 months earlier. The Company submitted comments asserting that the Minimal Manipulation draft guidance represents agency action that goes far beyond the FDA’s statutory authority, is inconsistent with existing HCT/P regulations and the FDA’s prior positions, and is internally inconsistent and scientifically unsound.

On October 28, 2015, the FDA issued for comment, "Draft Guidance for Industry and FDA Staff: Homologous Use of Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products." The Company submitted comments on this Homologous Use draft guidance as well. On September 12 and 13, 2016, the FDA held a public hearing to obtain input on the Homologous Use draft guidance and the previously released Minimal Manipulation draft guidance, as well as other recently issued guidance documents on HCT/Ps. The Company awaits further decision from FDA on the draft guidances, but anticipates this will be a lengthy process.

If the FDA does allow the Company to continue to market a micronized form of its sheet allografts without a biologics license either prior to or after finalization of the draft guidance documents, it may impose conditions, such as labeling restrictions and compliance with cGMP. Although the Company is preparing for these requirements in connection with its pursuit of a BLA for certain of its micronized products, earlier compliance with these conditions requires significant additional time and cost investments by the Company. It is also possible that the FDA will not allow the Company to market any form of a micronized product without a biologics license even prior to finalization of the draft guidance documents and could even require the Company to recall its micronized products. Revenues from micronized products comprised approximately 10% of the Company's revenues in 2016.

Securities Class Action

Following the publication of the Untitled Letter from the FDA regarding the Company’s micronized products in September 2013, the trading price of the Company’s stock declined and several putative shareholder class action lawsuits were filed against the Company and certain of its executive officers asserting violations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The cases were consolidated in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia. On November 17, 2015, the parties entered into a stipulation of settlement to settle the consolidated case in its entirety. The stipulation of settlement was filed with the Court on November 18, 2015. On November 19, 2015, the Court preliminarily approved the settlement and confirmed the settlement on April 5, 2016. The settlement amount was paid by the Company's insurance carrier.

Former Employee Litigation

On December 13, 2016, the Company filed lawsuits against former employees Jess Kruchoski (in the lawsuit styled MiMedx Group, Inc. v. Academy Medical, LLC, et. al. in the County Court of the Fifteenth Judicial Circuit in and for Palm Beach County, Florida (the “Florida Action”)) and Luke Tornquist (in the lawsuit styled MiMedx Group, Inc., v. Luke Tornquist in the Superior Court for Cobb County, Georgia, which was removed to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia (the “Georgia Action”)).  Both the Florida and Georgia Actions assert claims against Messrs. Kruchoski and Tornquist that each of them violated their restrictive covenants entered into with the Company, that each of them misappropriated trade secrets of the Company, that each of them tortiously interfered with contracts between the Company and its customers and employees, and that each of them breached his duty of loyalty owed to the Company, among other claims.  

On December 15, 2016, Messrs. Kruchoski and Tornquist filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court of Minnesota (the “Minnesota Action”) against the Company and the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Parker Petit. The plaintiffs in this lawsuit each claimed that their employment with the Company was terminated in retaliation for their complaints about the Company’s alleged business practices in violation of the Dodd-Frank Act, 15 U.S.C. § 78u-6(h); and was an unlawful discharge in violation of Minnesota Statutes Section 181.931 subdivision 1. Mr. Kruchoski also claimed that the termination of his employment with the Company constituted marital status discrimination and familial status discrimination in violation of the Minnesota Human Rights Act. Messrs. Kruchoski and Tornquist also claimed that Mr. Petit tortiously interfered with their employment relationships with the Company.

On January 26, 2017, the Company and Mr. Petit filed motions to dismiss the Minnesota Action.  In response, Messrs. Kruchoski and Tornquist voluntarily dismissed the Minnesota Action without prejudice on February 7, 2017. On February 7, 2017, Mr. Tornquist filed his Answer and Counterclaims in the Georgia Action wherein he asserted claims similar to those he had asserted in the Minnesota Action, with the exception that he did not include a claim of tortious interference against Mr. Petit. On February 15, 2017, Mr. Kruchoski filed a new lawsuit in Georgia against MiMedx and Mr. Petit, making many of the

75



same allegations in that suit as were made in the Minnesota suit, with the addition of claims against the Company and Mr. Petit for defamation.

The Company intends to vigorously pursue its claims asserted in the Florida and Georgia Actions and also to vigorously defend against the lawsuits and counterclaims asserted against them. 

Patent Litigation

MiMedx continues to diligently enforce its intellectual property against several entities. Currently, there are four actions pending, as described below:

The Liventa Action

On April 22, 2014, the Company filed a patent infringement lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia against Liventa Bioscience, Inc. ("Liventa"), Medline Industries, Inc. ("Medline") and Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation, Inc. ("MTF") for permanent injunctive relief and unspecified damages (the "Liventa Action"). In addition to the allegations of infringement of MiMedx's patents, the lawsuit asserts that Liventa and Medline knowingly and willfully made false and misleading representations about their respective products to providers, patients, and in some cases, prospective investors. Though the terms of the agreement are confidential, the parties have reached a settlement of the false advertising claims for an undisclosed sum. The patent infringement claims are still pending as described below.

MiMedx asserts that Liventa (formerly known as AFCell Medical, Inc.), Medline and MTF infringed and continue to infringe certain of the Company's patentsreceived $0.4 million relating to the MiMedx dehydrated human amnion/chorion membrane ("dHACM") allografts. MTF is the tissue processor while Liventa and Medline are the distributors of the allegedly infringing products. On May 30, 2014, defendants filed answers to the Complaint, denying the allegations in the Complaint. They also raised affirmative defenses of non-infringement, invalidity, laches and estoppel. MTF and Medline also filed counterclaims seeking declaratory judgments of non-infringement and invalidity. Defendants filed parallel Inter Partes Review ("IPR") proceedings which are discussed below. We expect the case to go to trial in 2017.ERC.

The Bone Bank Action

On May 16, 2014, the Company also filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Transplant Technology, Inc. d/b/a Bone Bank Allografts ("Bone Bank") and Texas Human Biologics, Ltd. ("Biologics") for permanent injunctive relief and unspecified damages (the "Bone Bank Action"). The Bone Bank Action was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas. This lawsuit similarly asserts that Bone Bank and Biologics infringed certain of the Company's patents through the manufacturing and sale of their placental-derived tissue graft products. On July 10, 2014, Defendants filed an answer to the Complaint, denying the allegations in the Complaint. They also raised affirmative defenses of non-infringement and invalidity and filed counterclaims seeking declaratory judgments of non-infringement and invalidity. Defendants also filed parallel IPR proceedings which are further discussed below. Discovery is closed and we expect the case to go to trial in 2017.

The NuTech Action

On March 2, 2015, the Company filed a patent infringement lawsuit against NuTech Medical, Inc. ("NuTech") and DCI Donor Services, Inc. ("DCI") for permanent injunctive relief and unspecified damages. This lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama. The lawsuit alleges that NuTech and DCI have infringed and continue to infringe the Company's patents through the manufacture, use, sale, and/or offering of their tissue graft product. The lawsuit also asserts that NuTech knowingly and willfully made false and misleading representations about its products to customers and/or prospective customers. The case is currently in the discovery phase.

The Vivex Action

On April 1, 2016, the Company also filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Vivex BioMedical (“Vivex”) for permanent injunctive relief and unspecified damages (the "Vivex Action"). The lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia. The patent at issue is the 8,709,494 patent (the "494" patent). Vivex answered the Company’s complaint and filed counterclaims of non-infringement and invalidity. On January 4, 2017, the Court granted a joint motion to stay the proceedings pending the outcome of the Bone Bank Action.

Pending IPRs


76



In addition to defending the claims in the pending district court litigations, defendants in the Liventa and Bone Bank cases have challenged certain of the Company's patents in several IPR proceedings to avoid the high burden of proof of proving invalidity by "clear and convincing evidence" in the district court litigations. An inter partes review (or "IPR") is a request for a specialized group within the United States Patent and Trademark Office to review the validity of a plaintiff's patent claims. The defendants in the Bone Bank Action challenged the validity of the Company's 8,597,687 (the "687" patent) and the '494 patent; while the defendants in the Liventa Action challenged the validity of the Company's 8,372,437 and 8,323,701 patents (the "'437" and "'701" patents, respectively).

On June 29, 2015, the Patent Trial and Appeals Board ("PTAB") denied the Bone Bank defendants' request for institution of an IPR with respect to the '494 patent (EpiFix) on all seven challenged grounds. On August 18, 2015, the PTAB also denied the Liventa defendants' request for institution of an IPR with respect to the '701 patent (AmnioFix) on all six challenged grounds. That is, the PTAB decided in each case that the defendants failed to establish a reasonable likelihood that defendants would prevail in showing any of the challenged claims of the '494 or the '701 patent were unpatentable.

On July 10, 2015, the PTAB issued an opinion allowing a review of the '687 patent to proceed, although on only two of the five challenged grounds. On July 7, 2016, the PTAB issued an opinion finding that the challenged claims, which relate to embossment and not configuration, were invalid for obviousness. The Company decided not to appeal the decision, as it impacted a non-core patent. On August 18, 2015, the PTAB issued an opinion allowing a review of the '437 patent to proceed, although only on one of the seven challenged grounds. On August 16, 2016, the PTAB issued an opinion finding that the challenged claims were unpatentable.  MiMedx has filed an appeal of the PTAB’s decision regarding the '437 patent.


77



17.Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) (in thousands except per share data)
    
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
NET SALES 2016 $53,367

$57,342

$64,429

$69,877
  2015 40,767
 45,679
 49,015
 51,835
           
GROSS MARGIN 2016 $45,421

$49,948

$56,432

$60,807
  2015 35,619
 40,590
 44,036
 46,849
           
NET INCOME 2016 $1,197

$1,975

$3,321
 $5,481
  2015 4,087
 5,430
 6,551
 13,378
           
NET INCOME
PER COMMON SHARE - BASIC
 2016 $0.01
 $0.02
 $0.03
 $0.05
  2015 0.04
 0.05
 0.06
 0.13
           
 NET INCOME
PER COMMON SHARE - DILUTED
 2016 $0.01
 $0.02
 $0.03
 $0.05
  2015 0.04
 0.05
 0.06
 0.11


78



18. Product Revenue Data

We group our products into two categories: Wound Care and Surgical, Sports Medicine & Orthopedics (SSO) for purposes of the required disclosure under ASC 280-10-50-40. This grouping of products does not constitute a basis for resource allocation but is information intended to provide the reader with ability to better understand the Company's product categories. These groupings also do not meet the criteria under ASC 280-10-50-1 as separate segments.

Net Sales by Categories (in thousands):
  Year Ended December 31,
  2016 2015 2014
Wound Care $183,984
 $141,096
 $93,623
Surgical, Sports Medicine & Orthopedics (SSO) 61,031
 46,200
 24,600
Total $245,015
 $187,296
 $118,223

19.     Subsequent Events

$95 Million Credit Agreement with Citizens and Bank of America
On January 19, 2024, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Citizens Credit Agreement”) with certain lenders party thereto, and Citizens Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (the “Agent”). The Citizens Credit Agreement provides for senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of up to $95.0 million consisting of: (i) a $75.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with a $10.0 million letter of credit sublimit and a $10.0 million swingline loan sublimit, and (ii) a $20.0 million senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility” and, together with the Revolving Credit Facility, the “Credit Facilities”). All obligations are required to be paid in full on January 19, 2029 (the “Maturity Date”). The Company has the option to obtain one or more incremental term loan facilities and/or increase the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount equal to the greater of (i) $50.0 million and (ii) 1.00 times the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA as defined therein, each subject to the existing or any new lenders’ election to extend additional term loans or revolving commitments.
At the Company’s option, borrowings under the Citizens Credit Agreement (other than any swingline loan) will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) the Alternate Base Rate, as defined therein, or (ii) a Term SOFR as defined therein, in each case plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.25% and 2.50% with respect to Alternate Base Rate borrowings and 2.25% and 3.50% for Term SOFR borrowings. Swingline loans will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to one-month Term SOFR plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin will be determined based on the Company’s consolidated total net leverage ratio.
The BoardCompany is required to pay a quarterly commitment fee on any unused portion of Directors in February 2017 authorized an increasethe Revolving Credit Facility, letter of $20 millioncredit fees, and other customary fees to the Company's Share Repurchase Program. This action bringsAgent and the Lenders. The Term Loan Facility will amortize on a quarterly basis at 1.25% (for year one and two), 1.875% (for year three and four), and 2.5% (for year five) based on the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan Facility, with the remainder due on the Maturity Date. The Company must make mandatory prepayments in connection with certain asset dispositions and casualty events, subject in each case to customary reinvestment rights. The Company may prepay borrowings under the Credit Facilities at any time, without premium or penalty, and may, at its option, reduce the aggregate unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility in whole or in part, in each case subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement. The Company must also comply with certain financial covenants, including a maximum total amount authorized to $86net leverage ratio and a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio, as well as other customary restrictive covenants.
In addition, on January 19, 2024, the Company borrowed $30.0 million sinceunder the Share Repurchase Program commenced in May 2014.

Schedule II ValuationRevolving Credit Facility and Qualifying Accounts$20.0 million under the Term Loan Facility. Proceeds from the initial drawings under the Credit Facilities together with cash on hand were

MIMEDX GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands)
         
  Balance at
Beginning of Year
 Additions charged to Expense or Revenue Deductions
and write-offs
 Balance at
End of Year
         
For the Year ended December 31, 2016        
Allowance for doubtful accounts $3,270
 $2,127
 $(555) $4,842
Allowance for product returns 1,262
 8,319
 (4,687) 4,894
Allowance for obsolescence 397
 2,280
 (1,849) 828
         
For the Year ended December 31, 2015        
Allowance for doubtful accounts $1,750
 $1,698
 $(178) $3,270
Allowance for product returns 841
 3,257
 (2,836) 1,262
Allowance for obsolescence 527
 540
 (670) 397
         
For the Year ended December 31, 2014        
Allowance for doubtful accounts $407
 $1,357
 $(14) $1,750
Allowance for product returns 215
 2,215
 (1,589) 841
Allowance for obsolescence 322
 405
 (200) 527


79



used to repay in full the $50.0 million principal amount and other outstanding obligations under the Hayfin Loan Agreement and to pay related fees, premiums, costs and expenses (collectively with the entry into the Citizens Credit Agreement and the initial borrowings thereunder, the “Debt Refinancing Transactions”).
On February 27, 2024, the Company repaid the initial $30.0 million drawing under the Revolving Credit Facility.



Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of MiMedx Group, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of MiMedx Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023, of the Company and our report dated February 28, 2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
February 28, 2024
79


Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain “disclosureManagement maintains a set of disclosure controls and procedures” within the meaning of Ruleprocedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) ofand 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or the "Exchange Act". Our disclosure controls and procedures are(the “Exchange Act”), designed to provide reasonable assuranceensure that information required to be disclosed by the Companyus in the reports filedthat we file or submit under the Exchange Act such as this Annual Report on Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’sSEC's rules and forms. Our disclosure controlsforms, and procedures include controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive OfficerCEO and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate,CFO, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and no
An evaluation of controls and procedures can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been detected. Management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

As required by Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act, prior to filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e)was performed under the supervision and 15d-15(e)with the participation of the Exchange Act) asour management, including our CEO and CFO. As a result of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on their evaluation, our Chief Executive OfficerCEO and Chief Financial OfficerCFO concluded that our reporting and disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as a result of the material weakness inDecember 31, 2023.
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management, including our internal control over financial reporting discussed below.

Changes in internal controls: There were no changes in ourCEO and CFO, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act Rules 13a- 15(f) and 15d-15(f)based upon the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the "COSO framework"). The Company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external purposes in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”).
An effective internal control system, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error or overriding of controls, and therefore can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to reliable financial reporting. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that occurredcontrols may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may demonstrate.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the COSO framework. Based on evaluation under these criteria, management determined that we did maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023.
Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, as stated in their report which appears on page 79 of this Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes during the quarter ended December 31, 2023 in our most recently completed fiscal quarterinternal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Material weakness: In reviewing the Company's tax accounting in preparation for filing this Form 10-K, our management identified a deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting that is described below in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our management has concluded that this deficiency constitutes a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to our accounting for income taxes. This material weakness did not result in a material misstatement of the Company’s annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016. However, management concluded that this material weakness, if un-remediated, could have resulted in a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not have been prevented or detected by our internal controls. Accordingly, management determined that this control deficiency constituted a material weakness. We have developed a remediation plan for this material weakness, which is described below.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on its evaluation, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2016, due to the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to our accounting for income taxes. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In reviewing the Company's tax accounting in preparation for filing this Form 10-K, management concluded the Company had a material weakness in the design of our internal control over the tax accounting related to an overstatement of an excess tax benefit which, if undetected could have resulted in an understatement of income taxes payable. Specifically, management did not have adequate supervision and review of certain technical tax accounting performed by a third party tax specialist in 2016. This was identified during the audit process prior to preparation of the Company's financial statements and, therefore did not result in a material misstatement of the Company’s annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 or any of our previously issued annual or interim consolidated financial

80



statements. This material weakness, if undetected, could have resulted in an understatement of income taxes payable, resulting in a material misstatement of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements that would not have been prevented or detected by its internal controls.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 has been audited by Cherry Bekaert LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Remediation Plan: Management has begun implementing a remediation plan to address the control deficiency that led to the material weakness. The remediation plan includes the following:
Implementing specific review procedures, including the increased involvement of our CFO and Controller as well as the hiring of an internal tax specialist to oversee the work performed by the third - party tax specialists.
Strengthening our income tax control with improved documentation standards, technical oversight, and training.
When fully implemented and operational, we believe the measures described above will remediate the material weakness we have identified and generally strengthen our internal control over financial reporting. We currently plan to have our enhanced review procedures and documentation standards in place and operating in the first quarter of 2017. Our goal is to remediate this material weakness by the end of the first quarter of 2017, subject to there being sufficient opportunities to conclude, through testing, that the enhanced control is operating effectively.
Cherry Bekaert LLP, an independent registered accounting firm, as auditors of our financial statements have issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. Cherry Bekaert LLP's report is included in this report.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.During the three months ended December 31, 2023, no director or officer of the Company adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.

81

Item 9C. Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information required by this Item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 20172024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the captions “Executive Officers,” “Election of Directors” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” or similar captions which are incorporated herein by reference.

80
We have adopted our “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics” and a copy is posted on our website at www.mimedx.com.  In the event that we amend any of the provisions of this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that require disclosure under applicable law, SEC rules or listing standards, we intend to disclose such amendment on our website.



Any waiver of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for any executive officer or director must be approved by the Board and will be disclosed on a Form 8-K filed with the SEC, along with the reasons for the waiver.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information required by this Item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 20172024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption “Executive Compensation Discussion and Analysis, “Summary Compensation Table (2023, 2022 and 2021,” “Grants of Plan Based Awards for 2023,” “Outstanding Equity Awards on December 31, 2023,” “2023 Options Exercised and Stock Vested Table,” “2023 Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control,” “2023 Director Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Report” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” or similar captioncaptions which isare incorporated herein by reference.


Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related ShareholderStockholder Matters

Information required by this Item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 20172024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the captions “Stock Ownership",” “Executive Compensation,“Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” or similar captions which are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information required by this Item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 20172024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the captions “Certain Relationships“Policies and Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions,” “Related Party Transactions,” and "Election of Directors""Director Independence" or similar captions which are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information required by this Item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 20172024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the captions “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Election of Directors,“Audit Matters,” or a similar captionscaption which areis incorporated herein by reference.

81

82




PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)Documents filed as part of this report:
(a)Documents filed as part of this report:
(1)Financial Statements
(2)Financial Statement Schedule:
(i)Financial Statements
(ii)Financial Statement Schedule:
The following Financial Statement Schedule is filed as part of this Report:
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152023, 2022 and 20142021
(3)Exhibits
(iii)Exhibits
See Item 15(b) below. Each management contract or compensation plan has been identified.
(b)Exhibits

identified with an asterisk.
(b)Exhibits
Notes
*Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
#Filed herewith
Exhibit##
Certain exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K, but a copy will be furnished supplementally to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

Number
Description 
2.1##Exhibit
Number
Agreement and Plan 
Description 
3.1
2.2##3.2Agreement and Plan
Articles of Merger dated January 10, 2016, by and among MiMedx Group, Inc., Titan Acquisition Sub I, Inc., Titan Acquisition Sub II, LLC, Stability Inc., certain stockholdersAmendment to Restated Articles of Stability Inc. and Brian Martin as representative of the Stability stockholders (IncorporatedIncorporation, effective June 3, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 filed with Registrant's3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 13, 2016)June 10, 2021).
3.1#3.3Articles of Incorporation of MiMedx Group, Inc., as amended by 
Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Incorporation, effective June 3, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2010, June 10, 2021).
3.4
3.5
Amended and Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation filed on May 15, 2015
3.2#Restated Bylaws of MiMedx Group, Inc., as amended and restated as of December 14, 2016February 16, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2023).
10.1*4.1
The description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on November 2, 2020).
10.1##
Loan Agreement dated as of June 30, 2020 by and among MiMedx Group, Inc., certain subsidiaries of MiMedx Group, Inc. parties thereto, the Lenders from time to time party hereto, Hayfin Services LLP, as administrative agent for the Lenders and as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on July 6, 2020).

10.2
Lease effective May 1, 2013 between Hub Properties of GA, LLC and MiMedx Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 10, 2013).
10.2A
First Amendment to Lease dated March 7, 2017 between CPVF II West Oak LLC (as successor in interest to HUB Properties of GA, LLC) and MiMedx Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed on March 13, 2017).
10.2B#
82


Exhibit
Number
 
Description 
10.2C
Third Amendment to Lease made as of November 30, 2021 for real property and improvements located at 1775 West Oak Commons Court, Marietta, Georgia between RE Fields, LLC, successor in interest to HUB Properties GA, LLC, and CPVF II West Oak LLC, and MiMedx Group, Inc., dated January 25, 2013, as amended March 7, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 28, 2022).
10.2D#
10.3##
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2020, by and between MiMedx Group, Inc., Falcon Fund 2 Holding Company, L.P. and certain other investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed July 6, 2020).
10.4
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 2, 2020, by and between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Falcon Fund 2 Holding Company, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on July 6, 2020).
10.5
MiMedx Group, Inc. Assumed 2006 Assumed Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective February 25, 2014 (Incorporated(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 ofto the Registrant'sRegistrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2014)2014).
10.2*10.6*
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the MiMedx Group, Inc. Assumed 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 4, 2014).
10.7*
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the MiMedx Group, Inc. Assumed 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 4, 2014).
10.8*
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the MiMedx Group, Inc. 2006 Assumed Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 to the Registrant'sRegistrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 8, 2013)2013).
10.3*10.9*
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the MiMedx Group, Inc. 2006 Assumed Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant'sRegistrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 4, 2014)
10.4*2014).Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the MiMedx Group, Inc. 2006 Assumed Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed on March 4, 2014)
10.5*Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the MiMedx Group, Inc. 2006 Assumed Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed on March 4, 2014)
10.6*MiMedx, Inc. 2005 Assumed Stock Plan, formerly the SpineMedica Corp. 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed with the Registrant's Form 8-K filed February 8, 2008)
10.7*Declaration of Amendment to the MiMedx, Inc. 2005 Assumed Stock Plan (formerly the SpineMedica Corp. 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 filed with the Registrant's Form 8-K filed February 8, 2008)

83



10.8*Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the MiMedx, Inc. Assumed 2005 Stock Plan (formerly the SpineMedica Corp. 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan), including a list of officers and directors receiving options thereunder (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 filed with the Registrant's Form 8-K filed February 8, 2008)
10.9*Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the MiMedx, Inc. Assumed 2005 Stock Plan (formerly the SpineMedica Corp. 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 filed with the Registrant's Form 8-K filed February 8, 2008)
10.10*MiMedx, Inc. Assumed 2007 Stock
2016 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan, (formerly the SpineMedica Corp. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 filed with the Registrant's Form 8-K filed February 8, 2008)
10.11*Declaration of Amendment to the MiMedx, Inc. Assumed 2007 Stock Plan (formerly the SpineMedica Corp. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 filed with the Registrant's Form 8-K filed February 8, 2008)
10.12*Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the MiMedx, Inc. Assumed 2007 Stock Plan (formerly the SpineMedica Corp. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 filed with the Registrant's Form 8-K filed February 8, 2008)
10.13*Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the MiMedx, Inc. Assumed 2007 Stock Plan (formerly the SpineMedica Corp. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 filed with the Registrant's Form 8-K filed February 8, 2008)
10.14*Form of Indemnification Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 filed with the Registrant's Form 8-K filed July 15, 2008)
10.15*MiMedx Group, Inc. Amendedas amended and Restated Assumed 2005 Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with the Registrant's Form S-8 filed August 29, 2008)
10.16*Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under MiMedx Group, Inc. Amended and Restated Assumed 2005 Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.68 filed with the Registrant's Form 8 -K filed September 4, 2008)
10.17*Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under MiMedx Group, Inc. Amended and Restated Assumed 2005 Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.69 filed with the Registrant's Form 8 -K filed September 4, 2008)
10.18Form of MiMedx, Inc. Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 filed with the Registrant's Form 8-K filed February 8, 2008)
10.19Technology License Agreement between MiMedx, Inc., Shriners Hospitals for Children, and University of South Florida Research Foundation dated January 29, 2007 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 filed with the Registrant's Form 8-K filed February 8, 2008)
10.20Form of Amended and Restated Security and Intercreditor Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 filed with Registrant’s Form 8-K filed January 3, 2012)
10.21* Change of Control Agreement Severance Compensation and Restrictive Covenant Agreement dated November 11, 2011, between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Parker H. Petit (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.91 filed with Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2011)
10.22* Change of Control Agreement Severance Compensation and Restrictive Covenant Agreement dated November 11, 2011, between MiMedx Group, Inc. and with William C. Taylor (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.92 filed with Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2011)
10.23*First Amendment to Change in Control Severance Compensation and Restrictive Covenant Agreement datedrestated through May 9, 2013 by and between MiMedx Group, Inc., and William C. Taylor (Incorporated2, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant'sRegistrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 15, 2013)June 14, 2023).

84



10.11*
10.24*Change of Control Agreement Severance Compensation and Restrictive Covenant Agreement dated November 11, 2011, between MiMedx Group, Inc., and Michael J. Senken (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.93 filed with Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2011)
10.25*First Amendment to Change in Control Severance Compensation and Restrictive Covenant Agreement dated May 9, 2013 by and between MiMedx Group, Inc., and Michael J. Senken (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on May 15, 2013)
10.26*Change in Control Severance Compensation and Restrictive Covenant Agreement dated May 20, 2016 by and between MiMedx Group, Inc., and Alexandra O. Haden (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on May 25, 2016)
10.27*2013 Management Incentive Plan and 2013 Operating Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Registrant’s Form 8-K filed March 12, 2013)
10.28*2014 Management Incentive Plan and 2014 Operating Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Registrant's Form 8-K filed March 3, 2014)
10.29*2015 Management Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2015)
10.30*2016 Management Incentive Plan
10.31** Product Distribution Agreement by and between AvKARE, Inc. and MiMedx Group, Inc. dated April 19, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2013)
10.32First Amendment to Product Distribution Agreement amending that certain Product Distribution Agreement that was effective April 19, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 filed with the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2013)
10.33**Second Amendment to Product Distribution between MiMedx Group, Inc. and AvKARE, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58 filed with the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2013)
10.34**Third Amendment to Product Distribution Agreement dated April 17, 2015 between MiMedx Group, Inc. and AvKARE, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's 10-Q filed on August 7, 2015)

85



10.35**Fourth Amendment to Product Distribution Agreement dated January 1, 2016 between MiMedx Group, Inc. and AvKARE, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's 10-Q filed on May 10, 2016)
10.36Lease by and between Hub Properties of GA, LLC and MiMedx Group, Inc., effective May 1, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2013)
10.37Credit Agreement dated October 12, 2015, among MiMedx Group, Inc., the Guarantors identified therein, Bank of America, N.A., and the other Lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on October 13, 2015)
10.38First Amendment to the Credit Agreement dated October 12, 2015, by and among MiMedx Group, Inc., the Guarantors identified therein, Bank of America, N.A. and the other Lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on January 13, 2016
10.39Security and Pledge Agreement dated October 12, 2015, among MiMedx Group, Inc., the Guarantors identified therein and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on October 13, 2015)
10.40*2016 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 12, 2016
10.41*Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the MiMedx Group, Inc. 2016 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (Incorporated(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 2, 2016)2016).
10.42*10.12*
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the MiMedx Group, Inc. 2016 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (Incorporated(for shares not registered under the Securities Act of 1933) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed on May 30, 2019).
10.13*
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the MiMedx Group, Inc. 2016 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 2, 2016)2016).
10.43*10.14*
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the MiMedx Group, Inc. 2016 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed on May 30, 2019).
10.15*
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the MiMedx Group, Inc. 2016 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (Incorporated(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 2, 2016)2016).
21.1#10.16*
10.17
10.18*
Form of Employee (Performance-Vested, uncertain number of shares) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on July 6, 2020).
10.19*
Form of Employee (Performance-Vested, certain number of shares) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on July 6, 2020).
10.20*
Form of Non-Employee Restricted Stock Award Agreement (vest into retirement) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2020).
10.21*
83


Exhibit
Number
 
Description 
10.22*
Letter Agreement dated April 10, 2019 between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Timothy R. Wright (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2019).
10.23*
Employment Offer Letter between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Peter M. Carlson, as amended and restated on June 30, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2021).
10.24*
Employment Offer Letter between MiMedx Group, Inc. and William F. Hulse IV dated November 4, 2019, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on July 6, 2020).
10.25*
10.26*
10.27*
Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Type I - Initial Grant, Full Amount) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2021).
10.28*
Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Type II - Initial Grant, Pro Rata Amount) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2021).
10.29*
Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Type III - Annual Grant) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2021).
10.30
Technology License Agreement dated January 29, 2007 between MiMedx, Inc., Shriner's Hospitals for Children and University of South Florida Research Foundation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed on February 8, 2008).
10.31
Cooperation Agreement dated as of May 29, 2019 among MiMedx Group, Inc., M. Kathleen Behrens Wilsey, K. Todd Newton, Richard J. Barry, Prescience Partners, LP, Prescience Point Special Opportunity LP, Prescience Capital LLC, Prescience Investment Group, LLC d/b/a Prescience Point Capital Management LLC and Eiad Asbahi (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 30, 2019).
10.32*
Separation Agreement and General Release between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Timothy R. Wright dated September 15, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 14, 2022).
10.33*
Interim Executive Employment Agreement between MiMedx Group, Inc. and K. Todd Newton dated September 14, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 14, 2022).
10.34*
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between MiMedx Group, Inc. and K. Todd Newton dated September 15, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 14, 2022).
10.35*
Employment Offer Letter between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Ricci S. Whitlow dated December 27, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 3, 2023).
10.36*
Letter Agreement between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Joseph H. Capper dated January 27, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2023).
10.37*
Performance Stock Unit Agreement between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Joseph H. Capper dated January 27, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2023).
10.38*
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Joseph H. Capper dated January 27, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2023).
10.39
Platform Intellectual Property License Agreement by and between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Global Health Solutions, Inc. (d.b.a. Turn Therapeutics) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 28, 2023).
10.40*
Separation Agreement and General Release between MiMedx Group, Inc. and Peter M. Carlson dated July 14, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on October 30, 2023).
10.41*
10.42*
Key Employee Retention and Restrictive Covenant Agreement dated July 5, 2023, between the Company and Doug Rice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2023).
84


Exhibit
Number
 
Description 
10.43*
Inducement Performance Stock Unit Agreement dated June 30, 2023, between the Company and Doug Rice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2023).
10.44*
Inducement Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated June 30, 2023, between the Company and Doug Rice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2023).
10.45*
Inducement Stock Option Agreement dated June 30, 2023, between the Company and Doug Rice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2023).
10.46#
21.1#
23.1#
31.1#24.1#Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Report).
31.1#
31.2#
32.1#
32.2#
101.INS#97.1#
101.INS#XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH#XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
#
101.CAL#
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF#XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB#XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE#XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document



86



Notes
*Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
#Filed herewith
**
Certain confidential material appearing in this document, marked by [*****], has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under rule 24b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

##
Certain exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, but a copy will be furnished supplementally to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.



87



Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

85
88



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

March 1, 2017MIMEDX GROUP, INC.
February 28, 2024By:/s/ Michael J. SenkenDoug Rice
Michael J. SenkenDoug Rice
Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

89


KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints William F. Hulse IV and Sajid N. Ajmeri and each of them acting individually, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2023, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorney to any and all amendments to said Annual Report.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

86


Signature / NameTitleDate
/s/: Parker Joseph H. PetitCapperChief Executive Officer and ChairmanDirectorMarch 1, 2017February 28, 2024
ParkerJoseph H. PetitCapper(principal executive officer)Principal Executive Officer
/s/: Michael J. Senken Doug RiceChief Financial OfficerMarch 1, 2017February 28, 2024
Doug RicePrincipal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer
/s/ M. Kathleen BehrensChair of the Board (Director)February 28, 2024
M. Kathleen Behrens
/s/ James L. BiermanDirectorFebruary 28, 2024
James L. Bierman
/s/ Michael J. SenkenGiuliani(principal financial and accounting officer)DirectorFebruary 28, 2024
Michael J. Giuliani
/s/ William A. Hawkins IIIDirectorFebruary 28, 2024
William A. Hawkins III
/s/: Joseph G. Bleser Cato T. LaurencinDirectorMarch 1, 2017February 28, 2024
Joseph G. BleserCato T. Laurencin
/s/ K. Todd NewtonDirectorFebruary 28, 2024
K. Todd Newton
/s/: J. Terry Dewberry Martin P. SutterDirectorMarch 1, 2017February 28, 2024
J. Terry DewberryMartin P. Sutter
/s/ Phyllis I. GardnerDirectorFebruary 28, 2024
Phyllis I. Gardner
/s/: Charles EvansDirectorMarch 1, 2017
Charles Evans
/s/: Bruce HackDirectorMarch 1, 2017
Bruce Hack
/s/: Charles E. KoobDirectorMarch 1, 2017
Charles E. Koob
/s/: Larry W. PapasanDirectorMarch 1, 2017
Larry W. Papasan
/s/: William C. TaylorDirectorMarch 1, 2017
William C. Taylor
/s/: Neil YestonDirectorMarch 1, 2017
Neil Yeston



90
87